George Fox University 2000-2001 Catalog

CollegeSource Visit Career Guidance Foundation at http://www.collegesource.org Copyright & Disclaimer You may:

Information l print copies of the information for your own personal use, © Copyright 1994,1995,1996,1997,1998, l store the files on your own computer for per- 1999, 2000 Career Guidance Foundation sonal use only, or

l reference this material from your own docu- CollegeSource digital catalogs are derivative ments. works owned and copyrighted by Career Guid- ance Foundation. Catalog content is owned The Career Guidance Foundation reserves the and copyrighted by the appropriate school. right to revoke such authorization at any time, and any such use shall be discontinued immedi- While the Career Guidance Foundation pro- ately upon written notice from the Career Guid- vides information as a service to the public, ance Foundation. copyright is retained on all digital catalogs. Disclaimer This means you may NOT: CollegeSource digital catalogs are converted from either the original printed catalog or elec- l distribute the digital catalog files to others, tronic media supplied by each school. Although every attempt is made to ensure accurate con- l “mirror” or include this material on an version of data, the Career Guidance Founda- Internet (or Intranet) server, or tion and the schools which provide the data do not guarantee that this information is accurate l modify or re-use digital files or correct. The information provided should be without the express written consent of the used only as reference and planning tools. Final Career Guidance Foundation and the appropri- decisions should be based and confirmed on ate school. data received directly from each school. UNIVERSITY CALENDAR

UNIVERSITY ACADEMIC CALENDAR

August 2000-01 2001-02 Faculty Conference ...... Sun.-Tues. Aug. 20-22 Aug. 19-21 All-Campus Fellowship ...... Tues. Aug. 15 Aug. 16 (Thurs.)

Fall Semester 2000-01 2001-02 Residence halls open to new students, 1 p.m...... Fri. Aug. 25 Aug. 24 New Student-Parent Convocation ...... Fri. Aug. 25 Aug. 24 New student sessions/registration/confirmation ...... Fri.-Sun. Aug. 25-27 Aug. 24-26 Residence halls open to returning students, 10 a.m...... Sat. Aug. 26 Aug. 25 Registration/confirmation of returning students, 1 to 6 p.m...... Sat. Aug. 26 Aug. 25 Newberg campus classes begin, 8 a.m...... Mon. Aug. 28 Aug. 27 Honors Convocation, 10 a.m...... Wed. Aug. 30 Aug. 29 Last day to register ...... Fri. Sept. 1 Aug. 31 Seminary classes begin ...... Tues. Sept. 5 Sept. 4 Serve Day ...... Wed. Sept. 6 Sept. 5 Last day to change registration ...... Fri. Sept. 8 Sept. 7 Withdraw fee begins ...... Mon. Sept. 11 Sept. 10 Seminary last day to change registration ...... Fri. Sept. 15 Sept. 7 Last day to exercise pass/no pass option ...... Fri. Sept. 22 Sept. 21 Mid-semester holiday ...... Fri. Oct. 6 Oct. 5 Last day to withdraw from class ...... Fri. Nov. 3 Nov. 2 Thanksgiving vacation ...... Thur.-Sun. Nov. 23-26 Nov. 22-25 Classes resume ...... Mon. Nov. 27 Nov. 26 Registration for spring semester and May Term/undergraduate ...... Mon.-Fri. Nov. 27-Dec. 1 Nov. 26-30 Registration for spring semester and summer/graduate ...... Mon.-Fri. Dec. 4-8 Dec. 3-7 Fall semester classes end, 5 p.m...... Fri. Dec. 8 Dec. 7 Study day ...... Mon. Dec. 11 Dec. 10 Final exam period ...... Tues.-Fri. Dec. 12-15 Dec. 11-14 Residence halls close, 5 p.m...... Sat. Dec. 16 Dec. 15 Midyear Commencement, 2 p.m...... Sat. Dec. 16 Dec. 15

Spring Semester 2000-01 2001-02 Residence halls open for new students, 1 p.m...... Sun. Jan. 7 Jan. 13 Residence halls open for returning students, 1 p.m...... Sun. Jan. 7 Jan. 13 Registration/confirmation of new students ...... Sun. Jan. 7 Jan. 13 Classes begin, 8 a.m...... Mon. Jan. 8 Jan. 14 Last day to register ...... Fri. Jan. 12 Jan. 18 Martin Luther King Jr. Holiday ...... Mon. Jan. 15 Jan. 14 Last day to change registration ...... Fri. Jan. 19 Jan. 25 Withdraw fee begins ...... Mon. Jan. 22 Jan. 28 Last day to exercise pass/no pass option ...... Fri. Feb. 2 Feb. 8 Housing deposit due for upcoming year ...... Tues. March 6 March 5 Last day to withdraw from class ...... Fri. March 9 March 15 Spring vacation ...... Sat.-Sun. March 24-April 1 March 23-31 Classes resume ...... Mon. April 2 April 1 Preregistration for fall & spring semesters/graduate ...... Mon.-Fri. April 2-6 April 1-5 Preregistration for fall & spring semesters/undergraduate ...... Mon.-Fri. April 9-13 April 8-12 Easter ...... Sun. April 15 March 31 Spring semester classes end, 5 p.m...... Fri. April 20 April 26 Study day ...... Mon. April 23 April 29 Final exam period ...... Tues.-Fri. April 24-27 April 30-May 3 Residence halls close, 5 p.m...... Sat. April 28 May 4 Graduate and Continuing Education Commencement...... Sat. April 28 May 4 Baccalaureate ...... Sat. April 28 May 4 Undergraduate Commencement ...... Sat. April 28 May 4 Residence halls close for graduates, 5 p.m...... Sun. April 29 May 5

Use of Cat a l o g This catalog is provided for guidance in course selection and program planning. While every effort is made to ensure the accuracy of the information in this Catalog, in no sense is it to be considered a binding contract, and it may be changed by action of appropriate bodies within the University. Courses listed in this catalog are subject to change through normal academic process. New courses and changes in existing course work are initiated by the cognizant graduate school, department or program, and approved by Academic Affairs and the University faculty. Changes to the curriculum are published in the Program Outlines and Schedule of Classes. TABLE OF CON T E N T S

PURPOSE ...... 1 History Human Performance Mission and Objectives International Studies Statement of Faith Leadership Studies Values Statement Management and Business Information Systems Student Outcomes Management and Organizational Leadership Accreditation and Memberships Management of Human Resources Mathematics PLACE ...... 5 Music Our Heritage Peace and Conflict Studies Campus Facilities Philosophy Campus Map Psychology Student Activities and Organizations Religion Chapel and Campus Ministries Social Work Standards of Conduct Sociology Living Arrangements Spanish Student Services Teacher Education Theatre Writing/Literature ACADEMIC PROGRAMS ...... 17 Course Challenge Programs Facilities UN D E RG R A D U ATE Off-Campus Programs COURSE OFFERINGS ...... 61 Overseas Study Programs On-Campus Programs ...... 111 Preprofessional Programs ACADEMIC REGULATIONS Academic Sessions and Credits Class Attendance GENERAL EDUCATION ...... 27 Classification of Students General Education Requirements Auditors Course Numbering System Registration Majors and Degrees Academic Advising Academic Load UNDERGRADUATE Course Additions Course Withdrawals PROGRAMS ...... 33 Official Withdraw Process Accounting The Grading System Applied Science Academic Progress and Eligibility Art Graduation Requirements Biblical Studies Final Examinations Biology Academic Honesty Business and Economics Chemistry ADMISSIONS ...... 117 Christian Ministries Cognitive Science Basis of Undergraduate Admission Communication Arts Admission Procedures for Freshmen Communication Media and Broadcast Admission Procedures and Policies for Transfer Students Computer and Information Science Home School Students Engineering Services to Disabled Students English as a Second Language International Students Family and Consumer Sciences continued next page Health Education TABLE OF CON T E N T S

Readmission of Former Students Part-Time Students High School Nongraduates Auditors Older Adults Early Admission of High School Students Advanced Placement — Honors Program Campus Visitation Admission Procedures and Policies for Department of Continuing Education Students Spouse Enrollment Program

FINANCES ...... 123 Costs Tuition, Fees and Expenses Schedule of Required Deposits Financial Arrangements Financial Aid

COMPLIANCE WITH FEDERAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS ...... 137 Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Drug-Free Environment Disabled Students Disclosure of Uses for Social Security Numbers Anti-Harrassment Policy Official Withdraw Process

DIRECTORIES ...... 141 Faculty Faculty Emeriti University Administration Board of Trustees

INDEX ...... 153

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR ...... Inside Back Cover The university from which you earn an academic degree is part of you for the rest of your life. You are “brand- ed” with your diploma and transcript. Each graduate school or future employer will know your educational identity. Clearly, your choice of university is important.

A degree from George Fox Uni v ersity identifies you with one of the finest institutions in the Nort h w est, as rec o g - ni z ed by educators, business leaders, and professionals from across the country.

•For 12 years, U.S. News & World Report magazine has recognized George Fox for its “excellence in undergraduate education” and “academic reputation.”

•Senator Mark Hatfield, Herbert Hoover Distinguished Professor at George Fox, recently stated, “You know there’s something different about this university the moment you walk on this campus. The atmosphere is in sharp contrast to the many factory-like, decentralized, impersonal schools” that can be seen across the nation.

Along with strong academic programs, George Fox brings the student together with others seeking Christ-centered education. Interaction with peers extends the learning environment beyond the classroom to create networks and friendships that go with students long after the degree is completed.

The University further empowers students by providing opportunities for experiential learning. Internships, practicums and co-curricular activities provide opportunities for leadership and skill development.

The George Fox “brand” is distinctive and of high quality. Our faculty, staff and administration are committed to the purpose and person of Jesus Christ. They are ready to be your friends, teachers, role models and mentors. I encourage you to discover whether George Fox University is where God is directing you to study.

H. David Brandt President PURPOSE PURPOSE MISSION AND OBJECTIVES – STATEMENT OF FAITH

5. Give leadership to evangelical Christianity generally, through scholarly MISSION AND OBJECTIVES publication, lecturing, and by evangelistic STATEMENT OF FAITH and prophetic proclamation and service. The mission of the University from 1. We believe there is one God, its beginning has been to demonstrate the 6. Promote cocurricular activities that will eternally existent in three persons — meaning of Jesus Christ by offering a caring emphasize the development of leadership, Father, Son, and Holy Spirit. educational community in which each indi - initiative and teamwork by giving opportu - vidual may achieve the highest intellectual nity to make practical use of the skills and 2. We believe in the deity of our and personal growth, and by participating ideas acquired through academic courses. Lo r d Jesus Christ, in His virgin birth, in His responsibly in our world’s concerns. The sinless life, in His miracles, in His vicarious 7. Make itself a community in which stud- foregoing “mission statement” of George and atoning death through His shed blood, ies and activities are made relevant to life, Fox University is detailed in the following in His bodily res u r r ection, in His ascension develop insight into social and political institutional objectives: to the right hand of the Father as the only issues confronting humanity, and learn to mediator between God and man, and in His 1. Teach all truth as God’s truth, participate democratically in decision mak- personal return in power and glory. integrating all fields of learning around the ing and policy implementing as responsible person and work of Jesus Christ, bringing citizens. the divine revelations through sense, reason 3. We believe that for the salvation of lost and intuition to the confirming test of 8. Serve as a cultural center for all publics and sinful man, regeneration by the Holy Scripture. of the University and sponsor programs Spirit is absolutely essential. that are informative and culturally stimulat- 2. Support academic programs that liberate ing to the larger university community. 4. We believe the Bible to be the only the student for a life of purpose and fulfill- inspired, infallible, authoritative written ment through an awareness of the resources 9. Provide distinctive learning word of God. of knowledge and culture available; maxi- opportunities through continuing mize career-oriented education through education programs and through 5. We reverently believe that as there is one counseling, curriculum, field experience curriculum enhancements such as Lord and one faith, so there is one baptism, and placement. off-campus centers, study abroad, honors whereby all believers are baptized in the one 3. Maintain a program of varied activities programs, and other special programs and Spirit into the one body. that directs the student to a commitment to events. Christ as Lord and Savior, encourages atti- 6. We believe the true supper of the Lord 10. Cultivate awareness, respect, under- tudes of reverence and devotion toward is observed when the believer partakes spiri - standing and appreciation of cultural diver- God, leads to recognition that the revealed tually and inwardly. sity throughout the University community commandments of God are the supreme to provide members of diverse races and 7. We believe in the ministry of the Holy criteria of the good life, enables the student cultures an affirming environment that Spirit, who fills and indwells the consecrat- to mirror the example of Christ in human encourages cross-cultural sharing in the ed believer and enables him or her to live a relationships, and develops a greater desire context of Christian lifestyle expectations. godly life. to serve humanity in a spirit of Christian love. 8. We believe all war is utterly incompati- 4. Provide a center for Quaker leadership ble with the plain precepts of our divine where faculty and students learn the histor y Lord and Lawgiver. and Christian doctrines of the Friends 9. We believe in the resurrection of both movement and make contemporary appli- the saved and the lost; they that are saved cations of these insights. unto the resurrection of life, and they that are lost unto the resurrection of damnation.

2 PURPOSE VALUES STATEMENT – ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS

Counseling and marriage and family thera - py degrees fulfill all the educational requir e- VALUES STATEMENT ACCREDITATION AND ments for licensure by the Oregon Board of The George Fox University community val- MEMBERSHIPS Licensed Professional Counselors and Therapists. ues… George Fox University is accredited •Fol l o wing Christ, the Center of Trut h by the Northwest Association of Schools The Graduate School of Clinical and Colleges, by the Oregon Teacher Psychology is accredited by the American •Honoring the Worth, Dignity and Standards and Practices Commission for Psychological Association’s Committee on Potential of the Individual the preparation of teachers in specific fields, Accreditation. Doctor of Psychology and by the National Association of Schools (Psy.D.) degrees fulfill all the educational •Developing the Whole Person —Spirit, of Music. It is approved by the United requirements for licensure by the Oregon Mind and Body States government and the states of O regon Board of Psychology Examiners and for list- • Living and Learning in a Christ- and Idaho for the education of veterans, ing in the National Council of Health Centered Community and by the United States Attorney General Service Providers in Psychology. for the admission of international students. •Pursuing Integrity Over Image The other 12 members of the Christian The University is a member of the national College Consortium are Asbury College, •Achieving Academic Excellence in the Christian College Consortium, the Council Wilmore, Kentucky; Bethel College, St. Liberal Arts for Christian Colleges and Universities, the Paul, Minnesota; Gordon College, Association of American Colleges, the Wenham, Massachusetts; Greenville • Preparing Every Person to Serve Christ College Scholarship Service, the Council of College, Greenville, Illinois; Houghton in the World Independent Colleges, the American College, Houghton, New York; Malone • Preserving Our Friends (Quaker) Association for Higher Education, College, Canton, Ohio; Messiah College, Heritage the Friends Association for Higher Grantham, Pennsylvania; Seattle Pacific Education, the National Association of University, Seattle, Washington; Taylor Evangelicals, the National Collegiate University, Upland, Indiana; Trinity Athletic Association, the National College, Deerfield, Illinois; Westmont Association of Independent Colleges and College, Santa Barbara, California; and STUDENT OUTCOMES Universities, the Evangelical Teacher Wheaton College, Wheaton, Illinois. Training Association, the Nort h we s t The Council for Christian Colleges and In any enterprise involving students of var i e d As s o c i a tion of Private College and Uni v ersities, an organization based in pre p a r edness, motivation and discipline, University Libraries, the Oregon Washington, D.C., was founded in 1976. th e r e will be differences in outcomes. Independent Colleges Association, the Each of the 95 member institutions is com- Education is realistic and idealistic. It rea c h e s Oregon Independent College Foundation, mitted to academic excellence and to the be y ond the average, the assured, and the the National Council of Schools and integration of faith, learning and living. Th e guaranteed. Uni v ersity objectives, indeed the Programs of Professional Psychology, and coalition, comprised of four-year liberal arts en t i r e Catalog, may be seen as sincere inten- the Council of Graduate Departments colleges with regional accreditation, provides tion to provide an educational program of of Psychology. high quality. Accountability to students is ful- a medium for strengthening and unifying filled by providing qualified teachers, a com- George Fox Seminary is accredited by the this important sector of private higher edu- munity with Christian values, and the histor- Association of Theological Schools in the ca t i o n . ical continuity of a Quaker univer s i t y . Th e United States and Canada and by the op p o r tunity for personal growth and devel - Northwest Association of Schools and opment is here, yet student initiative and Colleges. responsibility are vital. The Catalog is not an unconditional contract.

3 PLACE PL ACE OUR HERITAGE

George Fox Uni v ersity serves students and it’s worth the wait. Just ask the visitors Despite the numerous Portland advantages, at a number of locations in the Pac i f i c who make tourism one of the state’s largest many students prefer the small-town flavor Nort h w est, including its Por tland Center, industries, along with high technology, agri- of Newberg. Located on the Willamette Boise (Idaho) Center, and teaching sites in culture, and forest products. River, Newberg has a population of 17,300, Salem and Eugene. For its main campus, with many residents living in Newberg by Just a half-hour drive from the campus, ho weve r , George Fox Uni ve r s i t y ’s “pl a c e ” is choice and commuting to Portland for their metropolitan Portland is George Fox’s big- Oregon, the lower Willamette Val l e y , jobs. Downtown Newberg consists of a city neighbor. Oregon’s largest city, Newberg, and a 75-acre tree-shaded campus variety of stores, shops and services. Portland offers students, faculty and staff its on a wooded ravine in a residential neighbor- Friendly merchants who appreciate the Old Town district, a downtown transit hood. This place offers a variety to meet most University’s students are just a few blocks mall, the Tom McCall Waterfront in t e r ests: a friendly community close (23 south of the campus, with most businesses Park, numerous art galleries and museums, miles) to a major metropolitan environment within walking distance. It’s a personable a number of theater groups and jazz clubs, of 1.7 million people, located in the beauty of town, rich in tradition — former President and a world-class symphony, ballet and the Pacific Nort h w est, with nearby mountain Herbert Hoover once lived here. opera. Other attractions include the ranges for skiing, and easy access to rug g e d Oregon Zoo, the Japanese Garden, the The Newberg-Portland area has a mean coastal beaches just an hour away. International Rose Test Gardens, and daily high temperature in July of 83°F and Oregon — 97,060 square miles of variety OMSI (the Oregon Museum of Science a mean daily low in January of 32°F. — stretches from the Pacific Coast, over and Industry). Every June the city holds its Precipitation aver-ages 37 inches a year, the Coast Range, through the fertile Rose Festival, with three parades, a corona- most of which is rain. While Newberg does Willamette Valley, past the snowcapped tion, and 25 days of other events. get Cascades, and into the high desert countr y snow, it is seldom more than a few inches a For those who love the outdoors, Portland of central and eastern Oregon. More than year and rarely lasts more than a couple of has 9,400 acres of parks, including Mill half of the student body call Oregon home. days. Others come to school in Oregon and Ends Park, the smallest in the world, and decide to make it their new home — Forest Park, the largest urban wilderness. despite the fabled rain. Yes, there is rain, And George Fox students can join in the and sometimes it falls hard in the valley enthusiasm of cheering for the Portland between the mountain ranges where George Trail Blazers NBA team, the Portland OUR HERITAGE Fox University is located. But it is the rain Winter Hawks WHL ice hockey that makes Oregon green and gives it nat- squad, and the Portland Rockies More than a century ago, early Oregon ural beauty. Umbrellas and raincoats do minor league baseball team. Quaker pioneers helped settle the come in handy during the winter months, rich and fruitful Chehalem Valley of but when the sun comes out, Oregon is Oregon. One of their first priorities, along spectacular with the founding of their church, was the education of their children. In 1885 the Christian instruction of their offspring was assured with the establishment of Friends Pacific Academy. At the same time, founding pioneers were looking ahead with a dream of a college to provide further and more advanced education. That time came September 9, 1891, with the opening of the doors of Pacific College. Fifteen students were counted on opening day.

In the century since its founding, there have been major changes, of course, includ - ing the name of the Uni-versity itself, changed in 1949 because of the many “Pacific” colleges and retitled in honor of the founder of the Friends Church. The name changed again in July 1996 when George Fox College became George Fox University, incorporating Western Evangelical Seminary with 300 students on a campus in Tigard, Oregon.

6 PL ACE CAMPUS FACI L I T I E S

From only a handful of courses in Even as it expands its mission by offering the 1890s, the University now offers 42 graduate programs and serving adult learn- undergraduate majors and more than 600 ers, George Fox University remains com- CAMPUS FACILITIES courses in 15 departments, along with grad- mitted to providing its 1,300 traditional Bounded on three sides by a residential uate programs in psychology, counseling, undergraduate students with a residential area, the George Fox campus borders Hess education, business, ministry, and religion. campus atmosphere. Learning continues Creek, with a natural setting that is being In all, nearly 13,000 students over the outside the classroom — as well as inside preserved with its tall trees, ferns, and wild- years have called this institution — through a variety of experiences, includ - flowers. The spacious campus has been their alma mater. ing music, athletics, clubs and organiza- developed in recent years according to a tions, special events, and Christian min- master plan that features a campus academ- George Fox has grown rapidly in istries. the last two decades — both in reputation ic quadrangle; a recreational section and facilities. For 12 years, the University The Christian atmosphere is a cam-pus pri - with sports center, track complex, has been named as one of “America’s Best ority.With other Christians, the University and athletic fields; and a living area with Colleges” by U.S. News & World Report, holds to the historic truths and teachings of major residence halls. The facilities include: and in 1999 was ranked second in academ- Christianity, as outlined in the “Statement The Armstrong House, a Newberg historic ic reputation among Western regional liber- of Faith” printed on page 2. From its building, was constructed in 1923 and pur- al arts colleges in the 15 states from Texas founding, the University has been guided chased by the University in 1995. Located to Hawaii. George Fox is also eighth on the by Northwest Yearly Meeting of Friends at 215 North Center Street, it houses magazine’s list for the region’s best values. Church, which also is committed to the offices for continuing education assessment. National recognition also has come from official Statement of Faith and which his- the John Templeton Foundation, which has torically has emphasized the necessity of a The Art Annex, opened in 1998, named George Fox to its Honor Roll for genuinely experiential Christian faith, per- contains art studio and lab, classroom and Colleges That Encourage Character. The sonal integrity and purity, the spiritual office space. It is a renovation of a portion foundation also has selected the University nature of the ordinances, the importance of of the previous Plant Services building. to its Honor Roll for Free Enterprise peacemaking and responsible social action, Teaching. the involvement of women in ministry and Barclay House, at 1313 East North Street leadership, the valuing of sim-plicity, and on the east side of campus, was purchased Following a campus master plan, George the right and duty of each person to hear in 1994. It houses a resident area assistant Fox has expanded to 75 acres in recent and follow God’s call. coordinator and nine students on two lev- years, with 12 new buildings constructed at els. a total investment of more than $20 mil- George Fox University has more Friends lion. A $16 million Centennial Campaign students on campus than any other college funded a new science building and restora- in the United States: They represent tion of Wood-Mar Auditorium, opened in approximately nine percent of the student 1995. More than 2,400 students come to body. Altogether, more than 50 denomina- George Fox from across the nation to par- tions are represented on campus. ticipate in the experience of sharing faith Denominations with a significant enroll- and learning with dedicated faculty and ment include the Evangelical Church of administrators. Undergraduate students North America, Free Methodist, Nazarene, live, study, work and play in buildings that Presbyterian, Disciples of Christ, range from those with historic significance Mennonite, United Methodist, Assemblies to some of the most modern anywhere. of God, Christian & Missionary Alliance, Depending on the program, graduate stu - Catholic, Lutheran, American Baptist, dents attend classes either on the Newberg Conservative Baptist, Church of God, and campus or at one of the University’s teach- Foursquare. ing sites in Portland, Salem, or Boise. Off- campus teaching sites are also the location of classes offered through the George Fox degree-completion program for working adults.

7 PL ACE CAMPUS FACI L I T I E S

The William and Mary Bauman Edwards-Holman Science Center, opened The Graduate Admissions Office, Chapel/Auditorium, opened in the fall of in 1994, houses the Depart-ment of at 211 N. Center Street, is a former 1982 as the final phase of the Milo C. Ross Biology and Chemistry and the Depart- residence, purchased in 1998 and Center, seats 1,150 persons in a facility that ment of Mathematics, Computer Science renovated in 1999 for office space. is among the finest in the Northwest. and Engineering. The building has a lecture Rotating art exhibits appear in the adjacent hall, five classrooms, 16 laboratories and 13 Gulley House, near the intersection Donald Lindgren Gallery. offices. An atrium connects of Sheridan Street and Carlton Way, was it with Wood-Mar Hall. purchased in 1992. It houses five students. Beals House, located at 1109 Hancock Street, was purchased in 1992. It houses The Event Ser vices Off i c e is a former res i - Hancock Street House was added seven students. dence at E. Nor th and N. Center stree t s , to the campus in 1996. It houses 10 stu- adjacent to Newlin Apa rt m e n t s . dents at 1108 E. Hancock Street. Beebe Residence Hall, opened in 1991, is the third unit of a three-building minidorm The Fell House is located at 1216 Heacock Commons, built in 1964-65, complex in the Hess Creek greenway. It Hancock Street. It was purchased in 2000 enlarged in 1979, and renovated and houses 40 students in two-room suites, and houses eight students. expanded in 1994, contains the Esther with women on the first two floors and Klages Dining Room, the Bruin Den, the men on the third. It also contains the east The Financial Affairs Office, Cap and Gown Rooms, and the Executive campus student post office. at the corner of North River and Sheridan Dining Room. streets, is a city historic building purchased Brougher Hall, erected in 1947 and by the University in 1994. Renovated for The Herbert Hoover Academic Building, remodeled and enlarged in 1959 and 1961, office space in 1997, it houses the Financial built in 1976-77, houses the Kershner contains classrooms and art facilities. Affairs Office, including Human Resources. Center for Business and Economics, as well as a 160-seat lecture facility, classrooms, The Campbell House, purchased in 1995, The Foxh o l e is the student coffee house, psychology faculty offices, and the is located at 612 N. Meridian Street. It located at 1110 E. Sheridan Str eet. Th e Enrollment Services offices of financial aid, houses six students. building, purchased in 1992, contains the registration, and student accounts. A dis - graduate student lounge. play of Herbert Hoover memorabilia was Carey Residence Hall, built in 1980, pro- opened in 1997. vides housing for 32 students in eight Fry House, at the corner of Sheridan Street suites. It is the first unit of a three-building and Carlton Way, was purchased in 1992. Hester House, at 212 River Street, was minidorm complex situated in the Hess It is the home for the Associate Dean of purchased in 1992. It houses Creek greenway. Students. six students.

Centennial Tower , co n s t r ucted in 1990 to Fulton Street House, located near Villa launch George Fox Uni ve r - s i t y ’s centennial Road at 1508 E. Fulton Street, houses an year celebration, was designed by noted area coordinator for student housing. It was ar chitect Pie t r o Belluschi to be the campus purchased in 2000. focus and centerpiece. This 65-foot-tall st ru c t u r e at the campus center features caril- lon, four clocks, and the Uni ve r s i t y ’s original be l l . The Center Street House is a former residence converted to offices in 1992. In addition to the offices of faculty members in history, political science, sociology and social work, the facility houses the Center for Peace Studies, with office and library/ conference room.

Colcord Memorial Field contains a field and polyurethane track resurfaced in the fall of 1993. Edw a r ds Residence Hal l was constructed in 1964 and ren o vated in 1995. Over l o o k i n g Hess Canyon, it is a residence for men and women with alternate-wing housing for 106 st u d e n t s .

8 PL ACE CAMPUS FACI L I T I E S

The Hobson-Macy-Sutton Residence The Curtis and Margaret Morse Athletic Pennington House contains the under- Hall complex, completed in 1977, is the Fields, dedicated in 1989, contain a base - graduate admissions offices. Purchased in largest residence facility on campus, hous- ball diamond, softball field, soccer field, 1993, the longtime home of Levi ing a total of 250 students. and practice areas. Pennington, the former president of Pacific A central lobby is shared by the three build- College—George Fox University’s predeces- The Munn House, acquired in 1994, ings. The buildings are connected by out- sor—was built in 1899 at the southeast cor- houses six students. It is on the east side of side walkways and an underground tunnel. ner of Sheridan and Center streets. Hess Creek Canyon on East North Street. Hoskins House, purchased in 1993, hous- Pennington Residence Hall, built The M. J. Murdock Learning Resource es 10 students. It is located at 214 River in 1962 and renovated in 1994, is a resi- Center, completed in the fall of 1988, Street. dence hall for 102 students and a resident houses more than 140,000 volumes on area coordinator’s apartment, with alter- three floors. Its features include study car- The International Student Center, opened nate-wing housing for men and women. in 1990, is located in a remodeled former rels; special collections concentrating on residence on Meridian and Sherman streets. Quaker, Hoover and peace studies; The Plant Services Building, This building houses the English Language University and Northwest Yearly Meeting opened in 1998, contains work areas, stor- Institute, with classrooms, faculty offices archives; microforms and microform read- age, and offices for custodial, maintenance and a lounge/reception area. ers; CD-ROM workstations; Internet con- and grounds personnel. nectivity including access to numerous Kelsey House, purchased in 1997, houses research databases; and the curriculum The Prayer Chapel, overlooking Hess four students. It is located at 610 N. Center library. The Instructional Media Center on Creek Canyon east of Edwards Residence Street. the lower level includes computer and Hall, was completed in 1995. It is available audiovisual laboratories. Also on to all who seek a private place for devotions The Kershner House, purchased in 1970 the lower level are the Institutional and prayer. and remodeled in 1979, is a residence unit Technology offices, including the The President’s/University Relations for six students. Help Desk and computer repairs. Offices, opened in 1991, are a remodeled Lemmons Center, built in 1964 and Newlin Apartments, located on North residence at Sheridan and River streets, remodeled in 1997, is the combina-tion of Street, are four units available for use by 16 redesigned as the administrative center for three hexagon modules providing class- upper-division students. the Office of the President, university rela- rooms, offices for education and family and tions, publications and public information. consumer sciences faculty, and Calder Parker House, a one-story duplex, was Lecture Hall, which seats 165. purchased in 1992. Located on Sheridan The Milo C. Ross Center, opened in Street across from the Pennington Hall 1978, houses the Religious Studies and Lewis Apartments provide housing for 56 parking area, it houses eight students. Music departments, including classrooms, upper-division students in a total of 16 studios, practice rooms, music listening labs units. and faculty offices. The William and Mary Bauman Chapel/Auditorium, seating 1,150, McGrew House, located at Hancock Street was added in 1982. and Carlton Way, houses six students. It was purchased in 1992. The Schomburg Hou s e , at 608 N. Meridian Str eet, was purchased in 1998 and The Virginia Millage Memorial Rose ren o vated for student housing. Garden has 224 plants of 43 varieties in 24 beds. The 72-foot-diameter circular garden The Security Office, located at Carlton was created in 1992, honoring a George Way and Sheridan streets, is the headquar - Fox alumna and volunteer leader. ters for the University’s security personnel.

Minthorn Hall, constructed in Sherman Arms Apartments, located on 1886 and on the National Register of east Sherman Street, consist of six units for Historic Places, is the only first-generation married George Fox students. building still in use. Remodeled and refur - The Student Union Building, built bished in 1962, 1989 and 1992, it houses in 1958 and enlarged in 1968 and 1979, faculty offices for writing, literature, com- includes student government offices, the munication arts, and languages; two class - Bookstore (renovated in 1994), student rooms; and the Department of Continuing post office and a recreation room. Education.

10 PL ACE STUDENT ACTIVITIES AND ORGA N I Z ATI O N S

Tennis Courts are located on the edge of The Wilder House, in the Hess Creek Ath l e t i c s Hess Creek canyon near Colcord Field. The Canyon south of the Hobson-Macy-Sutton George Fox University has excelled five courts were constructed in 1994. residence halls complex, was acquired in in athletics during recent years. 1999. It houses eight students. Tilikum Retreat Center, located on 92 Intercollegiate sports for men include soc - acres in the Chehalem Valley eight miles Willcuts Residence Hal l , opened in 1990, cer, cross country, basketball, baseball, ten- from campus, is a retreat, camping and is the second unit of a three - b u i l d i n g nis, and track and field. Women’s intercol- educational center. Students, church minidorm complex in the Hess Creek gree n - legiate sports include soccer, cross country, groups, families and community organiza- wa y . It houses 40 students in two-roo m volleyball, basketball, softball, tennis, and tions enjoy 77 acres of woods and mead- suites, men on the top floor, women on the track and field. ows, a 15-acre lake, an overnight retreat two lower floors. Intercollegiate athletics function under the center, a lakeside recreation building, and a guidelines of the National Collegiate restored one-room schoolhouse. Winters Apartments, located on River Street, consist of 10 units for use by 40 Athletic Association (NCAA) — Division The University Advancement Office, at George Fox students. III and the Northwest Conference. 206 N. Meridian Street, was purchased in The basic aims of the intercollegiate athletic 1995. It also houses the alumni relations Wood-Mar Hall, opened in 1911, contains program are as follows: office. the duplicating shop, the main campus post office, and the administrative offices of aca- Colleges and universities in NCAA The University Fund Office, at 207 N. demic affairs and student life. Wood-Mar Division III place highest priority on the Meridian (across the street from the related Auditorium, seating 257, was created in overall quality of the educational experience Advancement Office), houses the staff for 1995 on the third floor. and on the successful completion of all stu- the University Fund, including the alumni dents’ academic programs. They seek to telephone team. The office was acquired in Woo d w a r d Hou s e , at the northeast corner establish and maintain an environment in 1999. of River and Hancock streets, was purch a s e d in 1993, giving the cam-pus the home of one which a student-athlete’s athletics activities University Residence Hall, constructed in of the founders of George Fox Uni ve r s i t y . are conducted as an integral part of the stu- 1996 on the east side of Hess Creek Ren o vated in 1996, it has offices for the dent-athlete’s educational experience. They canyon’s north end, is a three-story resi- campus Health and Counseling Serv i c e . also seek to establish and maintain an envi- dence for 124 students, with men and ronment that values cultural diversity and women living on alternate floors. Woolman Apartments consist of 14 units gender equity among their student-athletes with capacity for 48 students. Located at and athletics staff. The Video Communication Center, com- 1114 East Hancock Street, they were To achieve this end, NCAA Division III pleted in 1979, houses a television produc- acquired and renovated in 1994. tion studio, as well as offices and support- institutions: ing facilities. (a) Place special importance on the impact of athletics on the participants rather than Villa Road House is a city-designated his- on the spectators and place greater empha - torical building constructed in 1912 and STUDENT ACTIVITIES AND sis on the internal constituency (students, purchased by the University in 1995. It alumni, institutional personnel) than on the houses 10 students at 617 N. Villa Road. ORGANIZATIONS general public and its entertainment needs; Student organizations provide opportunity The Weesner House, on Carlton Way, for the development of leadership qualities (b) Award no athletically related financial accommodates 12 students in a two-stor y and interpersonal relationships. They are aid to any student; residence constructed in 1924 and com - designed to supplement classroom work pletely renovated in 1980. (c) Encourage the development of sports - with practical experience and to provide manship and positive societal attitudes in Weesner Village consists of 12 apartments recreational and social activities. These all constituents, including student-athletes, housing 48 upper-division students. organizations include student government, coaches, administrative personnel and spec- athletics, music, drama, publications, social tators; The Coleman Wheeler Sports Center, and religious organizations, and various completed in 1977, is the University’s special-interest groups. Students are encour- (d) Encourage participation by maximizing largest building. It contains the James and aged to participate in areas of their interest. the number and variety of athletics oppor - Lila Miller Gymnasium, featuring three tunities for their students; basket-ball courts and seating for 2,500 people. The center also contains activity and weight rooms, handball/racquetball courts, health and human performance classrooms, and faculty offices.

11 PL ACE CH A P EL AND CAMPUS MINISTRIES

(e) Assure that the actions of coaches and Int r a m u r a l s Social Even t s administrators exhibit fairness, openness The University has a broad-based, The academic year at George Fox and honesty in their relationships with stu- student-led intramural program which University is highlighted by a variety of dent-athletes; includes men’s and women’s flag football, 3- social functions. Homecoming is one of the (f) Assure that athletics participants are on-3 basketball, 5-on-5 basketball, racquet- major campus events of the year, when the not treated differently from other members ball and tennis. Also included in the pro- entire University community hosts return- of the student body; gram are co-ed competitions in volleyball, ing alumni. Various other activities occur indoor soccer and floor hockey. throughout the year. The student govern- (g) Assure that athletics programs suppor t ment’s Activities Committee tries to provide the institution’s educational mission by one activity every week. A limited number financing, staffing and controlling the pro- Med i a of thematic all-campus social dances are grams through the same general procedures Publications include a newspaper, permitted each year, sponsored by the as other departments of the institution; The Crescent; the yearbook, L’Ami; Associated Student Community under (h) Provide equitable athletics opportuni- a photo directory, The Bruin; and The guidelines approved by the University ties for males and females and give equal Wineskin, the literary publication. Student administration and Board of Trustees. emphasis to men’s and women’s sports; editors direct their staffs in the selection and preparation of materials for these pub - (i) Give primary emphasis to regional in- lications. The student radio station, KFOX, Th e a t r e season competition and conference champi- broadcasts campus news and music in a Theatre, part of the Fine Arts Depart-ment, onships; and contemporary Christian format. presents two major dramas and a music (j) Support student-athletes in their efforts theatre production each year, as well as stu- to reach high levels of athletics perfor - dent-directed short plays and informal mance, which may include opportunities Mus i c course-related performances. Augmenting for participation in national champi- Music activities are available to the on-campus theatre program is the onships, by providing all teams with ade- students with varied musical talents. Public George Fox University Players, a touring quate facilities, competent coaching and performances are presented by the Festival drama group, which presents improvisa- appropriate competitive opportunities. Chorus, the Concert Choir, the Chehalem tional theatre throughout the Northwest at Chorale, Dayspring, the Chapel Choir, the churches, prisons, camps, retreats, schools Concert Band, the Chehalem Symphony and marketplaces. Govern m e n t Orchestra, the Jazz Ensemble, the Handbell The Associated Student Community Ringers, Ye Olde Royal Feaste, and music of George Fox University is an organization theatre. of all undergraduate students with the pur- The University’s student chapter of the CHAPEL AND CAMPUS pose of serving as a unifying force for the Music Educators National Conference pro- University community and providing vides a bond between students in music MINISTRIES opportunities for the enrichment of mem - education and members of the professional Receiving a wel l - r ounded education means bers’ lives. organi-zation. Students receive the Oregon gr owing intellectually, emotionally and spiri- Music Educator. Members may attend tu a l l y , and creating a strong foundation on meetings of this professional educators which lives, hopes and dreams can be built. organization. The club also sponsors speak- Helping facilitate this kind of growth is the ers on new developments in focus of the Campus Ministries Office and its the music education field. Spiritual Formation Program, which is made up of three primary components: 1) praise and worship, 2) study, and 3) ministry/ s e r - vi c e .

Through a wide variety of opportunities, the campus pastor and the director of outreach and discipleship journey with students interested in investigating who God is; present Jesus Christ to students in credi- ble, creative

12 PL ACE ST ANDARDS OF CONDUCT – LIVING ARRANGEMENTS

and caring ways; equip students for service; and disciple new Christians. Whether done one-on-one or in small or large groups, the STANDARDS OF LIVING goals of helping students embrace and live CONDUCT ARRANGEMENTS out the priorities of loving God, hearing God, obeying God, and serving God are When enrolling at George Fox Uni ve r s i t y , always at the forefront. students agree to respect the expectations Housing Pol i c i e s and appointed leadership of the institution. George Fox is a residential university. All students carrying a full class load (12 All expectations are designed to allow the Approximately 70 percent of the student hours or more) are required to fulfill 21 fullest liberty consistent with efficient work, body live in campus housing. Interpersonal Spiritual Formation credits each semester. while at the same time promoting the wel - relationships experienced in residence halls, Throughout each semester, students earn fa r e of the entire campus community. campus apartments, and campus houses ar e these credits by their involvement in one, strong factors in producing positive person- two or all three components of the Spiritual The University admits students with the al development. The policies and proce- Formation Program. understanding that they will comply with these expectations in every respect and con - dures governing residential housing are con- 1. Praise and Wor s h i p duct themselves as responsible citizens. All sistent with the core values of George Fox students are expected to maintain written University. Chapel is a time of praise, worship and standards of behavior, which include learning. Chapel is held Monday and Full-time students must occupy University- conforming to state and local laws. Wednesday mornings from 10 to 10:50 owned housing except in the following cir - a.m. the first 14 weeks of each 15-week Any student whose behavior is dishonest, cumstances: semester. In addition to the weekly de s t ru c t i v e, unethical or immoral, or whose • They are 23 years old on or before Sept. Monday/Wednesday Chapel services, there conduct is detrimental to the total wel f a r e of 1, 2000. (Students who are 23 years of age are many other daytime and evening oppor - the community, shall be subject to discipli- on or before Sept. 1, 2000, must live off tunities to receive Spiritual Formation cred- na r y action that may result in suspension or campus.) it as well. di s m i s s a l . • They have been enrolled in college for 2. Stu d y In accordance with Christian convictions six semesters or more (or the equivalent in a honoring the body as the temple of the Small Group Studies offer a time for inter- quarters system to nine quarters). College Holy Spirit, the University community action, questioning and fellowship with credit earned during high school enroll- accepts a lifestyle that forbids immoral sex- other students. Some small groups study ment does not qualify as college enroll - ual behavior and the use, possession or dis- specific books of the Bible, while others use ment. a variety of other books and study guides as tribution of alcohol, tobacco or illegal their starting point for discussion and faith drugs. Gambling and obscene or porno- • They live with a parent or legal guardian. learning. graphic materials or literature, including (A signed note from that parent or guardian pornography via the Internet, also are unac- is required.) 3. Min i s t ry / Se rv i c e ceptable. Students are expected to maintain • They have been out of high school three Ministry and service opportunities allow these lifestyle standards both on and off years or more. students to live out what they say they campus. believe. Service trips take place during the Students found in violation of the written • They are graduating seniors. third week of Christmas break and the standards of conduct and the University • They are married. whole week of Spring Break — reaching lifestyle agreement may lose good standing communities in West Coast areas and and citizenship with the Student Life A notebook of off-campus housing oppor- beyond. Office. A student’s participation in off-cam- tunities is available in the Student Life pus programs and other activities may Office (Wood-Mar 205). be jeopardized as a result of the change in status. New students will be mailed a Confirmation of Enrollment and Roommate Selection Form with their admissions packet. Housing assignments generally will not be made until this form has been completed and returned to the Admissions Office and the tuition deposit has been paid. Housing assignments begin late in May and continue through the summer. Housing assignments generally will not be made until a housing selection form is received.

13 PL ACE LIVING ARRANGEMENTS

Nine modern residence halls house approxi- unit must be made before a student food services office. Commuting students mately 650 students. The newest of these may leave at the end of the academic year also may purchase the full meal plan and facilities is University Residence Hall, or withdraw from the University. Final must indicate their intent to do so at the which houses 124 students. It opened in checkout from a campus housing time of registration. the fall of 1996 and houses a floor of men unit is complete only with this inspection, and two floors of women residents. after the key is turned in, and after the resi- ♦ Pennington Residence Hall, with a capacity dence life staff has signed off on all paper- MEAL PLAN OPTIONS FOR of 102, has one wing for men and one for work. 2000-01 women students. Edwards Residence Hall, All freshman and sophomore students must Residence hall rooms on the first a residence for 106, also has one wing for pa r ticipate in the full continuous dining pro- floor of Pennington Residence Hall have men and one for women. gram. Juniors may choose between continu- been designated and equipped for physical- ous dining or 14 meals per week. Sen i o r s The Hobson-Macy-Sutton Residence Hall ly handicapped/disabled student housing as may choose between continuous dining, 14 complex houses 222 students in three-floor needed. There is access for wheelchairs and meals per week, seven meals per week (plus buildings. Macy Residence Hall and accom-modation for a guide dog. $175 flex spending per year), or full exem p - Hobson Residence Hall are for women, ti o n . while Sutton Residence Hall houses men Disabled students needing accommodations should contact the Enrollment Services and and women. Food service begins during Freshman Student Life offices well in advance of Orientation in the fall semester and ends Carey Residence Hall houses 32 men and attendance so that specific attention can be on the last Saturday of the semester. Service women in eight suites on two floors, the made to assist in providing living arrange- begins again the Sunday evening prior to top floor for women, the bottom floor for ments and learning accommodations. spring semester and concludes on the last men. Willcuts Residence Hall houses 40 Saturday of the semester, with the exception students in 10 suites on three floors. The of spring vacation. The food service will top floor is for men, the bottom two floors Food Serv i c e s not operate during this time. for women. Beebe Residence Hall is set up With the exception of seniors living the same as Willcuts Residence Hall. in University-owned apartments and hous- Students may petition the Dean of Students es, resident students are required to eat on for the possibility of having the food service Campus housing also includes five apar t- the University board plan in Heacock requirement waived. Only in exceptional ment complexes and several houses for Commons. The University offers meal circumstances will such petitions be grant- upperclassmen. There are approximately plans for all students eating in Heacock ed. A checklist for exemption procedures 1,000 students living on campus. Housing Commons. A charge is made for guests. and guidelines is available in the Student administration is handled by the Associate Commuting students may obtain meal tick- Life Office. All petitions are due at the Dean of Students in the Student Life ets through the end of the second full week of each semes- Office. Campus housing is furnished with ter. beds, mattresses and other essential furnishings. Students are expected to provide their own bedding, towels, etc. Coin-operated laundry facilities are provided for each residence.

Specified hours have been established for co-ed visitation. Additional residential housing and lifestyle expectations are included in the Undergradu-ate Student Handbook provided for each student.

Occupants of campus housing are held responsible for damage to their unit and furnishings. Cost of damage or cleaning beyond normal wear, unless such damage has been identified with an individual, will be charged on a prorated basis among the occupants of the unit. A final inspection by the Resident Assistant, House Manager, or Apartment Manager of each campus housing

14 PL ACE STUDENT SERVI C E S

Motor Veh i c l e s Res o u r ces include career courses, testing, Professional services such as counseling and counseling, internship guidance, special health care are provided at no cost to full- The ownership or possession of automo - ev ents, job search skill training, and a library time undergraduate students. Laboratory biles or other motorized vehicles by stu - with occupational, graduate school, and and X-ray testing are arranged through an dents is permitted. Students are advised to em p l o yer information. Permanent, summer, outside provider and are billed to your maintain appropriate insurance coverage on student employment, and internship jobs are medical insurance. Fees may be charged for such vehicles. Any student who is registered posted daily. Compreh e n s i v e computer guid- supplies. and attending classes, whether full or part ance, the Alumni Career Contact Net w o r k time, must have his or her motor vehicle and Deg r ees at Wor k Dinners, the fall registered with the Security Office and pay Internship Fai r , the Oregon Liberal Arts a non-refundable parking fee to park on Placement Consortium Jobs Fai r , the campus. Failure to do so will result in fines. Oregon Graduate School Fai r , and the Job T rak online job listing service are special fe a t u r es. Ele c t r onic access is avai l a b l e th r ough the Foxmail Jobs Board and our STUDENT SERVICES Internet home page. Teacher placement files ar e generated and maintained in this office. Staff includes the direc t o r , assistant direc t o r , Student Life Off i c e se c re t a r y and intern. This office, located in Woo d - M ar Hall, is responsible for the organization and pro- Graduate Student Off i c e gramming of residence life and housing, in t e r collegiate athletics, student gover n m e n t , This office, located at the Portland Center student activities, career services, multicul- and in Wood-Mar Hall on the Newberg tural services, security, student leadership, campus, is responsible for organizing and and campus ministries. This office also offers coordinating the services of the graduate individual attention to problems arising student population. The director serves as a among students. Students are encouraged to resource person and advocate for the stu - contact this office whenever they are con- dents within the University. Graduate stu- cerned about aspects of Uni v ersity life not dents are encouraged to contact this office specifically related to academic prog r a m s . whenever they are concerned about aspects The Vice President for Student Life coordi - of University life. nates these services and prog r a m s . Health and Counseling Serv i c e s Co - C urricular Tra n s c r i p t s The Health and Counseling Center exists to A co-curricular transcript outlines and doc- help you maintain a good state of health uments the co-curricular involvement of th r ough early diagnosis and treatment of ill- students while enrolled at George Fox ness and injuries and through preve n t a t i v e University. Each semester, a roster of partic- medical care, including health education. A ipating students is collected from advisors, nurse practitioner and a reg i s t e r ed nurse pro- directors, etc. This information is compiled vide medical services when class is in session, to create a comprehensive view of students’ September through mid-May . Ser vices are co-curricular activities. To request a tran- av ailable by appointment. script, students should complete a Co- The counseling staff consists of doctoral- Curricular Transcript Request Form, avail- level students supervised by the program able in the Student Life Office in Wood- director, a licensed psychologist. Individual Mar Hall. counseling with a focus on using short-term techniques is provided for students who Car eer Ser vices Off i c e wish to discuss a wide variety of personal concerns. Sessions are normally planned This office, located in Woo d - M ar Hall, is weekly and usually last about one hour. the center for career education, guidance, Group therapy, marriage and premarital and employment res o u r ces. This cover s counseling, crisis intervention, testing, and selecting a major and internship, finding referrals are also available. Counseling ses- em p l o yment, and attending graduate school. sions are by appointment only.

15 PL ACE EN R OLLMENT SERVI C E S

Int e r national Student Serv i c e s community and to provide an affirming, Disability Serv i c e s su p p o rt i v e environment for students of Dire c t o r The Enrollment Services Office, located in co l o r . It is dedicated to helping students of the Hoover Academic Building, coordinates The Director of International Student color successfully complete their George Fox services for students with documented Services, serving as the advisor for interna- Uni v ersity education. tional students, helps facilitate the meeting handicaps/disabilities. of diverse cultures in the George Fox The Multicultural Advisor serves as University community. The University rec- the advisor to the student Mul t i c u l t u r a l ognizes that inter-national students bring Cl u b , which learns about various Financial Aid Off i c e with them unique needs as well as wel- cu l t u r es, hosts cultural activities, and serves This office, located in the Hoover comed contributions. The director seeks to as a student support system. The Mul t i c u l - Academic Building, awards scholarships, help students adjust to their new surround- tural Club works with the Office of Mul t i - grants, loans and other forms of financial ings and to help the campus community cultural Ser vices to coordinate the annual assistance. develop a sensitivity to their needs. The Cultural Celebration Wee k . director also encourages their participation in the academic and social life of the Reg i s t r a r ’s Off i c e University and in the exploration of the This office, located in the Hoover surrounding American culture, as well as Academic Building, registers students for assists students in complying with INS reg - ENROLLMENT classes, provides degree audit information, ulations. The advisor is the international SERVICES and records grades. Students change their student’s friend and advocate. academic majors and advisors and order This office, located in the Hoover transcripts through this office. Academic Building, is responsible for the Multicultural Serv i c e s organization and administration of admis- The Office of Multicultural Ser vices exists to sions, financial aid, registration, student Student Acc o u n t s help the George Fox com-munity believe accounts, orientation, freshman seminar, This office, located in the Hoo ver Aca d e m i c and practice the biblical truth that ever y per- advisement, retention, disability services, Building, bills students for tuition, fees, son is valuable and gifted by God, and that continuing education academic advisement, room and board, and other expenses rel a t e d God creates and celebrates racial and cultural and institutional research. The Vice to attending college. The office assists with di v ersity and wants us to join him in his President for Enrollment Services coordi- pay-ment plan options and counsels students ap p r eciation and celebration. The office nates these services. reg a r ding the various plans. seeks to facilitate cultural sharing and education for the entire George Fox Adm i s s i o n s Four admissions offices assist students with enrollment at George Fox University: The Undergraduate Admissions Office, located in the Pennington House, serves students planning to enroll in traditional undergrad - uate programs on the Newberg campus. Continuing Education Admissions, located in the Portland Center, assists students seeking enrollment in the adult degree- completion programs. The Graduate Admissions Office serves students enrolling in the University’s education, counseling, business and psychology graduate programs. Admissions counselors are available on both the Portland and Newberg campuses to assist students. Seminary Admissions, located at the Portland Center, assists students seeking admission to ministry graduate programs.

16 ACADEMIC PROGRAMS ACADEMIC PROGRAMS COURSE CHALLENGE PROGRAMS – FACILITIES

Testing through the CLEP Sub j e c t A placement test is generally required prior Examinations provides verification of com- to registration for George Fox University COURSE CHALLENGE petency in selected academic fields such as Spanish classes. Spanish placement tests are PROGRAMS fo r eign language, mathematics, etc. Th e s e generally given during new student orienta- may be taken at any time and assume com- tion. Students may reduce the number of petency has been gained in nonclassroo m required courses and add flexibility to their settings. See the Registrar for details and test A student from a non-English-speaking undergraduate years by one or more of the applications. The tests are administered by nation may fulfill the language requirement following programs. the Reg i s t r a r , as authorized by the College by demonstrating proficiency in the English Entrance Examination Board, which spon- language. Advanced Placement sors the examinations. College credit may be granted in several subject areas to the student who completes Credit by Examination FACILITIES a college-level course in high school and Courses offered at George Fox University receives a score of three or better through for which CLEP testing is not available the Advanced Placement Program spon- may be challenged by examination. There is Murdock Learning Resource sored by the College Entrance Examination a test fee of $40 per examination. See the Center (Newberg)/Portland Board. Students expecting advanced place- Registrar for details. ment credit should request, at the time the Center Library (Tigard) test is taken, that scores be sent to George George Fox University maintains libraries at Fox University. Proficiency Test both the Newberg and Portland Center A student may fulfill general education and campuses. The Murdock Learning Resource Center is a three-story, 35,000-square-foot International some program requirements or become eligible for registration in advanced courses b y building serving the Newberg campus from Baccalaureate (IB) passing a proficiency test for the area a central location. The library presently College credit may be granted in several involved. No fee is charged for proficiency houses 140,000 volumes and receives 900 subject areas to students who complete col- testing, and credit is not granted. Typical periodical titles. The library has several spe- lege-level work through the International academic areas for which proficiency tests cial collections, including the Quaker Baccalaureate program. A minimum score are available are languages, music, Bible, Collection of basic Quaker books, pam- of five is required on High Level examina- and physical education activity courses. phlets and periodicals. The archives of tions for credit consideration. Students Northwest Yearly Meeting of Friends must provide the Registrar’s Office with a Church and of George Fox University, dat- copy of the International Baccalaureate ing from the 1880s, are preserved in a spe- transcript to receive consideration. Credits cial room. The Hoover Collection contains awarded as a result of International materials written about President Herbert Baccalaureate documentation will be Hoover and his administration. The Peace accepted as transfer credit. Collection contains books and periodicals pertaining to conflict resolution and international peacekeeping. College Level Examination Program The Educational Testing Service of the College Board provides nationally recognized standardized testing through which college credit may be earned or course proficiency verified. This is the College Level Examination Program (CLEP).

Testing through the CLEP General Examinations is designed to verify competency in general education. Tests may be taken in five areas for a maximum of 32 semester hours of credit. (General examinations are to be taken prior to the completion of the first semester of enrollment as a freshman at George Fox University.) It is recommended that the English Compo- sition examination with essay be taken in June prior to college enrollment.

18 ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OFF-CAMPUS PROGRAMS

Ins t r uctional media services are housed in Tilikum Retreat Center the north end of the MLRC’ s lower level . Christian camping is emphasized through Projectors, audio and videotape rec o rd e r s , OFF-CAMPUS the facilities of University-owned Tilikum, laptop computers, camcorders, and playback a center for retreats and outdoor ministries PROGRAMS equipment are available for classroom, stu- for the greater Portland area. dent and faculty use. In the Computer- George Fox Uni v ersity students may parti c i - Assisted Ins t r uction Lab, students may ful- Tilikum features yea r - r ound programs and pate in Council for Christian Colleges and fill certain course req u i r ements and may facilities with a wide appeal to all ages and Uni v ersities (CCCU) student prog r a m s , ha v e access to word processing and other denominations. Mor e than 2,500 children Christian College Consortium Exch a n g e , computer functions. The Ins t ru c t i o n a l and youth enjoy the summer camping pro- and selected programs with which the Media Center provides a darkr oom and gram. Uni v er-sity students have opportu n i t i e s Uni v ersity has established agree m e n t s . equipment for dry mounting, laminating, for study, rec r eation, personal ren e wal, CCCU programs include the Middle East thermal transparency production, and slide and employm e n t . Studies Program, American Studies Prog r a m , and tape duplication. A satellite dish Latin America Studies Program, Los Angeles on the building’s roof enables the center to Tilikum provides the following kinds of Film Studies Program, China Stu d i e s rec e i v e programming from 19 satellites. retreat and camp experiences: (1) relational Program, Russian Studies Program, and the — family groups, men, women, couples, Ox f o r d Honors Program. Consorti u m The Portland Center library houses over youth, and single parents — with a goal of Exchange permits students to enroll for one 70,000 volumes and receives over 300 peri- strengthening the entire family unit; (2) semester at one of the 12 other member odicals. The collection is especially strong support to local churches —to make avail - institutions or to participate in the Africa in religion and theology. Also located in the able a retreat setting that encourages oppor- Studies Program. Other study oppor-tuni- Portland Center library are the archives of tunity for renewal, planning and spiritual ties are described below. George Fox Evangelical Seminary. growth; (3) senior adult Elderhostels; and (4) a challenge ropes course for teamwork, To participate, students must apply to the The University’s online library catalog pro- personal challenge and growth, and fun program and complete a George Fox appli- vides access to the holdings of both the through experiential learning. cation. Students normally participate in Murdock Learning Resource Center and programs during the second semester of the Portland Center library. The catalog their sophomore year, their junior year, or also gateways to numerous other academic Video Communication Center the first semester of their senior year. libraries and is available via the Internet. Because a limited number of students will Internet access to other resources is avail- The campus Video Center provides facili- be approved to participate, students may able from both libraries. The library system ties, studio and EFP video equipment for enroll for one off-campus semester-long is a member of OCLC, with direct access to the communication/media broadcast major. study program during their undergraduate a database of 40 million bibliographic The studio contains a mix of analog and studies. records that represent the holdings of thou- digital equipment for tape-based and non- sands of member libraries in the region and linear editing. This facility also is used in George Fox student participants must be the nation. Interlibrary loan services ar e the authoring and production of interactive approved by a campus selection committee. available at both sites. Computers at both multimedia. Advanced students often assist Selection will be determined based on the library locations provide access to numer- in professional productions for commercial student’s academic and citizenship standing ous indices and abstracts, some of which clients. (minimum 3.00 grade point average are linked to full text sources. George Fox is required) and on the applicability of the a member of the Portland Area Librar y The Video Center prepares educational study program to the student’s major field System (PORTALS), through which access video products in a variety of subjects of of study. Applications for participation are is provided to member libraries and numer - value for schools, business/industry, and available in the Registrar’s Office. churches. ous databases. The University is also a A student may not be considered in good member of Orbis, a consortium of academ- standing and/or to have citizenship stand - ic libraries with a union catalog located at ing if he or she: the University of Oregon. Through consor- tia agreements, George Fox students may • Has more than two semesters of spiritual use the Portland State University library, as formation credit deficiency. well as numerous other private and state university libraries in Oregon and • Has been in violation of the lifestyle agree - Washington. ment within the two semesters prior to application for one of the above prog r a m s . Violations of the lifestyle agreement may include, but are not limited to, alcohol and dr ug use/abuse, tobacco use, sexual immoral- ity (including adultery, homosexual behavior, and premarital sex), gambling, and the use, vi e wing or possession of obscene or porno- graphic articles and/or literature.

19 ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OFF-CAMPUS PROGRAMS

• Is currently on student life pro-bation. of the junior year or the first semester of hours during one semester. Part-time Probation may include occasions in which the senior year. Application forms and a involvement can generate credit at the same the student has signed a behavioral contract descriptive brochure are available from the rate as other methods of learning. Thirty to with the Student Life Office. Behavioral Registrar. 45 clock hours per semester are required for contracts are generally utilized for violations one hour of credit. A maximum of 20 of the lifestyle agreement, but can also be The program permits a student in good hours may be accumulated in field educa- used for more severe violations of the resi- standing to enroll for one semester at one tion between numbers 275, 375 and 475. dential life policies, such as violation of of the other consortium colleges. Twelve hours are allowed between the floor hours, R-rated movie violations, etc. Qualifying students must have at least a career-oriented options, 275 and 475. 3.00 grade point average, have completed Normally, the three alternatives are broken prior to application one or more semesters down as follows: American Studies Prog r a m free of academic or citizenship probation, and been approved by the selection com- ___ 2751 to 3 credit hours The American Studies Program, sponsored mittee. GED 375 2 to 12 credit hours by the Council for Christian Colleges and ___ 4752 to 12 credit hours Universities, is designed for juniors and Selection to the above programs will be seniors with a wide range of academic based on the academic purposes involved, Applications for field experience should be majors and vocational interests. Students grade point average, citizenship, classifica- requested through the Reg i s t r a r . Req u e s t are involved in the American Studies tion, and the extent to which the student forms must be completed, approved by the Program for periods of three or four has or has not had diverse educational expe- de p a r tment chairperson, and submitted to months. The internship/seminar opportuni- riences. the Registrar for enrollment. The vital link ty is available starting in September and to a successful field experience is the faculty in January. sponsor (supervisor) with whom the learning Field Education plan is developed and carried out. The pro- The American Studies Program was created This program, commonly referred to as gram also necessitates a field supervisor at to provide field experience and study “field experience,” “internship,” or “cultural the location of service or employment with opportunities in Washington, D.C., for experience,” usually takes place off campus, whom the faculty sponsor and student inter- diverse majors and personal interests. The yet is an integral part of the student’s acade- rel a t e . program is based on the principle of inte- mic experience. Its purpose is to promote grating faith, learning, and living through personal and career development by inte- Evaluation of the field experience is based both a real-life work experience and a study grating classroom study with planned and upon successful completion of the stated program. Students spend their time in supervised practical experience in vocation- individualized objectives in the Learning Washington serving as interns, participating al, educational or cultural activities outside Plan. Field experience is graded “pass” or in a contemporary, issues-oriented seminar the classroom. “no pass.” program, and living in a small Christian community. Internships are available in Enrollment in field education is an electiv e congressional offices, social service agencies, option in certain majors and a requirement International Trade Institute think tanks, cultural institutions, and many in others. Refer to each program to deter- Through the International Trade Field other organizations. mine how it applies. The program is open Study Program, based in Portland, Oregon, to George Fox University students only. Further information and application forms college seniors have the opportunity to par- are available from the Registrar. Two main types of off-campus experience ticipate in a field experience and seminar are available: career and cultur-al. The program focusing on foreign trade, interna- career-oriented field experience focuses on tional business, global politics, and area Consortium Visitor Program two levels, which are “exploratory” (275) studies. This program, sponsored by the The Christian College Consortium, and “preparatory” (475). These two levels state of Oregon, is a cooperative effort of described on page 3, sponsors a student vis- provide opportunity for initial exposure to state government, the business community, itors program intended as an enrichment to a career-interest area and for realistic prepa- and Oregon’s public and private colleges. It those disciplines where personnel and ration toward a chosen field. The culture- links traditional classroom learning with courses may be somewhat limited. oriented field experience (GED 375) is direct experience in international com- Normally this one-semester experience designed to encourage a short-term resi - merce. should be part dence in a different cultural setting, e.g., foreign country, inner city, rural community. Los Angeles Film Studies Center Academic credit may be earned through Under the direction of the Council for participation in an approved field education Christian Colleges and Universities, the Los program. A full-time student may generate Angeles Film Studies Center makes a up to 12 credit “Hollywood Semester” available to upper- division George Fox

20 ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OVERSEAS STUDY PROGRAMS

University students who qualify and who porary society, human stories, and social are accepted. Its purpose is to enable college theory as they relate to Christianity. Small students to serve in various aspects of the group discussions and writing tutorials OVERSEAS STUDY film industry with professional skill and ensure increased academic confidence in PROGRAMS Christian integrity. Located in Burbank speaking, writing, and critical reading. near major production studios, the semes - Backpacking, rafting, a San Francisco trip, ter-long program combines seminar courses and no weekend assignments round out the Juniors Abroad with internships in various segments of the program. In order to enrich the intercultural and film industry, providing the opportunity to international awareness of our campus explore the industry within a Christian community, George Fox University offers a context and from a liberal arts perspective. Oregon Theological transportation-subsidized overseas course of Consortium approximately three weeks to any junior Students who complete the semester may Cross-Registration student who has fulfilled the following then apply for a semester-long internship in requirements. These tours occur during the their field of interest. A full-time student may take one course a annual May Term. See the Registrar for further details and semester at one of the Oregon Th e o l o g i c a l application forms. Co n s o r tium colleges or seminaries. Sim i l a r Detailed information about eligibility and guidelines and proc e d u r es as for OICA specific study tours is available from the cro s s - r egistration apply. Contact the Geo r g e Director of Overseas Study. The program’s Malheur Field Station Fox Uni v ersity Registrar for a current list general policies are as follows: George Fox Uni v ersity holds membership in of OTC schools, information on their offer- the Malheur Field Station Consortium of 25 ings, and application proc e d u re s . 1. Students must have maintained three Oregon, Washington, Idaho, and Neva d a consecutive years of full-time enrollment. Transfer students may receive partial sup - colleges and uni-versities. The consorti u m ROTC Program maintains an undergraduate and graduate port for transportation expenses; requests res e a r ch facility on the Malheur Wil d l i f e Through a cooperative agreement with the for such support should be made to the Refuge south of Burns, Oregon. Sum m e r University of Portland, George Fox Director of Overseas Study. University students may participate in the college credit can be obtained there in cours- 2. Students will include tuition costs of Air Force Reserve Officers Training Corps es including arch a e o l o g y , art, biology, pho- this course as part of their block tuition for (AFROTC) Program offered on the to g r a p h y , sociology and writing. Inf o r m a t i o n the spring semester preceding the May tour, University of Portland campus. For more may be obtained from the biology faculty. and will be billed for whatever credits information, see the University of Portland exceed the 18-hour limit. Catalog or contact the professor of aero- OICA Cross-Registration space studies, University of Portland, A full-time student may take one course a Portland, OR 97203, (503) 283-7216. semester for no additional tuition (if total cr edits do not exceed 18 semester hours) at one of the neighboring institutions in the Oregon Independent Colleges Association (OICA). Only courses not available on the home campus may be selected. Cros s - re g i s - tration is initiated by application through the George Fox Uni v ersity Reg i s t r a r .

Oregon Extension The Oregon Extension offers a fall semester of community living and interdisciplinary studies. Forty students from across the country earn 15 hours credit in eight disciplines, studying one course at a time and living in wood-heated cabins in the Cascade Mountains of southern Oregon. Open to juniors and seniors (and determined sopho - mores) with a 3.0 grade point average, the seminar-style program focuses on contem-

21 ACADEMIC PROGRAMS OVERSEAS STUDY PROGRAMS

3. Students will pay room and board in Program is offered through the Council for Middle East advance for each tour, to be economically Christian Colleges and Universities. Studies Program arranged by the University. For the typical The Middle East Studies Program in Cairo, Juniors Abroad study tour, the University Egypt, offered through the Council for will pay the full transportation cost for eli- Eduventure Indonesia Christian Colleges and Universities, pro- gible students. On occasion, a tour with George Fox students can participate, with vides students with opportunity to study unusually high costs may involve a trans- students from other Christian colleges, in Middle Eastern cultures, religions and con - portation surcharge. the Eduventure Indonesia semester abroad flicts from within this diverse and strategic program. Based in Irian Jaya, Indonesia, 4. Students must have a minimum cumu- region. Juniors and seniors from Christian this program allows students to experience lative grade point average of 2.00 at the end colleges participate in interdisciplinary sem- cross-cultural living and to deepen their of the fall semester preceding the May tour. inar classes, receive Arabic language instruc- understanding of the lordship of Christ in tion, and serve as interns with various orga - Irian Jaya. Few places promise the excite- 5. Students must be in good standing with nizations in Cairo. The MESP encourages ment, natural beauty, rugged remoteness, the Student Life Office in the fall and and equips students to relate to the Muslim baffling cultural diversity, and full-throttle spring semesters preceding the May tour world in an informed and constructiv e adventure as Irian Jaya. (see page 19). manner. 6. Students must intend to return and Course work includes cultural anthropolo- graduate from George Fox University. gy, cross-cultural com-munication, community development, and spiritual formation. Oxford Honors Program 7. Student accounts must be current as of All of these courses are integrated through - Junior and senior honors students will have February 15 the year of the tour. out the semester with high adventur e the opportunity to study in England by opportunities, including a week of river participating in an interdisciplinary semes- 8. The University reserves the right navigation, snorkeling, working with the ter in Oxford through a partnership pr o- to withdraw from this program and com - poor in Baliem Valley, mountain biking, gram with the Centre for Medieval and mitment prior to fall registration in any mountain climbing, and trekking along the Renaissance Studies, affiliated with Keble year. Students already registered under the paths of the first martyred missionaries of College of the University of Oxford. Under program are guaranteed the tour. 40 years ago. the guidance of the Council for Christian Colleges and Universities, students will take 9. The University reserves the right Eduventure is extremely strenuous and in the event of an international monetary, part in two self-designed tutorials, a small- requires students to be in top physical, group seminar, and an integrative survey military, or other crisis to cancel or post- mental, and emotional condition. pone a tour or to make substitute arrange- course. The semester will also include travel ments. to significant historical and cultural sites in Latin American England. 10. The University does not obligate itself Studies Program to alternative remuneration to students who cannot go, who decide not to go, or who Based in San Jose, Costa Rica, the Latin Study in Spain Program are ineligible to go on a Juniors Abroad American Studies Program, under the direc- Students may apply to study in Spain for study tour. tion of the Council for Christian Colleges one semester through a cooperative agree- and Universities, offers a semester of study ment with Trinity Christian College of 11. Students (or alumni or friends of the and travel in Central America. Students live Palos Heights, Illinois. The Study in Spain University) who are ineligible for free trans- with Costa Rican families, participate in a Program is designed primarily for students portation may apply to join a study tour service opportunity or internship, travel to majoring or minoring in Spanish. Students and pay their own transportation and other Latin American countries, and engage study in Seville, Spain, and live in local tuition. in both a language and a seminar program. homes while attending classes with students Seminars deal in-depth with Latin from Trinity and other colleges. Application American culture, history, politics, econom- to the program must be coordinated with China Studies Program ics, and religious life. Three specialized aca- foreign language faculty. Students must Students interested in China will have the demic tracks — Advanced Language and complete forms related to off-campus study opportunity to engage this intriguing coun- Literature Studies, International Business available in the Registrar’s Office. try from the inside. The semester will and Management, and Tropical Sciences — include study of standard Chinese language, are available to qualified students. geography and history; religion and culture, and China’s modern development. Parti- cipants will travel throughout China to such places as Beijing, Shanghai, Xi’an, and the Guangzhou/Hong Kong region. They will have ample opportunity to interact with Chinese faculty and students on the campus of the host university and with students of English whom they will assist as conversation partners. The China Studies 22 ACADEMIC PROGRAMS ON-CAMPUS PROGRAMS

Study in Africa Program The Center for Peace Learning conducts a study program in conflict management to Students may apply to spend an exchange ON-CAMPUS pre p a r e students for practical peacemaking semester or year at Daystar University in their work, church, community and fami- College in Nairobi, Kenya, in the Study in PROGRAMS ly . (See page 50.) Certificates are awarde d Africa Program operated through the upon completion of the program, details of Christian College Consortium. Programs of Academic Success Program which are presented in the Peace and study include communications, business, Conflict Studies section of this catalog. education, community development, and A limited number of carefully selected stu- Bible and Christian ministries, as well as dents who do not meet regular admissions courses in the history, culture, literature, standards are welcomed to the George Fox Computers Across University Academic Success Program each politics, art, music, and religions of Africa. the Curriculum All instruction is in the English language, fall. Admitted provisionally to the Univer- offered by a faculty composed primarily of sity, ASP students attend an afternoon ori- This program provides a computer for ever y African nationals. The application deadline entation before other students arrive. Under full-time traditional undergraduate student. is January 15 for the following academic the individualized guidance of the ASP The cost of the computer is included in year. Contact the Registrar’s Office for director and faculty advisors, they register tuition during eight semesters of attendance. application information. for fall courses. Tutorial assistance and (S tudents attending less than eight semesters other aids are available, as needed. Total will pay an additional fee.) The purpose of All course work from Daystar will be trans- credit hours are limited to 14 for fall semes- the program is to enhance the experience of ferred in as a Pass/No Pass, with a grade of ter. teaching, learning and res e a r ch during the “D” considered a passing grade. years spent in college. Students use their computers to make classroom pres e n t a t i o n s , Center for Peace Learning sh a r e software programs and documents, Russian Studies Program The Center for Peace Learning was estab- communicate and conference via e-mail, Based in Mos c o w, St. Petersburg and Niz h n i lished in 1985 after a growing concern access the Internet, and develop software Novg o r od (formerly Gor ky), the Rus s i a n among administrators, faculty and students specifically for their courses. Ins t ru c t i o n a l Studies Program, under the direction of the that George Fox University have an active so f t w a r e programs developed at other colleges Council for Christian Colleges and learning program dealing with peacemaking and universities also are used in the classroo m Uni v ersities, includes Russian language and conflict resolution. Planning for the and laboratory. training and seminars on Russian history center was the specific result of searching and culture. Students also participate in a questions about the University’s contribu- The program also features a computer labo- se r vice project as they explore the challenges tion to peace-making made by Senator ra t o r y located in the Mur dock Learning facing Russians today in the light of biblical Mark Hatfield in his address at the 1984 Res o u r ce Center. This lab is open to all stu- tr uth. Students reside in university accom- inauguration of President Edward Stevens. dents and gives access to color computers, modations in Nizhni Novg o r od and spend Hatfield now teaches a peace studies course laser printers, a color printer, a scanner, CD- the final three weeks with Russian families. at George Fox. ROM and laser disk drives. From this lab, students can access the campus network and The center coordinates a number of cours- campus e-mail system. The Uni v ersity Sto r e Further Information es, taught by faculty in various depar t- pr ovides computers, software and supplies to For further information and application ments, which can be combined in a minor the Uni ve r s i t y . Also available is a help desk materials for the above programs and other or used to enrich preparation for service in for support and computer repair servi c e s . overseas opportunities, contact the Director such careers as social work, pastoral min- of Overseas Study or the Registrar’s Office. istry, peace education, teaching in public or private schools, diplomacy, and business. In Students must submit both the specific pro- addition to regular course work, gram application and the George Fox appli- the center offers a variety of learning cation for participation, which are avai l a b l e experiences for students and community th r ough the Reg i s t r a r ’s Office, or from the participants, including lectures, films, inter- Dir ector of Overseas Stu d y . national work/study trips, and field experience placements. Research is encouraged and made possible by the peace collection in the M. J. Murdock Learning Resource Center and by the specialized materials in the Center for Peace Learning.

23 ACADEMIC PROGRAMS ON-CAMPUS PROGRAMS

English Language Institute The ties between Herbert Hoover and Freshmen and sophomores with a grade George Fox University began in 1885. That point average of 3.25 or better apply for George Fox University offers an intensive fall, 11-year-old Bert Hoover, recently admission to the program in the spring English as a Second Language program dur - orphaned in Iowa, moved to Newberg, semester. Applications are reviewed by a ing the academic year for international stu- Oregon, to live with his uncle and aunt, faculty committee, and approximately 15 dents who need to improve their academic Dr. Henry John and Laura Ellen Minthorn. students are admitted each year. The English skills. For details of curriculum, Minthorn had recently opened Friends Colloquium involves flexible courses of credit and enrollment, see page 42. Pacific Academy, and Bert enrolled in the study designed in consultation with the first class shortly after his arrival. students. The course, graded on a pass/fail Freshman Seminar Program He studied under dedicated Quaker men- basis, is designed to challenge students with tors and helped pay his way by tending fur- studies outside their major disciplines. Repeated studies of the experience nace, sweeping floors, and cleaning black- of college freshmen have found that the boards. Juniors planning to do a senior honors pro- degree to which students identify with and ject apply by submitting a project proposal become involved in the college environ- “As a young student there for three years,” in the spring semester, which must be ment during the first few weeks of atten- President Herbert Clark Hoover said in approved by a faculty advisor and the direc- dance affects their success and satisfaction later years, “I received what-ever set I may tors of the Intensified Studies Program. with their entire college experience. As a have had toward good purposes in life.” Seniors earn three to five hours of credit per result, George Fox University demonstrates semester for the two-semester research pro- its commitment to freshmen by providing a The Academy was the predecessor school to ject. Completed projects are evaluated by Freshman Seminar Program to assist stu- George Fox University, which was founded the advising professor and the program dents as they integrate into the academic in 1891. Those on campus with a sense of directors. Only those which meet the stan - and social life of the University community. heritage often think of the quiet lad who dards of the Intensified Studies Program studied here a century ago. No one are recorded as honors projects and shelved All first-time freshman students who matric- dreamed he would grow to be named in the University library; others receive reg- ulate fall semester participate in the “Engineer of the Century,” that he would ular college credit as independent research. Freshman Seminar Program. Students select live and work on five continents, that he a topical seminar designed by faculty advi- would direct the greatest humanitarian pro- sors to interest and invol v e students as they jects the world has seen, and that in 1928 May Term begin their college experience. Students meet he would be elected president of the United This two-, three-, or four-week aca-demic in small groups with an assigned faculty States. session is used for a variety of domestic and advisor for a req u i r ed Freshman Sem i n a r international study tours, regular courses, during the first five weeks of the fall semes- “I can’t afford to underestimate the poten- experimental and enrichment courses, and te r , for which they earn one credit hour. Th e tial of any student,” is the way one profes- seminars covering topics of current interes t . faculty advisor also meets with students indi- sor puts it. “The steady gaze of young Bert Juniors Abr oad study tours normally occur vidually for academic advising. A returning in those old photos won’t let me!” during this time. May Term offerings are student peer advisor is assigned to a grou p detailed on the class schedule and on supple- and maintains one-on-one contact with each mental bulletins. fr eshman to assist with the transition to col- Intensified Studies Program lege life. This program provides new college The Intensified Studies Program offers select- students with the opportunity to interact — ed students an opportunity to go beyond the be y ond the residence hall and traditional normal Uni v ersity curriculum, integrating cl a s s r oom setting — with each other, with a material from a variety of disciplines and cre- faculty member, and with a returning stu- at i v ely exploring unusual topics largely cho- dent during the first semester of enrol l m e n t . sen by students. Sop h o m o r es and juniors participate in an innovat i v e Honors Collo- quium, earning one hour of credit per semes- Herbert Hoover Symposia te r . Seniors who have completed the Collo- Every two years since 1977, members of the quium are eligible to propose an honors history faculty have invited to the George res e a r ch project with a modest res e a r ch bud- Fox University campus leading authorities get. All participants will rec e i v e a small schol- on the life and career of Herbert Hoover. ar s h i p . These meetings are attended by professional historians, students, faculty, and friends of the University. Credit is offered to students who study selected aspects of the rich and varied career of the 31st president of the United States.

24 ACADEMIC PROGRAMS PREPROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS

Summer School CHE 111, 112 General Chemistry As a result, the student may choose from CHE 325, 326 Organic Chemistry many different majors, supplementing the In recent years, George Fox University has PHY 201, 202 General Physics major with electives and general education not sponsored regular undergra-duate class- One year of mathematics, usually options that stress writing and oral commu - es in a summer school. Students have been fulfilled by MTH 201, 202 Calculus nication skills, logical and critical thinking, encouraged to use the summer for work, close reading of difficult material, and travel, and cocurricular activities that add Other courses highly recommended are as deeper understanding of society and cul- to life’s dimensions in learning and living. follows: ture. Pre-law students are strongly encour- Independent study and research are avail- BIO 310 Embryology aged to take PSC 260 Introduction to Law, able for the summer under curriculum BIO 322 Comparative Vertebrate and to join in activities with other pre-law numbers 295 and 495. Applied learning Anatomy students. experiences in prac-tical situations under BIO 330 Animal Physiology supervision (field education) are available BIO 350 Genetics Pre-nursing Program through courses numbered 275 and 475, or BIO 370 Microbiology A student can take one or two years of pre- GED 375 Cultural Experience. See “Field BIO 420 Cell Biology nursing at George Fox Uni v ersity in prep a r a - Education” on page 20. CHE 310 Analytical Chemistry tion for application to a nursing school. CHE 340 Biochemistry Also offered during the summer months are George Fox offers the full spectrum of pre- CHE 401, 402 Physical Chemistr y de g r ee-completion courses in the nursing curricula that allows smooth matric- Management and Org a n i z a t i o n a l It is important to consult with your acade- ulation into most schools. These courses typi- Le a d e r s h i p , Management and Bus i n e s s mic advisor early in setting up a plan for a cally include general chemistry, math, human Information Systems, and Management of strong program. Students should be aware anatomy and physiology, microb i o l o g y , life Human Res o u r ces programs and graduate that, in addition to meeting the minimal span human development, cultural anthro- courses in the Master of Bus i n e s s entrance requirements, good grades (3.5 pology and others. Students should contact Administration, Master of Arts in Tea c h i n g , grade point average or above) and a strong the nursing school of their choice for req u i r e- Master of Education, Master of Arts performance on the national admissions me n t s . (Theological Studies), Master of Arts in tests (MCAT, DAT, VAT, usually taken in George Fox University has an agreement Christian Ministries, Master of Arts in the spring of the junior year) are essential. with Seattle Pacific University School of Counseling, Master of Arts in Marriage and Also necessary for admission are letters of Health Sciences whereby a specified num- Family Th e r a p y , Master of Div i n i t y , Doc t o r recommendation and an interview with the ber of students may be admitted annually of Min i s t r y, Doctor of Education, and professional school’s admissions committee. to the sophomore year of the SPU nursing Doctor of Psy chology prog r a m s . Our world needs Christian health prof e s s i o n - program. Consult with the pre-nursing als strong in character and maturity who have advisor in the Department of Biology and had broad educational and social experiences. Chemistry for specific requirements. George Fox Uni v ersity offers excellent oppor- PREPROFESSIONAL tunities to build these qualities through acad- PROGRAMS emic courses in areas such as ethics, psych o l o - gy , computer science, literature, history, and fo r eign languages, and through varied social Pre-dental, Pre-medical, op p o rt u n i t i e s . Pre-veterinary Programs George Fox University is pleased with the Pre-law Program excellent success students have had in gain - Students considering law school enjoy a ing admission to medical and dental wide range of options in their course of schools. Students who wish to pursue a study, which can be worked out with their career in medicine, dentistry or veterinar y pre-law advisor. The best preparation for medicine usually select a major in biology law school (and a legal career) emphasizes a or chemistry. They may, however, choose broad liberal arts education as an under - any academic major the University offers as graduate. Students need to be preparing long as they take certain specific courses themselves to understand complex real- required by the professional schools. world problems from as many perspectives George Fox University offers all of the sci- as possible. ence and mathematics courses required by the professional schools of the region. Even though specific requirements differ with each medical school, the requirements uniformly include the following:

BIO 101, 102 General Biology

25 GENERAL EDUCATION GENERAL EDUCATION GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS

A class may apply toward general educa- BIB 240 Wisdom Literature tion, a major, or a minor. However, any one BIB 250 Psalms GENERAL EDUCATION course may not fulfill more than two BIB 260 Life of Christ REQUIREMENTS requirements. Additionally, all first-semester BIB 270 Writings of John freshman students who matriculate in the BIB 310 Old Testament History To complete an undergraduate academic fall are required to enroll for GED 130 (prerequisite: GED 101) program at George Fox University, a stu- Freshman Seminar. BIB 330 Prophetic Writings dent must select one of 40 majors to pursue (prerequisite: GED 101) one of two degrees: the Bachelor of Arts or FRESHMEN: All freshmen are expected to BIB 340 Between the Testaments the Bachelor of Science. A course of study register for WRI 110, Freshman Compo- BIB385 Selected Bible Topics includes three basic components: general sition, in the first year. BIB 390 Biblical Basis for education, the major field, and supporting Peacemaking All new students with less than junior stand- and/or elective courses. Minor fields are BIB 411/412 Acts and Pauline Epistles ing are expected to register for GED 101 optional and are composed of elective (prerequisite: GED 102) and 102, Literature of the Old and New courses that have been packaged for identi- BIB 480 General Epistles Testaments, and other general education fication of a vocational purpose or an inter- (prerequisite: GED 102) courses during the first yea r . est. REL 250 Great Mom e n t s / K ey Per s o n s in Christianity “General education” is sometimes called a ♦ BIBLE AND RELIGION REL 270 Doctrine of ______“core curriculum” or “general studies.” It is REL 380 Christian Beliefs 1. GED 101, 102 Literature of the that part of the college experience required REL 401/402 Christianity in History Old and New Testaments. (Freshmen are of all graduates (although options may be 2 hours permitted within certain programs) that required to take these courses, or a three- gives them a common heritage and helps hour lower-division Bible elective given a 4. Transfer students with junior standing implement the distinctive University mis- superior placement examination.) (62 semester hours) who have not taken sion. 6 hours Literature of the Old and New Testaments or equivalent are required to take a two- or 2. Choose one of the following (required three-hour Bible course at the 200-400 General education requirements total 57 of all): level in addition to the four hours listed semester hours. Certain lower- and upper- REL 470 Christian Classics under 2 and 3 above, for a total of at least division courses in general education are REL 480 Spiritual Formation six hours. required of all students. The specified REL 490 Contemporary Total: 10 hours courses and the options listed below pr o- Religious Life vide knowledge and skills in support of cul- 2 hours tural perspectives and major programs. ♦ Since some majors have specified certain 3. REL 260 History and Doctrine COMMUNICATION of the options stated below, students should of Friends. Required of all Friends 1. WRI 110 Freshman Composition. check the major requirements described for students. An elective course in Bible or reli- WRI 110 may be waived by a verbal SAT their selected majors. gion is required of all other students. score of 670 or above. 3 hours

2. Choose one of the following:

COM 100 Introduction to Communication THE 120 Introduction to Acting THE 220 Oral Interpretation of Literature 3 hours Total: 6 hours

♦ HEALTH AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE Physical education activities and/or health education.

Three semester hours of human performance are required to complete the University’s general education requirement.

28 GENERAL EDUCATION GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS

Students may enroll in one limited-enroll- 2. History ♦ SCIENCES ment human performance activity course HST 110 Western Civilization to 1648 Choose 18 semester hours from the options per semester and one unlimited-enrollment HST 120 Western Civilization listed below. Students must choose two human performance activity course per fr om 1648 courses from natural science, one from semester. This requirement may be satisfied HST 150 America and the World math, and two from social science. Students in the following ways: HST 331/332 England then choose an additional course from 1. Human performance activity or adapted 3. Literature either natural science, math or social sci- activity classes. Limit of two semesters of If a student chooses to take two courses in ence. any one activity. literature to fulfill the humanities general 1. Math education requirements, the first must be a 2. A health course from the following list Wai v er of three semester hours of math lower-division course; the second may req u i r ement for a SAT score above 600. will satisfy a maximum of one hour of the be lower or upper division. requirement. The two remaining hours of MTH 100 The World of Mathematics the requirement must be met through activ - LIT 100 Introduction to Literature MTH 120 Intermediate Algebra ity courses. LIT 220 Great American Writers (Students with SAT of 600 LIT 231 Masterpieces of World HEA 200 Lifestyle Management or above are not eligible to Literature, Western take this course.) HEA 230 First Aid and Safety LIT 232 Masterpieces of World HEA 240 Stress Management MTH 190 Pre-Calculus Literature, Non-Western MTH 201 Calculus I HEA 300 Nutrition LIT 240 Understanding Drama HEA 320 Co n t e m p o r a r y Health Iss u e s MTH 202 Calculus II LIT 270 Great British Writers MTH 260 Discrete Mathematics 3. Up to two hours may be waived upon LIT 326 American Literature to 1865 MTH 301 Calculus III successful completion of proficiency tests in LIT 327 American Literature, CIS 201 Introduction to Computer selected areas. A current Red Cross 1865 to 1914 Science Lifeguarding or Water Safety Instruction LIT 328 American Literature, CIS 202 Introduction to Computer certificate will waive one hour without fur- 1914 to the Present Science ther examination. LIT 340 Poetry LIT 360 Values Through Story 2. Natural Science 4. Two credits toward the three-hour and Myth BIO 100 Foundations of Biology requirement may be earned on intercolle- LIT 376 British Literature to 1660 BIO 101 General Biology giate athletic teams. Only one credit in any LIT 377 British Literature, BIO 102 General Biology one sport will count. 1660 to 1830 BIO 221 Human Anatomy and LIT 378 British Literature, Physiology 5. Any professional activity class meets one 1830 to the Present BIO 222 Human Anatomy and hour of the requirement. LIT 385 Major Authors Physiology By permission only. LIT 440 Study of the Modern Novel CHE 100 Chemistry of Life 6. Military service may waive two semester CHE 110 Chemistry and Our 4. Philosophy (choose a maximum of one Environment credits. course) Total: 3 hours CHE 151 General, Organic, and PHL 210 Introduction to Philosophy Biological Chemistry PHL 230 Ethics ♦ HUMANITIES Total: 14-15 hours Choose 14-15 semester hours, taking five courses from the options listed below, including at least one course and no more than two courses from each of the following areas: fine arts, history, and literature.

1. Fine Arts If a student chooses to take two courses in fine arts to fulfill the humanities general education requirement, one must be art and one must be music.

GED 110 The World of Music GED 220 Survey of Art ART 101 Basic Design ART 111 Drawing MUS 100 Fundamentals of Music MUS 110 Understanding Jazz MUS 111, 112 Introduction to Music Literature MUS 210 Keyboard Literature 29 GENERAL EDUCATION COURSE NUMBERING SYSTEM

CHE 152 General, Organic, and Exemptions and Waivers 9. Education: 2 hours. This Biological Chemistry requirement is fulfilled by EDU 240 Students with adequate background and CHE 211 General Chemistry Perspectives in Education. the desire to take more elective courses are CHE 212 General Chemistry encouraged to check with the Registrar and GSC 120 Foundations of Earth Secondary education majors shall complete learn how they can test out of any of the Science the following 43-hour general education above requirements (with the sole exception GSC 130 Fundamentals of Geology requirement. Totals or specific course of a required minimum of three hours of PHY 150 Physics of Everyday Life requirements for some individual majors Bible). A mathematics SAT score of 600 or PHY 201 General Physics may vary. above waives three hours of PHY 202 General Physics mathematics/computer requirements (see 1. Bible and Religion: 10 hours from stat- 3. Social Science page 29). A verbal SAT score ed options. of 670 or above waives WRI 110 Freshman PSY 150 General Psychology 2. Communication: 6 hours from Composition (see page 28). CLEP and SOC 150 Principles of Sociology stated options. ECO 201* Principles of Advanced Placement tests earn other Microeconomics exemptions, as do campus-administered 3. Health and Human Performance: ECO 202* Principles of examinations. 2 hours from stated options. Macroeconomics PSC 150 Introduction to Political 4. Humanities: 8 hours from stated Science General Education options, including one course in music or Requirements for art, one course in U.S. histor y, and one *Students may select one, but not both, of Teacher Education course in literature. these courses to fulfill general education requirements. The following summaries note total hours 5. Mathematics: 3 hours from stated Total: 18 hours and exceptions to the University general options. education policy. Refer to 6. Natural Science: 3 hours from ♦ GLOBALIZATION the previous section for specific course options. stated options. Choose six semester hours from the current course offerings listed below: Elementary education majors shall com - 7. Social Science: 3 hours. This require- plete the following 51-hour ment is fulfilled by PSY 150 General REL 330 World Christian Movement general education requirement: Psychology. REL 360 Cross-Cultural Outreach REL 440 World Religions 1. Bible and Religion: 10 hours from stat- 8. History, Literature, Philosophy, Natural GRE 202 Hellenistic Greek ed options. Science, Social Science: (second semester) 3 hours from the stated options SOC 310 Cultural Anthropology 2. Communication: 6 hours from in any of these categories. stated options. SPN 102 First-Year Spanish 9. Globalization: 3 hours from (second semester) 3. Health and Human Performance: stated options. SPN 201, 202 Second-Year Spanish 2 hours from stated options. FRE 102 First-Year French 10. Education: 2 hours. This (second semester) 4. Humanities: 16 hours from stated requirement is fulfilled by EDU 240 FRE 201, 202 Second-Year French options, including GED 110 The World of Perspectives in Education. GER 102 First-Year German Music, GED 220 Survey of Art, and at (second semester) least two courses each in history (including GER 201, 202 Second-Year German HST 150 America and the World) and in JPN 102 First-Year Japanese literature (including LIT 231 Masterpieces (second semester) of World Literature, Western or LIT 232 COURSE NUMBERING JPN 201, 202 Second-Year Japanese Masterpieces of World Literature, Non- SYSTEM FCS 310 Food, Culture and Society Western). FCS 380 Evolution of Dress Courses are designed for levels of experi - 5. Mathematics: This requirement is ful- LIT 232 Masterpieces of World ence and difficulty, and the course number- filled within the major. Literature, Non-Western ing system reflects this. Courses numbered 100 to 299 are lower-division level and nor- ECO 360 Global Political Economy 6. Natural Science: 6 hours from mally are open to freshmen and sopho - GEO 200 Cultural Geography stated options. PSC 250 International Conflict mores. Courses numbered 300 to 499 are and Peace 7. Social Science: 6 hours from stated upper-division level and normally are open HST 360 Modern Russia options, including PSY 150 General to juniors and seniors. Freshmen may not HST 440 History of Africa Psychology. enroll in courses at the 300 and 400 level HST 470 Far East except by permission of the chairperson of 8. Globalization: 3 hours. This req u i re m e n t HST 350 Latin America the department in which the course is is fulfilled by GEO 200 Cultural Geo g r a p h y INS 340 International Relations offered. A 300-numbered course may and Global Rel a t i o n s h i p s . GED 375 Juniors Abroad Total: 6 hours 30 GENERAL EDUCATION MAJORS AND DEGREES

be open to sophomores. Exceptions may be • Courses designated “295” and “495” are made when prerequisites are met and gener - in d i v i d u a l i z ed special study programs not a al education requirements have been ful- pa r t of the regular curriculum. App l i c a t i o n MAJORS AND DEGREES filled on schedule. forms are available from the Registrar and, George Fox University confers these when completed, become a learning contract degrees: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor • Course numbers ending in “0” (e.g., PSY be t w een the student and the instruc t o r . 350) designate courses that are complete in of Science, Master of Arts in Teaching, one semester. They may be scheduled for • A student may not be enrolled in more Master of Education, Master of Business either semester during the college year. than four hours of 295/495 in any regular Administration, Master of Arts in semester and may not accumulate more Organizational Leadership (Boise), Master • Course numbers ending in “5” (e.g., than 12 hours of 295/495 for graduation. of Arts in Christian Ministries, Master of COM 305) designate courses that may be Arts (Theological Studies), Master of Arts pursued for several semesters under the • Course number “490” designates a in Counseling, Master of Arts in Marriage same number, with all credits applicable, senior seminar that is completed in one and Family Therapy, Master of Divinity, within stipulated limits. semester; numbers “491” and “492” desig- Doctor of Ministry, Doctor of Education, nate a senior seminar completed in two and Doctor of Psychology. Included are 42 • Course numbers ending in “1” and “2” semesters. undergraduate majors and 12 graduate (e.g., CHE 211, 212) designate courses degrees. For more information on graduate of f e r ed throughout the yea r . A continuing •Many 300- and 400-level courses programs, contact the Graduate Admissions course may not be entered in the second are offered in alternate years. If a year of Office. semester without completing the prev i o u s offering is stated, it should be assumed that semester or obtaining the permission of the the course will be offered in alternate years in s t ru c t o r . only. Admission to an Undergraduate • Course numbers ending in “75” desig- • A GED prefix refers to general Major nate supervised teaching or field education education. Admission to the Uni v ersity does not imply courses for which application is necessar y automatic admission to a major. Admission to through the Registrar. See “Field Edu- • Courses at the 500 to 700 levels a major may be req u i r ed by application to the cation” on page 20. are graduate courses. de p a r tment sponsoring the major.

• Courses designated “285” and “485” are Though entry into George Fox Univer-sity special classes that may be offered in any may be with a major as an objective, appli- department to reflect single-time offerings cation and selection is to be accomplished of visiting professors or group seminars. after 45 credits have been earned, or during the second semester of the sophomore year.

In most cases, admission to a major will include meeting initial standards, as in the example of admission to teacher education and music. Admission to a major is normally accomplished no later than the end of the junior year, or before the completion of 90 credits.

Interdisciplinary Majors The cross-disciplinary major consists of a minimum of 48 semester hours with either a 24/12/12-hour option from three fields or a 24/24-hour option from two fields. The 24/12/12 and the 24/24 options are at the discretion of the department. Of these hours, 30 must be upper division. The student must complete a contract form prepared in consultation with the advisor, the Registrar, and the department chairperson of the largest component.

31 GENERAL EDUCATION MAJORS AND DEGREES

Selection of a Minor Physical Education Teaching Supporting Programs (B.S.) A minor is a package of elective courses Camping Social Studies Teaching (B.S.) that have a common bond and that identify English as a Second Language Spanish Teaching (B.A.) certain interests and competencies. Usually French Support Areas: a minor consists of an appr oved group of Gerontology Drama, Reading, Speech, and courses with no less than 18 semester Greek Middle School Math hours, six of which must be upper-division Japanese Engineering (B.S.) credit. The Registrar’s Office will provide Leadership Studies Family and Consumer Sciences (B.S.) information on requirements. Peace Studies Concentrations in: Political Science Fashion Merchandising/Interior Recreation Design Majors Speech/Forensics Foods and Nutrition in Business Accounting (B.S.) Theater Health and Human Performance (B.S.) Applied Science (Engineering) (B.S.) Concentrations in: Art (B.A.) Athletic Training Biblical Studies (B.A.) Preprofessional Programs Fitness Management Biology (B.S.) Pre-dental History (B.A.) Business and Economics (B.A. or B.S.) Pre-law Interdisciplinary Studies (B.A. or B.S.) Concentrations in: Pre-medicine International Studies (B.A.) Economics Pre-nursing Management and Business International Business and Eco n o m i c s Pre-pharmacy Information Systems (B.A.)* Management Pre-physical therapy Management and Organizational Marketing Pre-veterinary Leadership (B.A.)* Management and Information Science Management of Human Resources Chemistry (B.S.) (B.A.)* Christian Ministries (B.A.) Mathematics (B.S.) Concentrations in: Music (B.A.) Church Recreation Organizational Communication (B.A.) Educational Ministry Philosophy (B.A.) Missions Psychology (B.A. or B.S.) Youth Ministry Religion (B.A.) Cognitive Science (B.S.) Social Work (B.A. or B.S.) Communication Arts (B.A.) Sociology (B.A. or B.S.) Concentration in: Spanish (B.A.) Theatre Arts Writing/Literature (B.A.) Communication Media and Broadcast (B.A.) *Majors offered through George Fox Computer and Information Science University’s degree-completion program for (B.S.) working adults. Education Elementary Education (B.S.) Preparation for licensure in: Elementary/Early Childhood Elementary/Middle School Secondary Education Preparation for licensure in: High School/Middle School Endorsement Areas: Biology Teaching (B.S.) Chemistry Teaching (B.S.) Family and Consumer Sciences Teaching (B.S.) Health Teaching (B.S.) Language Arts Teaching (B.A.) Mathematics Teaching (B.S.) Music Teaching (B.A.)

32 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS ACCOUNTING – APPLIED SCIENCE

♦ ACCOUNTING CORE ACCOUNTING ACC 273 Accounting Information APPLIED SCIENCE Systems (B.S. Degree) ACC 350 Taxation (B.S. Deg r ee from George Fox Uni ve r s i t y ) ACC 371 Financial Accounting and This major offers a 52-semester-hour course Reporting I For students interested in pursuing of study enabling students to acquire the ACC 372 Financial Accounting and an engineering degree in a discipline other necessary technical and professional skills Reporting II than electrical or mechanical engineering for successful careers in public, managerial, ACC 471 Advanced Accounting (e.g. chemical*, civil, computer, environ- or governmental accounting. Like other ACC 472 Auditing mental, aerospace, etc.), George Fox majors in the business and economics University offers a dual-degree 3/2 pro- department, it requires completion of a Since January 2000, students are required gram. Students attend George Fox for three general business core as well as specialized to complete 150 semester hours of accredit- years, taking most of their general educa- courses. Students are required to obtain a ed education in order to take the national tion, mathematics, science and lower-divi- minimum grade of C- in all courses taken Certified Public Accountancy examination. sion engineering courses. They may then for the major. An accounting major may plan to meet this qualify to transfer to any other engineering requirement through several means: 1) An school, where they spend two more years intensified undergraduate program combin- completing their engineering degree. Major Requirements ing AP credit, CLEP tests, taking full Students completing this five-year program course loads each semester, and some sum- will receive two bachelor of science degrees: ♦ BUSINESS CORE mer courses, or 2) graduate with a four-year an applied science degree from George Fox BUS 110 Introduction to Business degree, seek employment, and complete the University after their fourth year, and an BUS 240 Statistical Procedures required hours through post-graduate engineering degree from the cooperating BUS 300 Management courses, or 3) go on to a graduate program engineering school after their fifth year. BUS 340 Marketing in law or business, taking the exam when BUS 360 Business Law the required hours have been attained. The BUS 410 Financial Management broad educational experience provided by Major Requirements ECO 201 Principles of George Fox University should enable an Requirements for an applied science major Microeconomics accounting major the flexibility to design consist of 50 semester hours, ECO 202 Principles of his or her own program. to include the following: Macroeconomics EGR 151,152 Engineering ACC 271 Principles of Financial Principles I & II Accounting EGR 250 Principles of Materials ACC 272 Decision Making with Science Accounting Information EGE 250 Electric Circuit Analysis EGM 210 Statics and Dynamics EGM 311 Engineering Thermodynamics MTH 310 Differential Equations PHY 211, 212 General Physics with Calculus

Choose three hours of engineering electives from the following:

EGE 220 Digital Logic Design EGE 311 Electronic Devices and Circuits EGE 330 Signals and Electrical Systems EGM 312 Applications of Engineering Thermodynamics EGM 320 Mechanics of Materials EGM 330 Fluid Mechanics

34 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS ART – BIBLICAL STUDIES

Choose six hours of math electives from the following: ART BIBLICAL STUDIES MTH 300 Numerical Methods MTH 320 Linear Algebra (B.A. Degree) (B.A. Degree) MTH 331 Probability

Twel v e additional hours in engineering Major Requirements Major Requirements courses are to be transferred back from the Requirements for an art major consist of 42 Req u i r ements for a biblical studies major cooperating engineering school. semester hours, to include the following consist of 40 semester hours (excl u s i v e of courses: GED 101, 102 Literature of the Bible), with Eight hours of CHE 211, 212 General 18 hours from upper-division courses (at Chemistry are required, which meet the ART 101 Basic Design I least six at the 400 level) and distributed as natural science general education require- ART 102 Basic Design II fo l l ow s : ment. ART 111 Drawing I ART 112 Drawing II • 20 hours in biblical studies Eleven hours of MTH 201, 202, 301, ART 381 Baroque and Rococo Art (GRE 202 may be applied as Calculus I, II, III are required, which meet ART 382 Twentieth Century Art biblical studies credit) the mathematics general education require- AR T 385 Special Topics in Art His t o r y • 6 hours in Christian ministries ment. ART 460 Art and Christ • 8 hours in religion (including The remainder of the engineering curricu- ART 490 Senior Thesis Exhibit REL 380 Christian Beliefs and either REL lum will be taken in two years at the coop- (or ART 475 Field Experience, 401 or REL 402 Christianity erating engineering school. by petition) in History) • 6 hours in philosophy For a complete list of required courses, con- Select 15 hours from the following (these sult the engineering advisor or the 15 hours must include courses from three A maximum of two hours may be counted Registrar. General education requirements separate studio disciplines): th r ough BIB 495 Special Stu d y . are substantially different for 3/2 engineer- ART 201 Beginning Painting ing students. Details are available from the ART 221 Beginning Sculpture engineering advisor or the Registrar. ART 231 Beginning Printmaking *It is strongly recommended that students ART 241 Beginning Ceramics interested in pursuing the 3/2 option in chem- ART 250 Introduction to Graphic ical engineering also enroll in CHE 325, 326 Design Organic Chemistry and CHE 401, 402 ART 265 Contemporary Art Seminar Physical Chemistry during their three years ART 285 Selected Topics at George Fox University. ART 295 Special Study ART 301 Intermediate Painting ART 321 Intermediate Sculpture ART 331 Intermediate Printmaking ART 341 Intermediate Ceramics ART 350 Intermediate Graphic Design ART 401 Advanced Painting ART 421 Advanced Sculpture ART 431 Advanced Printmaking ART 441 Advanced Ceramics ART 495 Special Study THE 125/325C Theatre Laboratory THE 255/455 Technical Theatre

35 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS BIOLOGY

♦ CHEMISTRY 2. Take up to four hours of Biological Research (BIO 495) between the spring BIBLICAL STUDIES: INTER- CHE 211, 212 General Chemistr y CHE 325 Organic Chemistry semester of their junior year and gradua- DISCIPLINARY MAJOR tion, and Senior Thesis (BIO 496) during Plus one of the following: the spring semester of their senior year. (B.A. Degree) CHE 326 Organic Chemistry 3. Complete a written thesis acceptable to CHE 310 Analytical Chemistry the thesis committee by April 1 of their Major Requirements senior year. An interdisciplinary major may be elected ♦ MATHEMATICS 4. Prepare a poster and give an oral presen - through application and approval of the MTH 190 Pre-Calculus or above is tation of their research prior to graduation. department. It con-sists of two 24-hour required, with MTH 201, 202 Calculus I, blocks, one in biblical studies, the other in The department considers this an honor to II highly recommended. any other major field. The student applica- be noted on the student’s transcript. The tion must show how the proposed interdis- thesis is designed to enhance a student’s ciplinary major meets reasonable academic ♦ PHYSICS preparation for graduate or professional and vocational objectives. PHY 201, 202 General Physics or PHY school. Requirements for the biblical studies block: 211, 212 General Physics with Calculus is also recommended. • 10 hours in biblical studies Malheur Field Station • 8 hours in religion, including The chemistry, mathematics, and physics George Fox University is a member of the REL 380 Christian Beliefs courses also fulfill up to 12 hours of the sci- Malheur Field Station Consortium. • 3 hours in philosophy ences requirement for general education. Malheur Field Station (MFS) is located in the Great Basin Desert in Oregon and pro- • CHM 360 Perspectives in A minimum grade of C- must be obtained vides an excellent opportunity for students Christian Education in all biology and chemistry courses for to study a variety of aquatic and terrestrial graduation. ecosystems. Students visit MFS as part of the requirements for BIO 360 Ecology and Thesis Option BIO 380 Ornithology. In addition, the BIOLOGY facilities at MFS are available to students Students can petition the department thesis wishing to conduct suitable independent (B.S. Degree) committee by the end of the research. fall semester of their junior year for permission to do original research as part of their Major Requirements degree requirement. Students allowed to Requirements for the biology major consist pursue the of 34 semester hours in biology and 19 thesis option must: additional hours in chemistry and mathe - 1. Complete an acceptable research pro- matics to include the following courses: posal and the Research Methods course (BIO 384) by the end of the spring semes- ♦ BIOLOGY ter of the junior year. BIO 101, 102 General Biology BIO 350 Genetics BIO 360 Ecology BIO 491, 492 Senior Seminar (BIO 384 Research Methods may be substi- tuted for one Senior Seminar.)

Plus an additional 16 hours of upper-division biology courses.

An upper-division botany course is highly recommended.

36 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS – CHEMISTRY

Concentration BUSINESS AND Each student is required to select CHEMISTRY ECONOMICS one of the following specialties and to take all courses listed under that concen- (B.S. Degree) (B.A. or B.S. Degree) tration: Major Requirements ♦ Major Requirements ECONOMICS Requirements for the chemistry major con - Req u i r ements for a major in business and ECO 330 Managerial Economics sist of 36 semester hours in chemistry and economics consist of three categories: specific ECO 340 Public Economics 19 additional hours in mathematics and general education courses, a common core, ECO 350 International Trade physics to include the following courses: and a concentration in one of the four spe- and Finance cialties offered. The major req u i re m e n t s ECO 360 Global Political Economy ♦ CHEMISTRY included in the common core and the con- ECO 495 Special Study CHE 111 General Chemistry centra-tion total 42 semester hours. A mini- CHE 112 General Chemistry mum grade of C– must be obtained in all ♦ MANAGEMENT CHE 310 Analytical Chemistry major courses. BUS 250 Computer Applications CHE 325, 326 Organic Chemistr y ECO 330 Managerial Economics CHE 390 Organic Synthesis Common Core BUS 370 Organizational Behavior and Analysis BUS 490 Business Policy and Str a t e g y CHE 401, 402 Physical Chemistr y All students majoring in business and eco- CHE 410 Advanced Chemical nomics are required to take the Measurements following common core of courses, totaling ♦ MARKETING Plus an additional 3 hours of upper-divi- 30 semester hours: BUS 250 Computer Applications sion chemistry courses. BUS 110 Introduction to Business ECO 330 Managerial Economics BUS 240 Statistical Procedures in BUS 350 International Marketing Business and Economics BUS 420 Advertising and Promotion ♦ MATHEMATICS BUS 450 Marketing Research ECO 201, 202 Principles of Economics MTH 201, 202, 301 Calculus I, II, III are ACC 271, 272 Principles of Acc o u n t i n g required. BUS 300 Management ♦ INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS BUS 340 Marketing AND ECONOMICS ♦ BUS 360 Business Law PHYSICS BUS 410 Financial Management INS 340 International Relations PHY 201, 202 General Physics are BUS 350 International Marketing required. ECO 350 International Trade and Finance ECO 360 Global Political Economy The mathematics and physics courses also ful- GED 375 Cultural Experience fill up to 12 hours of the sciences req u i re m e n t (minimum of 3 hours) for general education.

A minimum grade of C- must be obtained in all chemistry courses for graduation.

Thesis Option

♦ PHILOSOPHY The opportunity to pursue a chemistry thesis is an honor. Consequently, the thesis option will be noted on a student’s transcript. The thesis is designed to enhance a st u d e n t ’s preparation for graduate or prof e s - sional school. The heart of the thesis is original res e a r ch conducted under the guidance of a chemistry faculty member.

37 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS CHRISTIAN MINISTRIES

♦ ELIGIBILITY In some cases, students may apply research ♦ YOUTH MINISTRY conducted off campus to the CHE 495 CHM 330 Youth Leadership The thesis option may be pursued by any requirement. Students who participate in chemistry major in good academic stand - CHM 381 Counseling I off-campus research programs may petition Either HHP 380 Recreational ing. Students wishing to pursue a thesis the thesis committee for special considera - must: Leadership tion of the thesis option. The thesis com- or CHM 370 Camp Programming 1. Consult with their research advisor mittee must receive the petition by the and Counseling about an acceptable research project. beginning of the fall semester of the stu- PSY 311 Human Development: dent’s senior year. The thesis committee Infancy to Adolescence 2. In writing, notify the chemistry thesis may elect to substitute the off-campus committee (composed of the chemistry experience for a portion of the CHE 495 department faculty) of their intention to requirement. ♦ MISSIONS conduct research. The thesis committee REL 330 Introduction to the World must receive notification by the end of the Christian Movement fall semester of the student’s junior year. REL 360 Cross-Cultural Christian Outreach After the beginning of the spring semester CHRISTIAN MINISTRIES REL 440 World Religions of a student’s junior year, students must REL 460 Issues in Contemporary petition the department thesis committee (B.A. Degree) Missions for permission to pursue thesis research. CHM 475 Cross-Cultural Field Major Requirements Experience ♦ REQUIREMENTS Requirements for a major in Christian min- Students who pursue the thesis option istries consist of 40 semester hours, with a ♦ CHURCH RECREATION must: 24-semester-hour core consisting of the fol - lowing courses: CHM 370 Camp Programming 1. Enroll in at least one hour of Chemical and Counseling Research (CHE 495) each semester, begin- REL 380 Christian Beliefs CHM 440 Camp Administration ning the spring semester of their junior REL 401 or 402 Christianity in History CHM 475 Field Experience in year, through the spring semester of their CHM 130 Christian Discipling Church Recreation senior year. CHM 310 Theological Foundations of HEA 200 Lifestyle Management Christian Ministry HHP 380 Recreational Leadership 2. Submit the first copy of a written thesis CHM 360 Perspectives in Christian to the thesis committee by April 1 of their Education ♦ senior year. The final, edited copy is due to • 5 hours of biblical studies EDUCATIONAL MINISTRY the thesis committee the last day of classes • 3 hours in philosophy (SHARED PRAXIS) during the spring semester. CHM 391 Shared Praxis I: An additional 16 semester hours in one of Introduction to 3. Prepare a poster and give an oral presen- four possible areas of concentration: youth Educational Ministry tation of their research. ministry, missions, church recreation, or CHM 392 Shared Praxis II: The educational ministry. (See listing below.) A Christian Story and Vision four-semester sequence in Christian min- CHM 491 Shared Praxis III: Methods istries called “Shared Praxis” provides com- and Skills in Ministry munity building, personal reflection, and CHM 492 Shared Praxis IV: practice in ministry. (See descriptions of Supervised Field CHM 391, 392, 491, 492 Shared Praxis I- Experience IV.)

A minimum of 18 hours shall be from upper-division courses. A limit of four hours of field experience can apply to the major.

38 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS COGNITIVE SCIENCE – COMMUNICATION ARTS

CHRISTIAN MINISTRIES: COGNITIVE SCIENCE COM M U N I C A TION ARTS

IN T E R D I S C I P L I N A R Y MAJOR (B.S. Degree) (B.A. Degree)

(B.A. Degree) Cognitive Science is an interdisciplinary study of the mind. The major draws on sev- Major Requirements eral disciplines to pro-vide a broad founda - Major Requirements Communication arts features an interdisci- tion from which to understand and study plinary approach to communication that An interdi s c i p l i n a r y major may mental processes. Students are provided integrates the interests of speech communi- be elected through application and approval flexibility within the major to explore that cation, drama, journalism and media with a of the department. It consists of two 24- aspect of the mind that most interests them common core of courses in communication hour blocks, one in Christian ministries, the (e.g., psychological, physiological, philo- and rhetorical theory. other in any other major field. For the sophical, computational). Christian ministries block, the student will Requirements for a communication arts select one of four concentrations: you t h major consist of 39 semester hours distrib- mi n i s t r y, missions, church rec r eation, or General Education uted as follows: educational ministry (Sha r ed Praxis). Th e Requirements: student application must show how the pro- • PHL 210 Int r oduction to Phi l o s o p h y posed interdi s c i p l i n a r y major meets rea s o n - ♦ PERFORMANCE CORE • MTH 201 Calculus I or MTH 260 able academic and vocational objectives . Discrete Mathematics COURSES Requirements for the Christian ministries • BIO 221 Human Anatomy and Either WRI 230 Introduction to block: Physiology Journalism • PSY 150 General Psychology or WRI 310 Professional Writing/ • 12 hours in Christian ministries, includ - • SOC 310 Cultural Anthropology Desktop Publishing ing CHM 130 Christian Discipling, and COM 200 Persuasive Communication CHM 360 Perspectives in Christian COM 210 Interpersonal Education Major Requirements: Communication • 6 hours in biblical studies •Seven hours of Overview Courses which COM 324 Argumentation and • 3 hours in philosophy include PSY 320 Introduction Critical Thinking • REL 380 Christian Beliefs to Neuroscience, PSY 450 Systems of Psychology, and PSY 490 Senior Seminar Also offered is an interdisciplinary block in ♦ THEORY CORE COURSES • 12 hours of Methods Courses the area of camping ministries. Details ar e • 2 Lab Courses COM 300 Theoretical Approaches available from the Department of Religious • 12 hours of Survey Courses to Communication Studies Office. •Optional Research in field of emphasis COM 400 Critical Approaches to Communication

39 UN D E RG R A D U ATE PROG R A M S COM M U N I C A TION MEDIA & BROADCAST – COMPUTER & INFORMATION SCIENCE

♦ PRACTICUM ♦ THEORY CORE COURSES COM 305 Professional Th r ee hours from COM 305 Prof e s - (9 hours) Communication Activities THE 255/455 Technical Theater sional Communication Activities, and/ COM 230 Mass Media and WRI 230 Introduction to Journalism or COM 275/475 Field Experience (pass/no Popular Culture WRI 310 Professional Writing/ pass grading only). COM 300 Theoretical Approaches Desktop Publishing to Communication ♦ ELECTIVES COM 330 Reviewing Film and Other courses pre-approved by Television advisor and department chair. Eighteen additional hours from communication arts, communication media and broadcast, and/or up to ♦ PRODUCTION CORE six hours of writing courses (WRI 210, 230, (12 hours) 310, 330). Not more than three hours CMB 230 Introduction to Video COMPUTER AND should be in practicum courses. (Stu d e n t s Production IN F O R M A TION SCIENCE should choose their electives under the guid- CMB 250 Digital Multimedia ance of their advisors.) Production (B.S. Degree) Either CMB 260 Media Scriptwriting or CMB 320 Dramatic Scriptwriting Either CMB 350 Editing Video Major Requirements COM M U N I C A TION MEDIA or CMB 430 Producing and Directing Students may choose between two Video concentrations in computer and information AND BROAD C A S T science. Descriptions and course req u i r e- ments follow: (B.A. Degree) ♦ ELECTIVES PACKAGE (15 hours) ♦ COMPUTER SCIENCE Major Requirements Choose electives from the list below. Not more than six hours of practicum courses CONCENTRATION The communication media and broad- count toward major electives. A major in the computer science concentra- cast major combines the liberal arts empha- tion requires 42 semester hours of comput- sis of communication arts with hands-on Recommended: er and information science courses, to experiences in video and digital media pro- ART 250 Introduction to Graphic include the following: duction. Extensive electives allow the stu- Design dent to design a program that fits individ- ART 285 Photography CIS 201, 202 Int r oduction to Computer ual needs or interests. The major consists of Sc i e n c e 36 required semester hours (exclusive of CMB alternatives not chosen in Core: CIS 310 Data Stru c t u r es and File general education courses), distributed as CMB 340 Audio Production and Proc e s s i n g follows: Broadcasting CIS 360 Computer Arch i t e c t u r e and CMB 355 Live Events Video Assembly Language Production CIS 420 Stru c t u r es of Programming CMB 295 Broadcast News La n g u a g e s CMB 475 Field Experience CIS 430 Analysis of Algorithms CMB 495 Independent Study CIS 460 Operating Sys t e m s

Choose eighteen hours from the following:

CIS 300 Numerical Methods CIS 321 Software Engineering CIS 330 Computer Graphics CIS 331 Digital Logic Design CIS 340 Database Systems CIS 350 Data Communication and Networks CIS 370 Obj e c t - O riented Prog r a m m i n g CIS 440 Artificial Intelligence CIS 450 Network Administration CIS 480 Principles of Compiler Des i g n

40 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS ENGINEERING

Choose three hours from the followi n g : Choose three hours from the followi n g : CIS 322 Systems Development CIS 322 Systems Development ENGINEERING Seminar Seminar CIS 475 Field Experience CIS 475 Field Experience (B.S. Degree) CIS 490 Applied Software CIS 490 Applied Software Engineering is the application of mathe- Development Development matical and scientific knowledge to provide Required supporting courses in Required business courses: for the technological needs of society. mathematics: George Fox University offers an engineering BUS 110 Introduction to Business degree with a concentration in electrical or MTH 201 Calculus I BUS 250 Computer Applications mechanical engineering. Design work is MTH 260 Discrete Mathematics BUS 300 Management integrated throughout the curriculum, utilizing current methodologies and computer Required supporting courses: tools. The engineering major will prepare ♦ INFORMATION SCIENCE MTH 260 Discrete Mathematics students for the engineering profession, CONCENTRATION ECO 201 Principles of graduate programs, and professional licen- A major in the information science concen- Microeconomics sure. All engineering majors will be tration requires 42 semester hours of com- (satisfies general required to take the Fundamentals of puter and information science and business education credit) Engineering exam prior to graduation. courses, to include the following: Those students interested in pursuing an CIS 201, 202 Introduction to engineering degree in other areas, such as Computer Science chemical, civil, or aerospace engineering, CIS 310 Data Structures and ECONOMICS should see “Applied Science.” File Processing See “Business and Economics.” CIS 321 Software Engineering CIS 340 Database Systems Major Requirements CIS 350 Data Communication The major requires course work to be com- and Networks pleted in the following areas: CIS 460 Operating Systems EDUCATION • 30 hours of core courses in general, elec- Choose nine hours from the following: See “Teacher Education.” trical, and mechanical engineering

CIS 330 Computer Graphics • 31 hours in the electrical or mechanical CIS 370 Obj e c t - O riented Prog r a m m i n g concentration CIS 420 Structures of Programming Languages • 32 hours of mathematics and natural sci- CIS 430 Analysis of Algorithms ence, of which 18 hours fulfill the mathe- CIS 440 Artificial Intelligence matics and natural science component of CIS 450 Network Administration the general education requirements for engineering majors

♦ ENGINEERING CORE EGR 151,152 Engineering Principles I & II EGR 250 Principles of Materials Science EGR 380 Robotics Control Systems EGR 481, 482 Senior Design I & II EGR 490 Senior Seminar EGE 220 Digital Logic Design EGE 250 Electric Circuit Analysis EGM 210 Statics and Dynamics EGM 311 Engineering Thermodynamics

41 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE

♦ ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Plus a math elective, selected from To prep a r e international students to enter CONCENTRATION the following: into academic life at George Fox Uni ve r s i t y as full and successful parti-cipants, ELI EGE 300 C Programming with MTH 300 Numerical Methods courses develop the students’ general Eng l i s h Applications MTH 320 Linear Algebra pro f i c i e n c y , academic skills, and cultural, EGE 311 Electronic Devices MTH 331 Probability spiritual, and social awareness. Lower - l e ve l and Circuits courses stress basic language skills, while EGE 312 Applications of Plus a natural science elective, hi g h e r - l e v el courses concentrate increa s i n g l y Electronic Devices selected from the following: on academic skills. EGE 330 Signals and Electrical BIO 100 Foundations of Biology Systems BIO 101 General Biology The core courses at each level develop speak- EGE 350 Electrical Network Analysis BIO 221, 222 Human Anatomy ing, listening, reading and writing skills, as EGE 360 Electromagnetic Fields and Physiology well as voc a b u l a r y and grammar. Cultural ori- and Waves CHE 212 General Chemistry entation, interaction with native speakers in EGE 420 Microprocessors the Uni v ersity community, and attendance at General education req u i r ements for the engi- campus functions and academic lectures are Choose nine hours of electrical engineering neering major are substantially different. For incorporated into ESL learning activities. electives from the following: a complete list of req u i r ed general education At the highest level, students enroll for EGE 410 Integrated Circuit Design courses, consult the engineering advisor or credit in one regular academic course EGE 430 Communication Systems the Reg i s t r a r . together with ESL courses that are designed EGE 440 Electric Machines and to help develop the language and academic Power Systems skills necessary for success. ELI students EGE 460 Microwave Engineering may take up to 20 hours a semester, with a and Applications ENGLISH AS A SECOND maximum of four credits of non-ESL LANGUAGE course work. ♦ MECHANICAL Upon successful completion of the prog r a m , The purpose of the English Language ENGINEERING students are admitted to George Fox Institute is to develop the language and aca- CONCENTRATION Uni v ersity and awarded up to 15 semester demic skills of students whose native lan - hours of credit towa r d their degree. EGM 300 Computational Methods guage is not English and to raise their level EGM 312 Applications of Engineering of cultural and spiritual awareness in order Thermodynamics to prepare them for academic and social EGM 320 Mechanics of Materials success at George Fox University. EGM 330 Fluid Mechanics EGM 350 Machine Dynamics English as a Second Language, taught in and Vibrations the English Language Institute at George EGM 380 Heat Transfer Fox University, prepares international stu- EGM 400 Mechanical Engineering dents to meet the challenges of academic Design study in English.

Choose nine hours of mechanical engineer - International students who score less than ing electives from the 500 on the paper-based Test of English as a following: For eign Language (TOEFL), less than 173 on the computer-based TOEFL, or less EGM 410 Materials and Processes than four on the Test of Written English in Manufacturing will study intensive English approximately EGM 430 Acoustics and 14 hours per week while they also are Noise Control enrolled in one or two regular University EGM 450 Vehicle System Dynamics courses. EGM 470 Combustion, Emissions, and Air Pollution

♦ MATHEMATICS AND NATURAL SCIENCE MTH 201, 202, 301 Calculus I, II, III MTH 310 Differential Equations CHE 211 General Chemistry PHY 211, 212 General Physics with Calculus

42 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS FAMILY AND CONSUMER SCIENCES

FCS 490 Senior Seminar allows proficiency in computer-assisted BUS 110 Introduction to Business design in fashion, architecture, and interior FAMILY AND BUS 300 Management design. CONSUMER SCIENCES BUS 340 Marketing ACC 271 Principles of Accounting A field experience (internship) in the (B.S. Degree) Portland metropolitan area puts students in the workplace before graduation, giving ♦ FASHION MERCHANDISING/ them valuable business experience. In mer- Major Requirements INTERIOR DESIGN chandising, students may be placed with Students may choose among four CONCENTRATION buyers in fashion retail firms. In interior design, internships will allow students to concentrations in family and consumer sci - The fields of fashion merchandising and work with interior designers. ences. Descriptions and course require- interior design share a common base of ments follow: knowledge grounded in the academic fields The following courses, totaling of family and consumer sciences and busi- 44 semester hours, are required for ♦ FOODS AND NUTRITION ness. A background in apparel construction a degree in fashion merchandising IN BUSINESS and design, merchandising of fashion, and and interior design: market analysis prepares students for careers CON C E N T R AT I O N in fashion merchandising. FCS 120 Apparel Construction Foods and nutrition in business is a multi- FCS 220 Fashion and Society disciplinary major incorporating academic Residential architecture, household technol- FCS 230 Textiles Science cores in consumer-oriented food science ogy, and interior design classes prepare stu- FCS 250 Residential Technology education, human nutrition, and business. dents for positions as interior designers. FCS 320 Fashion Merchandising Career opportunities include merchandise FCS 330 Residential Architecture Course work in food composition and buying, design display, entrepreneurship, FCS 350 Resource Management preparation, analysis of consumer trends, apparel design, textile design, fashion analy- FCS 351 Interior Design I and recognition of global food issues pre- sis, interior design, housing and home plan- FCS 360 Consumer Buying pares students as food professionals, while ning, kitchen and bath design, equipment FCS 370 Pattern Drafting and course work in human nutrition and con- promotion demonstration, energy conserva- Apparel Design temporary nutrition issues equips them tion management in the home, furniture FCS 475 Field Experience with the knowledge base necessary to work sales, and business management and FCS 490 Senior Seminar in areas of fitness management, diet analy- administration. BUS 110 Introduction to Business sis, and consumer nutrition education. The Either BUS 300 Management Fashion merchandising and interior design third core of course work ser ves as the or BUS 340 Marketing medium for the utilization of this knowl - are prime users of advanced computer tech- edge base, preparing students for careers in nology. Each freshman student at George Take two of the following four classes: industries requiring the skills of food spe- Fox University is provided with a computer, FCS 352 Interior Design II cialists, including new product develop- which FCS 353 Interior CAD ment, test kitchens, recipe development, FCS 378 Apparel CAD and food product promotion. FCS 460 Apparel Market Analysis In the general education program, CHE 151 General, Organic, and Biological ♦ COOPERATIVE 3-1 DEGREE Chemistry and ECO 201 Principles of Economics are required. PROGRAM CONCENTRATION WITH THE FASHION The following courses, totaling 44 semester INSTITUTE OF DESIGN hours, are req u i r ed for a major in foods and AND MERCH A N D I S I N G nutrition in business: George Fox University offers a cooperative FCS 211 Foods I degree program with the Fashion Institute FCS 212 Foods II of Design and Merchandising in Los FCS 250 Residential Technology Angeles, California. This cooperative pro- FCS 290 Meal Management gram provides for students to attend FCS 300 Nutrition George Fox University for three years, FCS 310 Food, Culture and Society which allows the completion of all general FCS 344 Quantity Food Production education classes, all elective classes, and 14 and Management hours in the fashion merchandising/interior FCS 350 Resource Management design major. FCS 360 Consumer Buying FCS 430 Nutrition and the Life Cycl e FCS 475 Field Experience

43 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS HEALTH EDUCATION – HUMAN PERFORMANCE

Students attend FIDM for either their Either FCS 320 Fashion Merc h a n d i s i n g HHP 394 Kinesiology junior or senior year to complete a special- or FCS 370 Pattern Drafting HHP 430 Exercise Physiology ized major. The broad spec-trum of related and Apparel Design HHP 460 Physical Education for the courses at FIDM are more varied in con- FCS 330 Residential Architecture Exceptional Student tent and specific in focus, which allows for FCS 350 Resource Management HHP 470 Motor Development and the following specializations: interior FCS 351 Interior Design I Motor Skill Learning design, merchandise development, mer- FCS 360 Consumer Buying The health core also may be combined with chandise management, and fashion design. FCS 490 Senior Seminar family and consumer sciences or biology. Graduates receive a Bachelor of Science See page 57. degree in family and consumer sciences, ♦ FAMILY AND CONSUMER with a concentration in interior design, SCIENCES EDUCATION merchandise marketing, or fashion design CONCENTRATION from George Fox, and a Professional For family and consumer sciences teaching Certification from FIDM. HISTORY major requirements leading to certification to teach from middle through high school (B.A. Degree) ♦ FAMILY AND CONSUMER (middle-12), see the “Teacher Education” SCIENCES CONCENTRATION section of the catalog, page 53. Major Requirements Family and consumer sciences are grounded Requirements for a history major consist of in the sciences and humanities. At the core 36 semester hours of history, with a mini- is concern for the biological, social, aesthet- mum of 24 upper-division hours, to ic, physical, economical and psychological HEALTH EDUCATION include the following courses: needs of each family member.Today’s families must be able to manage relationships, (B.S. Degree) HST 150 America and the World services, goods and resources. The health teaching major incorporates a HST 490 History Seminar wellness theme that emphasizes individual and HST 110 Western Civilization The family and consumer sciences major responsibility and promotes a positive to 1648 graduates with a Bachelor of Science lifestyle. Any health course (except HEA or HST 120 Western Civilization degree. Graduates find employment in the 310 School Health Program, HEA 210 fr om 1648 traditional areas: home extension, food Drug Education, and HEA 280 Marriage research, nutrition research, food service and Family) will meet one hour of the management, child care, fashion design, health and human performance general homemaking, retail merchandising, dietet- educa-tion requirement. ics, equipment sales, and journalism. They HUMAN PERFORMANCE also find newer, nontraditional careers in these and other fields: debt counseling, Major Requirements (B.S. Degree) energy con-servation management, advertising, equipment promotion demonstration, ♦ HEALTH EDUCATION/ General Education and public relations. HUMAN PERFORMANCE Requirements The following courses, totaling CONCENTRATION All human performance majors are exempt 43 semester hours, are required for BIO 221 Human Anatomy from the general education human perfor - a degree in family and consumer BIO 222 Human Physiology mance activity class requirement. sciences: HEA 200 Lifestyle Management HEA 210 Drug Education FCS 120 Apparel Construction Major Requirements FCS 211 Foods I HEA 230 First Aid and Safety FCS 212 Foods II HEA 240 Stress Management ♦ FCS 220 Fashion and Society HEA 280 Marriage and the Family ATHLETIC TRAINING FCS 230 Textiles Science HEA 300 Nutrition MAJOR CONCENTRATION FCS 250 Residential Technology HEA 310 School Health Program Students wishing to prepare for a career in FCS 280 Marriage and the Family HEA 320 Contemporary Health athletic training should consult with the FCS 290 Meal Management Issues athletic training curriculum director during FCS 300 Nutrition HHP 200 History and Principles of the first semester of their freshman year, FCS 311 Human Development: Physical Education preferably within the first six weeks. Infancy to Adolescence HHP 333 Developmental Health and Physical Education HHP 360 Organization and Administration of Health, Physical Education, and Athletic Training

44 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS HUMAN PERFORMANCE

Students make formal application for Requirements for the athletic training ♦ PHYSICAL EDUCATION admission to the athletic training major major concentration in human performance TEACHING MAJOR concentration through the curriculum include the following courses: CONCENTRATION director in the spring of their freshman year. Application must be made by March HEA 200 Lifestyle Management Requirements for the K-12 teaching major 15 of the semester prior to formal entry HEA 210 Drug Education concentration in human performance con- into the athletic training major. HEA 230 First Aid and Safety sist of 44 semester hours, 21 of which must HEA 300 Nutrition be upper-division courses. Admission to the program is based upon HPA 135 Weight Training Courses selected to satisfy science general attainment of a cumulative grade point HHP 228 Conditioning/Body education requirements may include BIO average (GPA) of 2.75 or better on all col- Mechanics and Aerobics 101, 102, General Biology. Either CHE lege-level courses. In addition, a cumulative HHP 360 Organization and 100 Chemistry of Life or CHE 110 high school GPA of 2.75 or better must Administration of Health, Chemistry and Our Environment are rec- have been attained. Other factors to be Physical Education, and ommended. considered include a minimum of two writ- Athletic Training ten recommendations; satisfactory physical HHP 365 Current Issues in Athletic The core courses include the followi n g : health; exemplary social and moral behav - Training ior; and submission of the formal applica- HHP 375 Athletic Training Practicum HEA 230 First Aid and Safety tion no later than March 15. Any applica- (4 semesters) HHP 200 History and Principles of tion submitted after March 15 will not be HHP 384 Pharmacology Physical Education considered for admission the following HHP 390 Care and Prevention of HHP 360 Organization and school year. (Applications submitted after Athletic Injuries Administration of Health, March 15 will be considered if fewer than HHP 394 Kinesiology Physical Education, and eight candidates have applied.) Admission HHP 400 Recognition of Athletic Athletic Training to the program is required before applicants Injuries HHP 390 Care and Prevention of may work as student athletic trainers within HHP 413 Therapeutic Exercise Athletic Injuries the student athletic training program. HHP 414 Therapeutic Modalities HHP 394 Kinesiology HHP 430 Exercise Physiology HHP 430 Exercise Physiology Continuation in the athletic training pro- HHP 490 Senior Seminar HHP 460 Physical Education for the gram is dependent upon maintaining a BIO 221, 222 Human Anatomy and Exceptional Student minimum 2.75 GPA within the athletic Physiology HHP 470 Motor Development and training major concentration; maintaining a PSY 340 Statistical Procedures Motor Skill Learning minimum overall GPA of 2.5; and receiving HHP 490 Senior Seminar satisfactory evaluations within the clinical Select one course from BIO 221, 222 Human Anatomy and Physiology educational experience. In addition, contin- HHP 460 Physical Education for the uation is based upon satisfactory evidence Exceptional Student Requirements for the K-12 teaching major of good moral character and the physical HHP 470 Motor Development and concentration in human performance health needed for successful performance in Motor Skill Learning include the core courses listed abo ve, plus the athletic training environment. Admitted HHP 480 Tests and Measurements the following: students are subject to the policies and pro- in Physical Education cedures contained within the student ath- HEA 240 Stress Management HHP 221-232 Professional activities letic trainer handbook. Students failing to courses meet expectations will be placed on proba- In addition, PSY 150 General Psychology is HHP 300 Coaching Theory and tion for one semester. Continued failure of required. This course may count for three Practice expectations during the probationary period hours of general education under “Social Select a two-hour coaching course from will result in dismissal from the athletic Science.” HHP 310 Coaching Basketball training major concentration. Athletic HHP 320 Coaching Baseball/ training majors are required to obtain the Softball Hepatitis B immunization series in the first HHP 330 Coaching Soccer year to remain in the major. HHP 340 Coaching Track or HHP 350 Coaching Volleyball HHP 480 Tests and Measurements in Physical Education EDU 410 Teaching Physical Education K-12 Each human performance major is required to prepare a thesis during the senior year. This may report original research or may consist of comprehensive library research.

45 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS HUMAN PERFORMANCE – INTERNATIONAL STUDIES

♦ FITNESS MANAGEMENT MAJOR CONCENTRATION HUMAN PER F O R M A N C E : INTERNATIONAL Requirements for the fitness management major concentration in human performance IN T E R D I S C I P L I N A R Y MAJOR STUDIES are 50-53 hours, of which 25 hours must (B.S. Degree) (B.A. Degree) be upper-division. The requirements are distributed as follows: Major Requirements Major Requirements Take 38-40 hours from the following: International studies is an interdisciplinary HEA 230 First Aid and Safety ♦ HUMAN PERFORMANCE major designed to prepare students for HHP 200 History and Principles of WITH RELIGION work in such fields as foreign missions, Physical Education CONCENTRATION international commerce, economic develop- HHP 360 Organization and ment, and government service. It also pro- An interdisciplinary major may be elected Administration of Health, vides excellent preparation for graduate through application and approval of the Physical Education, and study in international relations and two departments. It consists of two 24- Athletic Training diplomacy, missiology, and area studies. hour blocks, one in human performance, HHP 390 Care and Prevention of The major includes a strong international the other in religion or educational min- Athletic Injuries field work emphasis. Students taking this istries. The student application must show HHP 394 Kinesiology major as preparation for foreign missionar y how the proposed interdisciplinary major HHP 430 Exercise Physiology service are encouraged to minor in biblical meets reasonable academic and vocational HHP 460 Physical Education for studies, Christian ministries, or religion. the Exceptional Student objectives. Req u i r ements for a major in international HHP 470 Motor Development and Requirements for the human performance studies consist of 38 semester hours, to Motor Skill Learning block include the following: include the following courses: HHP 475 Fitness Management Field Experience HEA 200 Lifestyle Management INS 310 Cultural Anthropology HHP 495 Special Study HEA 230 First Aid and Safety Either INS 330 Introduction to the BIO 221 Human Anatomy and HEA 240 Stress Management World Christian Movement or Physiology HHP 227A Aquatics: Lifeguarding REL 360 Cross-cultural Christian BIO 222 Human Anatomy and HHP 228 Conditioning/Body Outreach Physiology Mechanics and Aerobics INS 340 International Relations HHP 229 Folk and Western Dance Either INS 350 International Trade Take 12-13 hours from the following: HHP 333 Developmental Health and and Finance Physical Education or ECO 360 Global Political Economy HEA 300 Nutrition HHP 370 Camp Programming and INS 440 World Religions HHP 223 Tumbling/Gymnastics Counseling INS 490 International Studies Either HHP 227A Aquatics: Lifeguardi n g HHP 380 Recreational Leadership Senior Seminar or HHP 227B Aquatics: Water Safety HHP 440 Camp Administration Instruction The second year of a modern foreign language HHP 228 Conditioning/Body Five hours selected from any 200-or-above Mechanics and Aerobics health education or human performance Eight hours of INS 475 Culture-Oriented HHP 380 Recreational Leadership courses. Field Work Choose one course from the following:

HEA 240 Stress Management HHP 400 Recognition of Athletic Injuries HHP 480 Tests and Measurements in Physical Education HHP 490 Senior Seminar

46 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS LEADERSHIP STUDIES – MANAGEMENT

Two additional three-hour courses from the PSY/SOC 350 Social Psychology following: BUS 320 Human Resources LEADERSHIP STUDIES Management COM 300 Theoretical Approaches BUS 370 Organizational Behavior to Communication ♦ COM 310 Conflict Resolution COM 340 General and Cultural LEADERSHIP STUDIES Linguistics MINOR PHL 230 Ethics COM 350 Introduction to TESOL The leadership studies minor is designed to LIT 360 Values and Myths in (Teaching English to help students develop their leadership skills Literature Speakers of Other through study and practice. Participants REL 480 Spiritual Formation Languages) will learn important leadership concepts ECO 360 Global Political Economy and theories and put these principles into Total program hours: 18-21. HST 331 England to 1688 action through hands-on leadership experi- HST 332 England Since 1688 ences. Prerequisites for entry into the pro- HST 350 Latin America gram include sophomore standing and HST 360 Modern Russia above, a 2.5 grade point average, and HST 370 Far East instructor approval. MA N A GEMENT HST 421 Europe 1789-1890 HST 422 Europe 1890-Present The course of study and practice includes: AND BUSINESS REL 360 Cross-Cultural Christian IN F O R M A TION SYSTEMS Outreach 1. LDR 490 Leadership Seminar (four semesters, 1 hour per semester) REL 460 Issues in Contemporary (B.S. Degree) Missions LIT 231 Masterpieces of World 2. Either LDR 475 Leadership Experience Literature, Western or an approved alternative practicum. MANAGEMENT AND ORGA- LIT 232 Masterpieces of World NIZATIONAL LEADERSHIP 3. SOC 300 Group Dynamics Literature, Non-Western PSC 250 International Conflict and (B.A. Degree) 4. One course taken from each of the fol- Peace lowing categories: SOC 380 Ethnic Groups and Social MANAGEMENT OF HUMAN Minorities BUS 300 Management RESOURCES FRE 495 Individual Research or PSC 410 Community Mediation Field Work (French) COM 324 Argumentation and Critical (B.A. Degree) SPN 495 Individual Research or Thinking Field Work (Spanish) The Department of Continuing Education offers three majors to adult students who are returning to college to complete their ♦ INTERNATIONAL degrees. STUDIES WITH RELIGION The majors are unique alternatives to the CONCENTRATION traditional method of pursuing a college International studies is an interdisciplinary degree. The management and organization- major designed to prepare students for for- al leadership (MOL), management of eign missionary service or for other interna- human resources (MHR), and management tional vocations. Students taking this major and business information systems (MBIS) as preparation for foreign missionary service programs are designed specifically for work- are encouraged to take a minor in the ing adults who attend classes conveniently Department of Religious Studies (in bibli- located and coordinated with their sched- cal studies, Christian ministries, or reli- ules. gion). This will also provide an appropriate base for graduate studies in missions and Students study with other adults who share intercultural concerns. For details of cur- similar interests and concerns. Together riculum and requirements, see the require- they form an academic learning communi - ments for an international studies major. ty, drawing from their own personal, professional and technical backgrounds as they follow an intense program of classes and individual study.

47 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS MANAGEMENT

Students who successfully complete either of Course Structure 2. Natural Science: 3 hours the 34- or 36-semester-hour programs and From stated options. The required 34-semester-hour MOL and accompanying req u i r ements are granted MHR curricula includes 62 four-hour either a Bachelor of Science degree in man- 3. Social Science: 6 hours weekly evening class sessions held at select- agement and business information systems From stated options. ed locations in Portland, Salem and (MBIS), a Bachelor of Arts degree in man- Eugene, Oregon, and Boise, Idaho. The agement and organizational leadership, required 36-semester-hour MBIS curricu- Major Requirements or management of human res o u rc e s . lum includes 68 four-hour weekly evening Applicants to the programs must have a Thirty-four semester hours are required for class sessions at the Portland Center. minimum of 62 semester hours of transfer- the student to complete the MOL major, Courses are taught in seminar style. able college credit from accredited institu- consisting of the following courses: Students contribute life and organizational tions or approved military education. experiences in a cooperative learning envi - MOL 401 Dynamics of Group and General education req u i r ements, totaling 35 ronment. Simulations, discussions and team Organizational Behavior semester credits (included as part of the 62 projects are used to enhance learning. Out- MOL 402 Effective Writing semester hours), should have been met upon of-class assignments include reading and MOL 403 Organizational Theory entrance. Individuals with five years of pro- writing on selected topics. and Analysis fessional experience and 78 or more semester MOL 404 Organizational hours of transferable credits are considered Students in the MOL and MHR Communication optimum candidates. programs are required to plan, implement MOL 405A Introduction to Survey and report on an approved survey research Through these programs, the Department Research Methods project. The project examines an organiza- of Continuing Education serves the needs MOL 405B Survey Research Methods tional problem in the student’s occupation of adult learners and helps them assess per- MOL 406 Principles of Management or environment. Results are published and sonal values, develop interpersonal skills, and Supervision presented at the conclusion of the program. and enhance competencies in order to MOL 407 Christian Faith and Students in the MBIS program are required influence the quality of work within their Thought to assess and report on the development or organizations. MOL 409 Values and Ethics in the improvement of an information system Workplace within an existing organization. MOL 410 Fiscal and Operational Credit For Life Learning Management College-level learning occurs in many envi- General Education MOL 485 Saturday Seminars (6) MOL 495 Senior Research Project ronments in addition to the traditional col- Requirements lege classroom. Students in the MOL, The following summaries note the exce p t i o n s Thirty-four semester hours are required for MHR, and MBIS programs can earn col- for degree-completion majors to the the student to complete the MHR major, lege credit for such learning through devel- Uni ve r s i t y ’s general education req u i re m e n t s consisting of the following courses: oping and presenting a life-learning portfo - on page 28. A list of courses that fulfill the lio for credit evaluation. Students docu- MOL 401 Dynamics of Group and general education req u i r ements is available in ment their professional instruction and life- Organizational Behavior the departm e n t ’s Academic Advising Off i c e . learning experiences for faculty evaluation. MOL 402 Effective Writing A maximum of 30 semester hours Bible and Religion: 3 hours MOL 403 Organizational Theory (28 for MBIS) may be earned through the This requirement is fulfilled within and Analysis life-learning portfolio process. Students the major. MHR 404 Organizational who transfer more than 62 semester hours Communication of acceptable credit are required to earn Communication: 6 hours MOL 405A Introduction to Survey fewer credits through the portfolio process. From stated options. Three hours may be Research Methods waived by MOL 404. MOL 405B Survey Research Methods Life-learning credit, evaluated and assessed MHR 406 Principles of Management after acceptance into either the MOL, Health and Human Per formance: 2 hours and Supervision MHR or MBIS program, is officially From stated options. MOL 407 Christian Faith and awarded and transcripted upon the stu- Humanities: 12 hours Thought dent’s successful completion of the pr o- From stated options. MHR 408 Human Resources gram. Administration Sciences: 12 hours MOL 409 Values and Ethics in the Workplace 1. Language/Math/Computer: 3 hours MOL 485 Saturday Seminars (6) From stated options plus any foreign lan - MHR 495 Senior Research Project guage.

48 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS MATHEMATICS – MUSIC

Thirty-six semester hours are MTH 320 Linear Algebra Either MUS 200 Basic Conducting required for the student to complete the MTH 331 Probability or MUS 460 Advanced Conducting, MBIS major, consisting of the MTH 490 Senior Seminar with permission following courses: MUS 221, 222 Theory II Select 15 hours from the following: MUS 311, 312 Music History MOL 401 Dynamics of Group and MTH 260 Discrete Mathematics MUS 320 Form and Analysis Organizational Behavior MUS 491 Senior Seminar MOL 402 Effective Writing MTH 310 Differential Equations MTH 332 Mathematical Statistics MUS 492 Recital/Lecture MOL 403 Organizational Theory MUA 105/305 Applied Music and Analysis MTH 340 Elementary Number Theory (eight semesters) MOL 406 Principles of Management MUA 115-365 Large Ensemble and Supervision MTH 350 Modern Geometry MTH 410 Algebraic Structures (C o n c e r t Band, Uni ve r s i t y MOL 407 Christian Faith and Ch o i r , Chehalem Symphony or Thought Required supporting courses: Fes t i v al Chorus is req u i r ed in MOL 408 Fiscal and Operational addition to other ensembles) Management CIS 201 Introduction to Computer MOL 409 Values and Ethics in the Science Workplace and one of: ♦ SUPPORTIVE MUSIC MOL 485 Saturday Seminars (6) CIS 130 Web-based Programming STUDIES MBS 411 Fundamentals of CIS 202 Introduction to Computer Supportive music studies allow the student Information Systems Science to choose an interest area with his or her MBS 412 Personal Productivity CIS/MTH 300 Numerical Methods advisor to pursue courses that supplement with IS Technology the student’s interest in performance, com- MBS 413 Information Systems position, or sacred music. The Fine Arts Theory and Practice Handbook at the Music Office serves as a MBS 414 Hardware, Networks and guide for student and advisor. Telecommunications MUSIC (B.A. Degree) Music majors must be enrolled in a major ensemble each semester except during supervised teaching. A solo recital (or achievem e n t Major Requirements of upper-division standing and approp r i a t e MATHEMATICS de p a r tmental recitals) is req u i r ed of all music A total of 47 semester hours are required majors. The recital is given in the junior or (B.S. Degree) for a major in music. Core courses for the senior year after the student has been grant- Bachelor of Arts degree in music include ed upper-division standing and has passed a the following: Major Requirements recital hearing given before the applied music faculty. Requirements for a mathematics major con- MUS 111, 112 Introduction to Music sist of 37 semester hours, to include the fol- Literature lowing courses: MUS 121, 122 Theory I MUS 131, 132 Sight Singing and MTH 201, 202, 301 Calculus I, II, III Ear Training MTH 290 Mathematical Logic

49 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS MUSIC – PEACE AND CONFLICT STUDIES

All music and music education majors also Req u i r ed music courses for an interdi s c i p l i - COM 380 Leadership Communication ar e req u i r ed to pass a piano prof i c i e n c y na r y major with religion include: Either COM 305/475 Professional examination administered at the end of the Communication Activities/ so p h o m o r e yea r . Students are req u i r ed to MUS 121, 122 Theory 1 Field Experience register for applied piano or class piano until MUS 200 Basic Conducting or BUS 475 Field Experience the proficiency has been met. Music educa- MUS 220 Vocal Techniques Either WRI 310 Professional Writing tion majors will not be approved for teacher MUS 340 Church Music or CMB 260 Scriptwriting for Media education nor will music majors be (Hi s t o r y and Adm i n i s t r a t i o n ) recommended for graduation until MUS 491, 492 Senior Seminar, ♦ the proficiency has been passed. Recital/Lecture BUSINESS CORE (18 hours) Individual instruction is offered in piano, • A major ensemble (four semesters) organ, strings, woodwinds, brass, percu s s i o n •Applied lessons (two semesters) BUS 110 Introduction to Business and guitar. Pri v ate lessons carry one semester •Music electives BUS 250 Computer Applications of credit except for students desiring a per- BUS 300 Management formance emphasis, for whom two semester BUS 340 Marketing hours of credit are given. Music education BUS 370 Organizational Behavior and non-performance majors may petition ORGANIZATIONAL BUS 420 Advertising and Promotion for two hours of credit with a rec o m m e n d a - tion by their applied music teacher. Mus i c COMMUNICATION ♦ ELECTIVES majors are req u i r ed to enroll in applied (B.A. Degree) music lessons each semester. Music educa- (6 hours) tion majors are req u i r ed to enroll in applied Select two courses from the following lessons until they have completed a half Major Requirements options. recital or achieved upper-division standing in The organizational communication major the major performing area . BUS 320 Human Resources combines communication courses that are Management All students enter the applied program at the particularly useful in organizational set- BUS 350 International Marketing 10 0 - l e v el. Bef o r e being advanced to upper- tings, with marketing and management CMB 250 Digital Media Production division study, the student must pass a facul- classes from the business curriculum. COM 210 Interpersonal ty jury. All applied music students are Graduates of the program can fill a wide Communication expected to perform periodically in studio or range of positions, including public rela- COM 230 Mass Media and public recital, but only students who have tions, sales, consulting, training, promo- Popular Culture ad v anced to upper-division study levels will tions, fund raising and customer service. COM 300 Communication Theory be permitted to present a half or full Due to COM 310 Conflict Resolution recital. These recitals may be given only by the interdisciplinary nature of the major, COM 360 Nonverbal permission after the student has perfo r m e d double counting of courses will Communication the recital rep e rt o i r e not be allowed between this major and PSY 350 Social Psychology in a faculty hearing. other majors. Requirements for the organizational communication major consist of 42 semester hours distributed as follows:

PEACE AND CONFLICT MUSIC: ♦ COMMUNICATION STUDIES INTERDISCIPLINARY CORE COURSES MAJOR (18 hours) Either COM 200 Persuasive Peace Studies Minor (B.A. Degree) Communication Students at George Fox University or COM 324 Argumentation may earn a minor in peace studies Major Requirements COM 320 Introduction to by taking elective courses from the depar t- Public Relations ments of history and political science, com- An interdi s c i p l i n a r y major may COM 370 Organizational munication arts, and religious studies. For be elected through application and approval Communication more information, students should see their of the music faculty. The student application advisor or the Registrar. must show how the proposed interdi s c i p l i - na r y major meets reasonable academic and vocational objectives. The interdi s c i p l i n a r y major consists of 48 semester hours, 24 in music and the remainder in another academic discipline. Many crea t i v e options are possible. Common majors include music and religion or music and Christian ministries. 50 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS PHILOSOPHY – RELIGION

♦ PROGRAM IN CONFLICT Either PHL 240 Logic PSY 150 General Psychology MANAGEMENT or COM 224 Argumentation and PSY 340 Statistical Procedures Critical Thinking PSY 390 Research Methods The Center for Peace Learning coordinates PHL 380 History of Philosophy PSY 400 Psychometrics a special course of study in conflict man- Survey PSY 450 Systems of Psychology agement designed to give PHL 382 History of Philosophy PSY 490 Senior Seminar students concentrated preparation Seminar (Prerequisite must for practical peacemaking in their work, Students also must choose two laborator y be fulfilled by a philosophy church, community and family. Students courses and 21 hours of psychology sur vey course other than Logic) will study the theory of communication courses. PHL 410 Contemporary Philosophers and conflict resolution, and Problems (Prerequisite be introduced to relevant skills, and equip must be fulfilled by a themselves to apply this learning in a vari- philosophy course other ety of action settings. than Logic) RELIGION

The course of study includes fiv e Majors select a specialization track from (B.A. Degree) components: these options:

1. Either COM 200 Persuasive 1. REL 380 Christian Beliefs Major Requirements Communication, or COM 210 and REL 440 World Religions Req u i r ements for a major in religion consist Interpersonal Communication 2. Two BIB courses numbered 300 of 40 semester hours, including the followi n g : or higher 2. Either PSY/SOC 300 Group Dynamics, or PSY/CHM 380 Counseling, or BUS 3. BIB 390 Biblical Basis • 8 hours in biblical studies 370 Organizational Behavior for Peacemaking and PSC 250 • 6 hours in Christian ministries, includ - International Conflict and Peace ing CHM 360 Perspectives in Christian 3. COM/PSC 310 Conflict Resolution or PSC 310 Conflict Resolution Education • 10 hours in religion, including REL 380 4. PSC 410 Community Mediation 4. PSY 330 Personality Theories and PSY Christian Beliefs, and REL 401, 402 450 Systems of Psychology 5. Field experience in a conflict resolution Christianity in History or mediation program or agency, to be tai- At least four elective courses (12 hours) are • 6 hours in philosophy selected from among: lored to the individual student’s needs A minimum of 18 hours shall be from (taken after PSC 410 or concurrently with COM 224 Argumentation and upper-division courses. A limit of three it). Critical Thinking hours of field experience can apply to the PHL 240 Logic Each of the five elements equals three major. PHL 260 Sociological Theory semester hours of credit, for 15 hours alto- PHL 270 Aesthetics gether. These may be credits applied also PHL 330 Philosophy of Religion toward general education, major, or minor LIT 360 Values Through Story requirements. Successful students will and Myth receive a certificate of completion upon PHL 485 Special Topics graduation. PHL 495 Special Study

PHILOSOPHY PSYCHOLOGY (B.A. Degree) (B.A. or B.S. Degree)

Major Requirements Major Requirements Philosophy majors take 33 semester hours The key objective of the psychology major in addition to PHL 210 Intro-duction to is to acquaint students with the field of psy- Philosophy. Twenty-four hours must be chology and the implications of its princi- upper division. ples for human behavior. Requirements for a major in psychology Six courses are required of all majors: consist of a minimum of 39 semester hours, PHL 210 Introduction to Philosophy including the following courses: PHL 230 Ethics

51 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS RELIGION – SOCIAL WORK

The program courses are designed to 3. Complete the following pre- e n t r y cours- include academic social work and field es: PSY 150 General Psyc h o l o g y , SOC 150 RELIGION: experience/practicum requirements within a Principles of Soc i o l o g y , and SWK 180 INTERDISCIPLINARY liberal arts context. This enables the student Int r oduction to Social Wor k with a GPA of MAJOR to link social research with social work at least 2.70. practice. The program prepares students 4. Complete the program application to work in a variety of social work and (B.A. Degree) process (which includes completion social welfare settings, as well as to seek of a written application, recommendations An interdisciplinary major may be elected admission into graduate programs. The cur- and interview) on or before Jan. 30 of the through application and approval of the rent social work program was granted can - student’s sophomore year.Transfer students department. It consists of two 24-hour didacy status with the Council on Social will not be held to the sophomore-year blocks, one in religion, the other in any Work Education (CSWE) on February 15, deadline but should see a social work advi- other major field. 1997. The student application must show how sor as soon as is possible. Students interested in pursuing a degree in the proposed interdisciplinary major meets 5. Receive written acceptance into the pro- social work should consult with a social reasonable academic and vocational objec- gram from the Program Admission work advisor as soon as possible. tives. Committee. Requirements for the religion block: All students interested in social work as a 6. File a Declaration of Major form with major must make formal application to the the University’s Registrar’s Office. • 10 hours in religion, including pr ogram. Each applicant shall: REL 380 Christian Beliefs • 8 hours in biblical studies 1. Live in compliance with the Uni-versity Major Requirements • 3 hours in philosophy Expectations & Responsibilities (found in (45 hours required) • CHM 360 Perspectives in the University Student Handbook). Christian Education 2. Have an overall GPA of at least 2.0 SWK 180 Int r oduction to Social Wor k prior to filing an application to the pro- SOC 200 Social Issues gram. SOC 260 Social Theory SWK 330 Human Behavior in the Social Environment SOCIAL WORK SOC 340 Statistical Procedures SWK 361 Social Policy I (B.A. or B.S. Degree) SWK 362 Social Policy II The social work program seeks to prepare SOC 390 Research Seminar students for professional social work prac- SWK 391 Social Work Practice I tice with diverse populations in a variety of SWK 392 Social Work Practice II settings. This includes work with individu- SWK 393 Social Work Practice III als and couples (micro level); families and SWK 475 Field Experience/ small groups (mezzo level); and agencies, Practicum I institutions, community and church organizations (macro level). There is an emphasis on generalist practice that values the uniqueness, dignity and needs of all people. Generalist practice is oriented toward analyzing and addressing problems with micro, mezzo and macro skills and perspectives.

52 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS SOCIOLOGY – TEACHER EDUCATION

SWK 476 Field Experience/ SPN 375 Field Experience: Practicum II Study Abroad SWK 477 Field Experience/ SPANISH (taken concurrently Practicum III with SPN 490) (B.A. Degree) SWK 490 Senior Seminar SPN 410 Introduction to Spanish The Spanish major is designed to move stu- Literature Req u i r ed Sup p o r ting Courses (6 hours) dents toward advanced proficiency in the SPN 420 Introduction to Latin Either PSC 210 American Government four skills (reading, writing, listening and American Literature or PSC 240 State & Local Government speaking) defined by the American Council SPN 490 Study Abroad (16 credits and SWK 310 Lifespan Human on the Teaching of Foreign Languages taken in an approved Development (ACTFL). The program emphasizes the study abroad program in a unique relationship between culture and Spanish-speaking country, SOC 150 Principles of Sociology, PSY 150 language. Central to all course work is an taken concurrently with General Psychology and BIO 100 examination of issues of faith and culture. SPN 375) Foundations of Biology are required In keeping with the mission of George Fox as part of the general education University, service components are required program. in some courses.

Advanced course work includes historically TEACHER EDUCATION important works of literature and a survey of Iberian and Latin American history and SOCIOLOGY culture. One semester studying abroad in a Policies and Procedures Spanish-speaking country is required to The teacher education program at George (B.A. or B.S. Degree) complete the Spanish major. Fox University is designed to prepare teach- Sociology is the study of complex ers for the public and private schools through a curriculum that builds on a and changing social relationships. Major Requirements The sociology program prepares students to broad foundation in Christian liberal arts (1) analyze human relationships from a Prerequisite for entry into the major: SPN education through specialization in a par - sociological perspective, (2) develop the 201, 202 or equivalent. ticular field of knowledge to clinical studies theoretical, technical and statistical skills in teaching and learning theory. Requirements for a major in Spanish con- necessary for asking and answering socio- sist of a minimum of 36 hours, to include Teacher education and licensure in Oregon logical questions, and (3) enhance awar e- the following courses: operate under the approved program ness of relationships between personal approach. Teaching licenses are issued to events and the structure of societies. The SPN 301, 302 Third-Year Spanish qualified applicants who have completed a program is designed to prepare students for SPN 340 Spanish Culture and teacher education program approved by the admission into graduate programs, careers Civilization Oregon Teacher Standards and Practices in higher education or research, and/or SPN 350 Latin American Culture Commission and who are able to satisfy entry-level practice positions within a vari- and Civilization other state requirements in effect at the ety of private and public settings where time they complete graduation require- knowledge of human relationships and ments and apply for license. methodological skills is helpful.

Major Requirements (39 hours required)

SOC 200 Social Issues SOC 260 Social Theory SOC 340 Statistical Procedures SOC 390 Research Seminar Either SOC 300 Group Dynamics or SOC 350 Social Psychology Either SOC 310 Cultural Anthropology or SOC 380 Race, Ethnicity, Gender and Class I Either SOC 410 Juvenile Delinquency or SOC 450 Aging in Society SOC 275/475 Field Experience (six hours) 12 hours of sociology electives

53 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS TEACHER EDUCATION

George Fox University is approved by the Admission to Teacher Transfer Students in Education Teacher Standards and Practices Education Any student transferring to George Commission to offer initial licensure pro- Students wishing to explore or prepare for Fox University must meet the same require- grams in the following: entering a teaching career should consult ments for admission as those who have •Biology with a teacher education advisor early in entered the University as incoming fresh- • Chemistry their freshman year. men. Admission to the University does •Elementary Education not guarantee admission to the teacher Students make formal application for •Health education program. This application must admission to the teacher education program •Family and Consumer Sciences be directed to the Education Department during the introductory education class, • Language Arts when the student is in his/her first profes- EDU 240 Perspectives in Education, gener- •Mathematics sional course. ally taken fall of the sophomore year by ele- •Music mentary education majors and fall of the A minimum of 30 semester hours must be •Physical Education junior year by secondary teaching majors. taken at George Fox University for either •Social Studies the elementary or secondary teaching •Spanish Admission to the program is based upon major. attainment of a cumulative GPA of 2.75 or Academic preparation toward additional better on all college-level courses, including Elementary education majors must com - teaching endorsements is transfer credits; passing scores on approved plete the following courses at George Fox available in the following subjects: basic skills tests; acceptable faculty recom - University: mendations; and exemplary social and •Middle School Mathematics EDU 240 Perspectives in Education moral behavior. Admission to the program •Drama EDU 311 or 312 Mathematics for is required before students may register for •Speech Elementary Teachers the professional education core courses. •Reading EDU 370 Integrated Methods: Music and Art Students seeking a license in one of these Continuation in teacher education EDU 375 Student Teaching I areas must also complete a specified teach- is based on academic achievement and satis - EDU 380 Integrated Methods: ing major. factory evidence of characteristics needed for successful performance in the teaching Science and Social Studies Although the above programs may be com- profession. Students admitted to the pro- EDU 401 Integrated Methods: pleted in four years, due to current state gram are expected to maintain a cumulative Literature and Language licensing requirements, those desiring to GPA of 2.75 or better on all college-level EDU 402 Integrated Methods: teach middle school or high school are classes, including transfer credits; attain Literature and Literacy encouraged to consider George Fox grades of “C” or better on all teaching EDU 475 Student Teaching II University’s Master of Arts in Teaching major and professional education classes; EDU 490 Senior Seminar (M.A.T.) program. Those who wish to and receive satisfactory evaluations of per- For secondary teaching majors, work at complete programs in four years should see formance in field experiences. Admitted George Fox must include the following an Education Department advisor before students are subject to the policies con- courses: registering for freshman courses. tained in the Teacher Education Guidelines purchased when they take EDU 240 EDU 240 Perspectives in Education Perspectives in Education. EDU 340 Integrated Methods: Reading and Writing Acro s s the Curriculum EDU 375 Student Teaching I EDU 390 Integrated Methods for Secondary Teachers EDU 475 Student Teaching II EDU 493 Student Teaching Seminar

54 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS ELEMENTARY EDUCATION

A student transferring from a nonaccredited The Oregon Teacher Standards and Major Requirements college will be granted conditional admis - Practices Commission requires that candi- Requirements for a Bachelor of Science sion to the program until the student dates for teaching licenses have passed cer- degree in elementary education include the demonstrates ability by completing 12 tain standardized tests. These are taken by following courses: semester hours in the student’s first teach- students in conjunction with their profes- ing field and/or professional education with sional courses. Students must complete the EDU 240 Perspectives in Education a grade point average (GPA) of 2.75 or bet- bach-elor’s degree and meet all state EDU 311, 312 Mathematics for ter. requirements before being recommended Elementary Teachers for teaching licensure. EDU 331 Psychological Foundations: Inclusion and Assessment Special Students: Waiver of Requirements EDU 332 Psychological Foundations: Teaching Credential Only Learning Theory and Students enrolled in the teacher education Students holding college degrees who enroll Classroom Management program who believe they have had experi- at George Fox University for the purpose of EDU 333 Developmental Health and ence or education that has pr ovided the qualifying for an Oregon Initial Teaching Physical Education competencies certain courses and experi- License must be advised by the Director of EDU 370 Integrated Methods: Music ences in the program are designed to devel- Undergraduate Teacher Education prior to and Art op may request a waiver of that portion of enrollment in courses. EDU 375 Student Teaching I the requirements. Waivers may be granted EDU 380 Integrated Methods: Science in writing by the Director of Under-gradu- and Social Studies Admission to Student Teaching ate Teacher Education on the basis of satis - EDU 401 Integrated Methods: factory evidence submitted by the student Acceptance into the teacher education pro- Literature and Language through one or more of these means: gram does not guarantee assignment for EDU 402 Integrated Methods: student teaching. 1. Examination and/or demonstration of Literature and Literacy competence. The student may demonstrate EDU 475 Student Teaching II Application for admission to student teach - competence in written or verbal ways or in EDU 490 Senior Seminar ing is made by filing required forms not the execution of specific tasks. GEO 200 Cultural Geography and later than the first week of the semester pre- Global Relationships ceding the semester for which the assign- 2. Experience. The student may request HEA 310 School Health Program ment is requested. Admission to student that recent directly related experiences be PSY 311 Human Development: teaching is based upon continued good accepted in satisfaction for course work or Infancy to Adolescence standing; favorable recommendations; an field experience. The student is required to GED 220 Survey of Art attained cumulative GPA of 2.75 or better submit documentation to support this GED 110 World of Music on all college-level courses, including trans- request. fer credits, and an average GPA of 2.75 or ♦ better in the teaching major; completion of 3. The student may request evaluation of EL E M E N TA R Y AND EARLY the required teaching major and profession- other academic work completed satisfactori- CH I L D H O O D al courses with no grade below “C”; passing ly to be granted equivalent credit. AUT H O R I Z ATI O N scores on appropriate basic skills and con - All of the above plus tent area examinations; and a minimum of 15 semester hours completed in residence EDU 321 Early Childhood Education prior to student teaching. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION EDU 322 Early Childhood Methods

Planning the Program (B.S. Degree) ♦ EL E M E N TA R Y AND MIDDLE Students should plan to finish their general The University offers a degree program for LE VEL AUT H O R I Z ATI O N education req u i r ements and some of their the preparation of elementary school teach- All of the above plus lo wer - l e v el teaching major req u i r ements dur- ers. Upon entering, students interested in ing their first two years of college. majoring in elementary education should EDU 351 Middle Level Education Professional courses in education and the contact an elementary education advisor. In EDU 352 Middle Level Methods ad v anced teaching major course req u i re m e n t s addition to general education courses and should be completed during the last two electives, the elementary education major years. Certain of these courses, listed under requires the following courses: “Transfer Students in Education,” must be taken in residence, and professional education courses must be taken before student te a c h i n g .

55 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS SECONDARY EDUCATION

BIOLOGY TEACHING One elective course in the major

SECONDARY EDUCATION (B.S. Degree) Note: In addition to these requirements, the general education com-ponent includes (B.A. or B.S. Degree) PSY 150 General Psychology. The Uni v ersity offers a degree program for Major Requirements the preparation of secondary teachers in 10 The following 47-48 semester hours are content areas. Upon entering the Uni ve r s i t y , required: FAMILY AND CONSUMER students interested in any of the secondary SCIENCES TEACHING BIO 101, 102 General Biology education majors should contact a secondary BIO 300 Evolution education advisor. These students are (B.S. Degree) BIO 310 Developmental Biology encouraged to consider a content major, fol- BIO 330 Animal Physiology lo wed by a master of arts in teaching or BIO 340 Plant Physiology Major Requirements (M . A . T .) prog r a m . BIO 350 Genetics The following 44 semester hours are BIO 360 Ecology required: Secondary Teaching Majors BIO 370 Microbiology FCS 120 Apparel Construction All prospective teachers in secondary educa - BIO 491, 492 Senior Seminar FCS 211, 212 Foods I, II tion must complete the following courses, CHE 211, 212 General Chemistr y FCS 220 Fashion Merchandising seminars and clinical experiences in addi- CHE 325 Organic Chemistry FCS 230 Textiles Science tion to those required for general education One elective course in the major FCS 250 Residential Technology and an approved teaching major: FCS 280 Marriage and the Family Note: In addition to these requirements, FCS 290 Meal Management PSY 311 Human Development: the general education com-ponent includes FCS 300 Nutrition Infancy to Adolescence MTH 190 Pre-Calculus Mathematics, GSC FCS 330 Residential Architecture EDU 240 Perspectives in Education 120 Foundations of Earth Science, and FCS 350 Resource Management EDU 331 Psychological Foundations: PSY 150 General Psychology. Inclusion and Assessment FCS 351 Interior Design I EDU 332 Psychological Foundations: FCS 360 Consumer Buying Learning Theory and CHEMISTRY TEACHING Either FCS 370 Pattern Drafting and Classroom Management Apparel Design EDU 340 Integrated Methods: (B.S. Degree) or FCS 320 Fashion Merchandising Reading and Writing across FCS 410 Leadership of Student the Curriculum Organizations EDU 351 Middle Level Education Major Requirements FCS 440 Early Childhood Education EDU 352 Middle Level Methods The following 42 semester hours are Practicum EDU 375 Student Teaching I required: EDU 470 Teaching of Family and EDU 390 Integrated Methods for Consumer Sciences Secondary Teachers CHE 211, 212 General Chemistry Note: In addition to these req u i r ements, the EDU 475 Student Teaching II CHE 310 Analytical Chemistry general education com-ponent includes PSY EDU 493 Student Teaching Seminar CHE 325, 326 Organic Chemistry CHE 401 Physical Chemistry 150 General Psyc h o l o g y . PHY 201, 202 General Physics MTH 201, 202 Calculus I, II HEALTH EDUCATION TEACHING

(B.S. Degree)

Major Requirements The following 36 semester hours are required:

Either EDU 321 Early Childhood Development or EDU 351 Middle Level Education HEA 200 Lifestyle Management HEA 210 Drug Education HEA 230 First Aid and Safety

56 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS SECONDARY EDUCATION

HEA 240 Stress Management LANGUAGE ARTS One elective course in the major HEA 280 Marriage and the Family TEACHING Note: In addition to these req u i r ements, the HEA 300 Nutrition general education com-ponent includes PSY HEA 310 School Health Program (B.A. Degree) 150 General Psyc h o l o g y , and SOC 150 HEA 320 Co n t e m p o r a r y Health Iss u e s Principles of Soc i o l o g y . BIO 221, 222 Human Anatomy Major Requirements and Physiology The following 44 semester hours are HHP 360 Organization and MATHEMATICS TEACHING Administration of Health, required: Physical Education, and (B.S. Degree) Athletic Training ♦ COMMUNICATION ARTS HHP 470 Motor Development and Either THE 120 Introduction to Acting Motor Skill Learning Major Requirements or THE 220 Oral Interpretation of EDU 333 Development Health and The following 42 semester hours ar e Literature Physical Education required: THE 360 Improvisational Theatre Note: In addition to these requirements, Workshop MTH 201, 202, 301 Calculus I, II, III the general education com-ponent includes COM 230 Mass Media and Popular MTH 211 Innovations in Teaching PSY 150 General Psychology. Culture Basic Mathematics COM 340 General and Cultural MTH 240 Statistical Procedures The health teaching major may be com- Linguistics MTH 290 Mathematical Logic bined with 13 to 19 semester hours in the MTH 320 Linear Algebra student’s choice of one ♦ LITERATURE MTH 331 Probability of the following concentrations: MTH 340 Ele m e n t a r y Number Th e o r y LIT 231, 232 Masterpieces of World MTH 350 Modern Geometry Literature ♦ BIOLOGY CONCENTRATION MTH 410 Algebraic Structures LIT 326, 327, 328 American Literature CIS 130 Web-based Programming BIO 101, 102 General Biology (two of the three courses) PHY 201 General Physics BIO 350 Genetics LIT 376, 377, 378 British Literatur e BIO 360 Ecology (two of the three courses) Note: In addition to these requirements, BIO 370 Microbiology LIT 350 Literary Criticism the general education com-ponent must include PSY 150 General Psychology. ♦ FAMILY AND CONSUMER ♦ WRITING SCIENCES CONCENTRATION WRI 200 Interpreting Literature FCS 120 Apparel Construction Two courses from the following: MUSIC TEACHING FCS 211, 212 Foods I, II WRI 210 Practical Grammar (B.A. Degree) FCS 220 Fashion and Society and Editing FCS 440 Early Childhood Education WRI 230 Introduction to Journalism Major Requirements Practicum WRI 250 Biography and Autobiography The following 51 to 53 semester hours are required: ♦ PHYSICAL EDUCATION WRI 330 Writing for Publication CONCENTRATION WRI 360 Writing Fiction Either EDU 321 Early Childhood WRI 370 Writing Poetry Education HHP 200 History and Principles of or EDU 351 Middle Level Education Physical Education MUA 105/305 Applied Music HHP 360 Organization and (5 to 7 semesters) Administration of Health, MUA ___ Ensemble (7 semesters) Physical Education, and (Festival Chorus is Athletic Training required in addition to HHP 394 Kinesiology other ensembles) HHP 430 Exercise Physiology MUS 111 Introduction to Music HHP 460 Physical Education for the Literature Exceptional Student MUS 112 Introduction to Music HHP 470 Motor Development and Literature Motor Skill Learning MUS 121, 122 Theory I Two hours from professional activities MUS 131, 132 Sight Singing and courses: Ear Training MUS 200 Basic Conducting HHP 221-229, HHP 231-232 MUS 220 Vocal Techniques

57 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS SECONDARY EDUCATION

MUS 221, 222 Theory II HHP 360 Organization and HST 468 America in the Time of MUS 230 String Techniques Administration of Health, the Two World Wars, MUS 250 Folk Guitar Techniques Physical Education, and 1898-1945 MUS 260 Band Techniques Athletic Training HST 469 Recent America, 1945 MUS 311, 312 Music History HHP 390 Care and Prevention of to the Present MUS 430 Instrumentation and Athletic Injuries Orchestration HHP 394 Kinesiology ♦ MUS 460 Advanced Conducting HHP 430 Exercise Physiology GEOGRAPHY HHP 460 Physical Education for the GEO 200 Cultural Geography and Choose one authorization: Exceptional Student Global Relationships EDU 421 Elementary and Preschool HHP 470 Motor Development and Music Methods Motor Skill Learning ♦ EDU 424 Middle School Methods: HHP 480 Tests and Measurements in ECONOMICS Vocal and Instrumental Physical Education Either ECO 201 Principles of HHP 490 Senior Seminar Microeconomics or BIO 221, 222 Human Anatomy and or ECO 202 Principles of EDU 422 Secondary School Physiology Macroeconomics Music Methods: Vocal Note: In addition to these req u i r ements, the ECO 360 Global Political Economy and Instrumental general education component in-cludes PSY EDU 424 Middle School Methods: 150 General Psyc h o l o g y . ♦ Vocal and Instrumental GOVERNMENT PSC 210 American Government Note: In addition to these req u i r ements, the SOCIAL STUDIES general education component includes PSY TEACHING One additional course from 150 General Psyc h o l o g y . (B.S. Degree) PSC 240 State and Local Government Note: Students with an emphasis in music (recommended) education are req u i r ed to pass Major Requirements PSC 260 Introduction to Law a piano proficiency examination by the end of their sophomore year and to pre- The following 45 semester hours are sent a solo recital in their junior or senior required: ♦ SOCIOLOGY yea r . See music “Major Req u i re - m e n t s ” state- HST 490 History Seminar SOC 200 Social Problems ment on page 49 for further details. World History (non-U.S.) SOC 310 Cultural Anthropology 2 upper-division courses U.S. History PHYSICAL EDUCATION HST 150 America and the World ♦ ELECTIVES: TEACHING Two of the following: Two courses selected from HST 458 The Making of the (B.S. Degree) American Republic, HST 430 Vietnam Experience 1754-1825 PSC 250 International Conflict Major Requirements HST 459 The Era of the Civil and Peace The following 44 semester hours are War, 1825-1898 PSC 310 Conflict Resolution required: Either EDU 321 Early Childhood Education and EDU 333 Developmental Health and Physical Education or EDU 351 Middle Level Education and EDU 410 Teaching Physical Education, Secondary/ Middle Level HHP 200 History and Principles of Physical Education HHP 221-224, 226-229, 231, 232 Professional Activities HEA 230 First Aid and Safety HHP 300 Coaching Theory and Practice HHP 310, 320, 330, 340, or 350 (One coaching course)

58 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS TEACHING SUPPORT AREAS – THEATRE

PSC 340 International Relations Note: Students must consult with PSC 220/420 War and Conscience in an advisor in the Education Depart-ment the United States TEACHING SUPPORT before beginning one of these support areas. PSY 350 Social Psychology AREAS PSY 360 Learning SOC 330 Urban Problems A teaching support area must be SOC 380 Race, Ethnicity, Gender, completed in conjunction with a teaching and Class major. THEATRE SOC 410 Juvenile Delinquency The drama endorsement is listed GED 375 Cultural Experience ♦ DRAMA TEACHING with the teaching endorsement in the Note: In addition to these req u i r ements, the Department of Teacher Education. general education component includes HST Requirements 110 Western Civilization to 1648 and PSY 150 General Psyc h o l o g y . ECO 201 Pri n c i p l e s The following are required: COMMUNICATION of Mic r oeconomics will not fulfill the general THE 120 Introduction to Acting ARTS MAJOR education req u i r ement under social science THE 240 Understanding Drama WITH A THEATRE for social studies teaching majors. THE 255/455 Technical Theatre CONCENTRATION THE 320 Advanced Approaches to Acting (B.A. Degree) SPANISH TEACHING Electives chosen from: (B.A. Degree) THE 125/325 Theatre Laboratory Major Requirements THE 160/360 Improvisational Theatre A communication arts major with a Major Requirements Workshop th e a t r e concentration req u i r es 36 semester THE 165/365 Drama Touring Troupe hours (excl u s i v e of general education courses) The following 33 semester hours are THE 340 Theatre as Ministry distributed as follows : required: THE 495 Individual Research in the Theatre SPN 301, 302 Third-Year Spanish ♦ PERFORMANCE AND SPN 340 1 Spanish Culture and TECHNICAL CORE COURSES Civilization ♦ MIDDLE SCHOOL SPN 350 1 Latin American Cul t u r e THE 120 Introduction to Acting and Civilization MATHEMATICS TEACHING THE 160 Improvisational Theatre SPN 410 1 Int r oduction to Workshop Spanish Literature Requirements THE 220 Oral Interpretation of 1 Literature SPN 420 Int r oduction to Latin The following 14 semester hours are THE 255/455 Technical Theatre American Literature required: THE 320 Advanced Approaches 18 semester hours in a study MTH 190 Pre-Calculus Mathematics to Acting abroad program approved by a Spanish MTH 201 Calculus I advisor MTH 211 Innovations in Teaching Basic Mathematics 1 Students may select three of the four CIS 130 Web-Based Programming courses, SPN 340, 350, 410 or 420.

Note: In addition to these req u i r ements, the ♦ SPEECH TEACHING general education com-ponent includes PSY 150 General Psyc h o l o g y . Requirements The following are required:

COM 100 Introduction to Communication COM 200 Persuasive Communication COM 210 Interpersonal Communication Either four hours in COM 275/475 Field Experience or COM 495 On Your Own: Individual Research THE 220 Oral Interpretation of Literature 59 UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS WRITING/LITERATURE

♦ THEORY CORE COURSES ♦ WRITING CORE THE 240 Understanding Drama WRITING/LITERATURE WRI 230 Introduction to Journalism LIT 385 Major Authors (3 hours) COM 300 Theoretical Approaches (B.A. Degree) to Communication One of the following three courses THE 340 Theatre as Ministry (3 hours): COM 400 Critical Approaches Major Requirements WRI 330 Writing for Publication to Communication The department offers a writing/literature WRI 360 Writing Fiction major that crea t i v ely combines both disci- WRI 370 Writing Poetry ♦ PRACTICUM plines. Students whose major interest is in liter a t u r e will take their ♦ Seven hours from THE 125/325 Theatre el e c t i v es from the literature curriculum. Th e ELECTIVES Laboratory, THE 165/365 George Fox major consists of 36 semester hours (not Nine hours in literature or writing; may University Players, or including WRI 110 Freshman Composition) include CMB 320 Dramatic Scriptwriting. THE 275/475 Field Experience. distributed as follows :

♦ RECOMMENDED ♦ LITERATURE CORE CMB 320 Dramatic Scriptwriting LIT 350 Literary Criticism (3 hours) CMB 350 Editing Video CMB 430 Producing and Directing Two of the following three courses Television (6 hours):

If possible, majors should satisfy their phys- LIT 240 Understanding Drama ical education requirement with HPA 107 LIT 340 Poetry Ballet and similar offerings. LIT 440 Modern Novel

Two of the following three sequences (12 hours):

THEATRE: LIT 231, 232 Masterpieces of World Literature INTERDISCIPLINARY LIT 326, 327, 328 American Literature MAJOR (two of the three courses) LIT 376, 377, 378 British Literature (B.A. Degree) (two of the three courses)

Major Requirements An interdisciplinary major may be elected through application and approval of the theatre faculty. The student application must show how the proposed interdisciplinary major meets reasonable academic and vocational objectives. The interdisciplinary major consists of 48 semester hours, 24 in theatre arts and the remainder in another academic discipline. Creative options include theatre and music, theatre and religion, theatre and Christian ministries, theatre and communication media and broadcast, theatre and business (marketing/management), or theatre and sociology.

60 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES UNDERGRADUATE COURSES ACCOUNTING – ART

Courses are listed alphabetically ACC 371, 372 Financial Accounting and by prefix. Reporting 4 hours each semester. A compreh e n s i v e ART study of generally accepted accounting prin- Sur vey of Art is offered under GED 220. ciples, including a rev i e w of their historical de v elopment and a thorough study of the ACCOUNTING underlying theory supporting them. A ART 101, 102 Basic Design detailed study of many specific prob l e m s 3 hours each semester. ART 101 is an Additional courses are listed under Business associated with the measurement and rep o r t- introduction to materials, techniques and and Economics. ing of complex business transactions. theory related to two-dimensional design. Prer equisites: ACC 272 Decision Mak i n g ART 102 focuses on three-dimensional ACC 271 Principles of Financial with Accounting Information and ACC 273 design. Hands-on projects are the primary Accounting Accounting Information Sys t e m s . learning mode. 3 hours. Accounting as the language of business. An introd u c t o r y overv i e w ACC 471 Advanced Accounting ART 111, 112 Drawing course in accounting from a user perspec- 4 hours. Offered 2001-02. Accounting for 3 hours each semester. This course is a ti v e. Its purpose is to give students a basic specific types of entities, such as partner- study of materials, methods and techniques understanding of the logic behind the prin- ships and not-for-profit organizations. The used for drawing with pencil, ink, charcoal ciples of accounting, enabling them to pre- accounting problems encountered in busi- and other drawing media. ART 111 may be pa r e, read, analyze and interpret financial ness combinations and foreign currency taken as an alternative to GED 220 Survey statements for the purpose of decision mak- translation will be studied. Prerequisites: of Art in meeting the general education in g . ACC 272 Decision Making with requirement. ART 111 is a prerequisite for Accounting Information and ACC 273 ART 112. ACC 272 Decision Making with Accounting Information Systems. Accounting Information ART 201 Beginning Painting 3 hours. This course is a continuation of ACC 472 Auditing 3 hours. Introduces students to materials, Accounting 271. It emphasizes the uses of 4 hours. Off e r ed 2000-01. An introd u c t i o n methods and techniques used in painting accounting data by management and will to the standards and proc e d u r es observed by with acrylics or oils. Prerequisites: Art 111 cover the following topics: the use of finan- Ce r tified Public Accoun-tants in the exami- Drawing, or instructor’s permission. cial statements in analysis, budgeting con - nation of financial statements. Special area s cepts, cost-profit relationships, costing sys- of study will include evaluation of internal ART 221 Beginning Sculpture tems, time-value of money, and manage- co n t r ol, ethical considerations, legal environ - 3 hours. Introduction to the materials, ment decision making. Prerequisite: ACC ment, the auditor’s rep o r ts, and evidence-col- methods and techniques used in sculpture. 271 Principles of Financial Accounting. lecting and evaluation. Pre- r equisites: ACC 272 Decision Making with Acc o u n t i n g ART 231 Beginning Printmaking Information and ACC 273 Acc o u n t i n g ACC 273 Accounting Information 3 hours. An introduction to screen print- Information Sys t e m s . Systems making and relief printmaking (woodcut, 2 hours. This course will emphasize the linocut, collagraph) techniques and meth- mechanical aspects of accounting and will ods. co ver both manual and computerized accounting systems. The course is designed for the accounting major and is to be taken co n c u r r ently with ACC 272 Dec i s i o n Making with Accounting Inf o r m a t i o n . Prer equisite: ACC 271 Principles of Fin a n c i a l Acc o u n t i n g .

ACC 350 Taxation 4 hours. Offered 2000-01. This is an introductory course on fundamental concepts in taxation. The objective of this course is learning to recognize major tax issues inher - ent in business and financial transactions. The course will emphasize measurement and taxation of business income, along with an introduction to taxation of individuals. Prerequisite: ACC 271 Principles of Financial Accounting.

62 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES ART

ART 241 Beginning Ceramics ART 331 Intermediate Printmaking ART 441 Advanced Ceramics 3 hours. Int r oduction to basic hand-building 3 hours. An introduction to intaglio print - 3 hours. Focuses on the individual techniques and surface design. making (etching, engraving, drypoint, artistic development of students as they aquatint) techniques and methods. combine techniques and subject matter into ART 250 Introduction to Prerequisite: ART 231 Beginning a personal style of visual communication. Graphic Design Printmaking. Prerequisite: ART 341 Intermediate 3 hours. Introduction to the materials, Ceramics. methods and techniques used in graphic ART 341 Intermediate Ceramics design. 3 hours. An introduction to basic wheel- ART 460 Art and Christ throwing techniques and surface design. 3 hours. A study of the relationship AR T 265 Contemporary Art Sem i n a r Prerequisite: ART 241 Beginning Ceramics. between art and Christianity in the con - 1 hour. Explores contemporary artists and temporary world. Designed primarily for art movements, as well as issues and con- ART 350 Intermediate Graphic Design studio art majors. Prerequisites: ART 381 cerns relative to careers in the art market- 3 hours. Provides an opportunity for furth e r Baroque and Rococo Art, or ART 382 place. de v elopment of skills and for the introd u c - Twentieth Century Art, or ART 385 tion of more advanced techniques. Special Topics in Art History, and junior or Prer equisite: ART 101 Basic Design I and ART 285 Selected Topics senior standing. AR T 250 Int r oduction to Graphic Des i g n . 1-3 hours. ART 285 is a lecture/studio class that deals with areas of interest in art, such ART 475 Field Experience ART 381 Baroque and Rococo Art as watercolors, calligraphy, or special topics 3 hours. Students may petition to take ART 3 hours. Art and its relationship to in art history. 475 in place of ART 490. Field Experience European culture from 1600 to 1800. provides on-site work experience at an approved business or institutional site. All ART 301 Intermediate Painting ART 382 Twentieth Century Art majors electing ART 475 (in place of ART 3 hours. Provides an opportunity for fur- 3 hours. Art and its relationship to 490) will be required to prepare and present ther development of skills and for the intro- Western culture of the twentieth century. duction of more advanced techniques. the results of their field experience in a for- Prerequisite: ART 201 Painting. mat appropriate to their disciplines. ART 385 Special Topics in Prerequisite: Art major with senior stand- Art History ing. By petition. ART 321 Intermediate Sculpture 3 hours. Art and its relationship to a non- 3 hours. Provides an opportunity for fur- Western culture, e.g., African, Asian, Latin ther development of skills and for the intro- American. Specific topic will be dependent ART 490 Senior Thesis Exhibit duction of more advanced techniques. on the instructor’s area of specialization. 3 hours. All students graduating with Prerequisite: ART 221 Beginning a major in art will be req u i r ed to exhibit Sculpture. ART 401 Advanced Painting their work in the Lindgren Gal l e r y or other 3 hours. Focuses on the individual acceptable alternative location. This course artistic development of students as they includes the completion of a body of art- combine techniques and subject matter into wo r k for exhibition, writing a statement of a personal style of visual communication. ar tistic intent, and installing artw o r k in an Prerequisite: ART 301 Intermediate exhibition space. Majors may petition to Painting. substitute ART 475 for ART 490. Prer equisite: Art major with senior standing or by permission. ART 421 Advanced Sculpture 3 hours. Focuses on the individual artistic development of students as they combine ART 295/495 Special Study techniques and subject matter into a per- 1-3 hours. Designed to give two emphases sonal style of visual communication. for the serious art student: to allow for fur- Prerequisite: ART 321 Intermediate ther individual study in a media or area in Sculpture. which no further courses are available, and/or to allow for study in an area for ART 431 Advanced Printmaking which the student may already have some 3 hours. Focuses on the individual background and in which no course artistic development of students as they currently is offered. combine techniques and subject matter into a personal style of visual communication. Prerequisite: ART 331 Intermediate Printmaking.

63 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES SIGN LANGUAGE – BIBLICAL STUDIES

BIB 250 The Psalms BIB 330 The Prophetic Writings 2 hours. An exploration of the Psalms with 4 hours. Offered 2000-01. This course SIGN LANGUAGE special attention to their forms, themes, studies the origin and historical develop- and original cultural settings as well as how ment of ancient Israelite prophecy and its ASL 101, 102 American the Psalms have been preserved and applied culmination in the canonical books of the Sign Language in the community of faith. Students will prophets. The historical and social setting 2 hours each semester. Off e r ed 2001-02. An also consider approaches to interpreting of the prophets will be considered, along in t r oduction to American Sign Language, and learning from the Psalms today. with the spiritual themes that dominate and the language of the deaf culture in the Prerequisite: GED 101 Literature of characterize them. Prerequisite: GED 101 United States and Canada. The course intro- the Old Testament recommended. Literature of the Old Testament. duces ASL signs and basic ASL grammar and syntax, and develops an understanding and BIB 260 Life of Christ BIB 340 Between the Testaments ap p r eciation of the adult deaf culture. 2 hours. The synoptic writers — Matthew, 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. An introduction Rec e p t i v e and expres s i v e skills in conver s a - Mark and Luke — form the foundation for to history, literature and theological devel- tional ASL are taught. Practice outside the this inquiry into the life and teaching of opments in Israel between 400 B.C. (Ezra) cl a s s r oom req u i re d . Jesus Christ. Prerequisite: GED 102 and the first century A.D. (Christ), to pro- Literature of the New Testament recom- vide the basis for understanding both the mended. conclusion of the Old Testament period and the origins of Judaism and Christianity. BIB 270 Writings of John Prerequisite: GED 101, 102 Literature of BIBLICAL STUDIES 2 hours. This course explores what it means the Old and New Testaments. to believe in Jesus Christ, the Son of God, as Survey courses are offered under depicted in Johannine literature: the Gos p e l BIB 385 Selected Bible Topics GED 101, 102 Literature of the and letters of John and Rev elation. Spe c i a l 2 hours. The study of a book or portion of Old and New Testaments. attention will be given to Joh n ’s Christologi- the Bible or a major biblical theme with the cal, sociological setting and message as they purpose of gaining deeper understanding of relate to the lives of modern rea d e r s . BIB 240 Wisdom Literature the biblical topic and of growing in the Prer equisite: GED 102 Literature of the 2 hours. The wisdom literature of the Old skills of studying and interpreting the Bible. New Testament rec o m m e n d e d . Testament is investigated historically, liter- Topics will vary according to the professor’s arily and theologically. The origin and expertise. May be repeated for different BIB 310 Old Testament History development of the biblical wisdom tradi - topics. Prerequisite: GED 101, 102 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. The history of tions in the books of Proverbs, Job and Literature of the Old and New Testaments, ancient Israel is studied employing the text Ecclesiastes are considered in the context of or permission. the broader, international wisdom of the of the Old Testament narratives in Genesis ancient Near East and the intertestamental through Esther, the evidence of archaeology BIB 390 Biblical Basis literature. Prerequisite: GED 101 Literature and other ancient Near Eastern texts. for Peacemaking of the Old Testament recommended. Theologi-cal messages and developments will be explored. Prerequisite: GED 101 2 hours. Offered 2001-02. Focusing cen- Literature of the Old Testament. trally on Jesus’ teachings about peacemaking, this course deals with the biblical treatment of peacemaking, including the prophetic and apocalyptic visions of the Kingdom, and the interpretations of these teachings by the early church. Attention also will be given to what it means to work for peace in today’s world, as co-laborers with Christ. Prerequisite: GED 102 Literature of the New Testament.

BIB 411, 412 The Acts and the Pauline Epistles 3 hours each semester. Offered 2000-01. An ex t e n s i v e study of the mission and teachings of the New Testament church, as shown in the Acts and the Epistles attributed to Pau l . Special attention will be given to ways early Christians dealt with struggles betwee n Jewish and Gentile Christianity, and applications will be made for the church today. The fall semester studies Acts 1-15, Galatians and Romans. 64 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES BIOLOGY

The spring semester studies Acts 15-28 plus BIO 275/475 Field Experience BIO 340 Plant Physiology the other Epistles of Paul. Prerequisite: 1-6 hours may be earned. Includes intern- 4 hours. Off e r ed 2001-02. A study of plant GED 102 Literature of the New Testament. ships and practica required for professional function from the molecular to the organis- programs. The experience must have an on- mic level. Photosynthesis, respiration, water BIB 480 General Epistles site supervisor and/or a departmental relations, growth and development, mineral 2 hours. Offered 2000-01. As a study instructor overseeing, designing, and evalu- nutrition and practical applications will be of the non-Pauline letters of the New ating the content of the course. Permission co ver ed. Th r ee lectures and one three - h o u r Testament — Heb r ews, James, Peter of the instructor and chairperson of the la b o r a t o r y period per week. Prere q u i s i t e s : and Jude — this course explores the charac- department is required. BIO 101, 102 General Bio l o g y . ter of Jewish Christianity and its implications for the broader church. Prere q u i s i t e : BIO 300 Evolution BIO 350 Genetics GED 102 Literature of the New Tes t a m e n t . 2 hours. Offered 2001-02. A study 4 hours. A general genetics course cover i n g of mechanisms involved in natural selection Mendelian genetics, population genetics, and BIB 485 Selected Topics and assumptions required. Topics include an introduction to molecular biology. Th i s 2 hours. A seminar on a topic chosen by history of the theory, geochronology, mole- course fulfills the req u i r ement for biology the professor. Open to upper-division cular biology, developmental biology, pale- majors, and is appropriate for those with an majors and others by permission. ontology, comparative physiology and bio- in t e r est in current topics in genetics, includ- chemistry, and biogeography. The interface ing inheritable diseases, cloning, and other BIB 495 Special Study of evolution and Christianity are examined. recent scientific brea k t h r oughs. Th r ee lec- 1-3 hours. Individual research. Open to Two lectures per week. tu r es and one three-hour laboratory per qualified students upon application. week. Prer equisites: BIO 101, 102 Gen e r a l Bio l o g y . BIO 310 Developmental Biology 4 hours. Theories and study of differentia- tion as they apply to growth and develop- BIOLOGY ment of animals, with some emphasis on the mechanism involved. Includes historical topics, fertilization, embryonic organiza- BIO 100 Foundations of Biology tion, cell induction, histogenesis, organo- 3 hours. A course to fulfill the general edu- genesis, and developmental morphogenesis cation requirement that deals with the orga- of echinoderms, frogs, chicks and pigs. nization of living things, anatomy and Three lectures and one three-hour physiology of cells and organisms, repro- laboratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO duction and heredity, and the role of energy 101, 102 General Biology. in the ecosystem. Bioethical considerations are discussed. Two lectures and one two- BIO 322 Comparative hour laboratory per week. Vertebrate Anatomy 4 hours. Offered 2001-02. The comparative BIO 101, 102 General Biology study of the structure and functional mor- 4 hours each semester. An introduction to phology of organisms, in the phylum life science for those majoring in biology and Chordata. Laboratory will emphasize dis- bi o s c i e n c e - r elated fields. Topics include cel- section of representative vertebrate animals. lular biology, genetics, systematics, devel o p - Three one-hour lectures and one three-hour ment, ecology, and anatomy and physiology laboratory per week. Prerequisites: BIO of plants and animals. Th r ee lectures and 101, 102 General Biology. one two-hour laboratory per wee k .

BIO 330 Animal Physiology BIO 221, 222 Human Anatomy 4 hours. Investigation of physiological prin- and Physiology ciples in animals, with emphasis on mecha- 4 hours each semester. Structure and func- nisms of integration and homeostasis at cel- tion of the human body. Fall semester top- lular, organ and system levels. Topics ics include basic chemistry, body organiza- include muscular, neural, vascular, excretory tion, integument, skeleton, muscles and the and endocrine interactions. Three lectures nervous system, including special senses. and one three-hour laboratory per week. Spring semester topics include cardiovascu- Prerequisites: BIO 101, 102 General lar, reproductive, endocrine, respiratory, Biology. urinary and digestive systems. The course meets general education requirements and is designed for non-science majors. Three lectures and one laboratory per week. BIO 222 may be taken without BIO 221.

65 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES BUSINESS

BIO 360 Ecology BIO 410 Molecular Biology BIO 491, 492 Senior Seminar 4 hours. An analysis of population, com- 4 hours. Offered 2000-01. A course in con- 1 hour each semester. Discussion-based munity and ecosystem dynamics. temporary molecular genetics which will course covering topics chosen by the profes- Laboratory will emphasize field measure- include the organization, storage, retrieval sor. For biology majors with senior standing ments, computer modeling and behavior. and transfer of genetic information at the or by permission. Three lectures and one three-hour laborato- molecular level. Viral, prokaryotic and ry per week, and one required field trip to eukaryotic systems will be examined. BIO 495 Biological Research the Malheur Field Station. Fee required. Laboratory will include practical experience 1-4 hours. Specific instructional programs, Prerequi-sites: BIO 101, 102 General with many methodologies important to this laboratory or field research, or independent Biology. sub-discipline of biology. Three lectures and study as planned under an advisor. A total one four-hour laboratory per week. of not more than four hours may be BIO 370 Microbiology Prerequisites: BIO 350 Genetics and CHE applied toward the major. For upper-divi- 4 hours. A course in the structure, metabo- 325 Organic Chemistry. sion biology majors only. By permission. lism, classification and health aspects of microorganisms. Methods of microbiologi- BIO 420 Cell Biology BIO 496 Senior Thesis cal investigation are emphasized. Three lec- 4 hours. This course includes the study of 1 hour. An independent study course for tures and one three-hour laboratory period cell physiology, energetics, neurobiology, completion of a senior thesis. Required for per week. Prerequisites: BIO 101, 102 muscle biology, and cell-cell signaling. all thesis-track majors in their senior year. General Biology, or permission of course Other topics that will be discussed are can- Substitutes for BIO 491 or 492 Senior instructor. cer and immunology at the cellular level. Seminar. Laboratory will focus on current cell cultur - ing and analysis techniques. Three lectures BIO 380 Ornithology and one three-hour laboratory per week. 3 hours. A study of avian biology including Prerequisites: BIO 101, 102 General phylogeny, evolution, anatomy, physiology, Biology, and CHE 325 Organic Chemistry. behavior and ecology. Laboratory will BUSINESS CHE 340 Biochemistry is suggested. emphasize identification, bird banding and Additional courses are listed under basic anatomy.Two lectures and one three- BIO 430 Histology Accounting and Economics. hour laboratory per week, and one required 4 hours. Offered 2000-01. A course in the field trip to the Malheur Field Station. Fee microstructure and ultrastructure of verte- BUS 110 Introduction to Business required. Prerequisites: BIO 101, 102 brate tissues and cells. Laboratory tech - 3 hours. This introductory survey will General Biology. niques will include microtechnique, histo- examine the major functional areas of busi - chemistry, immunohistochemistry, and ness and afford the student an opportunity BIO 384 Research Methods transmission electron microscopy.Two lec- to consider this major as a path to a career. 1 hour. This course will introduce junior- tures and two three-hour laboratories per Emphasis is given to contemporary business and senior-level students to fundamental week. Prerequisites: BIO 101, 102 General concepts, in particular an examination of biological and chemical res e a r ch techniques Biology. business as a field for stewardship. and will include topics of interest from both disciplines. Topics include rec o r ds manage- BIO 460 Invertebrate Zoology BUS 240 Statistical Procedures ment, basic data analysis, experimental 4 hours. Offered 2001-02. Compara-tive in Business and Economics design, laboratory maintenance and safety, phylogeny, morphology, ecology and life 3 hours. Statistical procedures with applica- supply purchasing, chemical storage, and histories of several invertebrate groups and tions in management and economics. res e a r ch ethics. Same as CHE 384. protozoa. Three lectures and one three-hour Emphasis on the development of a basic Substitutes for one hour of Senior Sem i n a r . laboratory per week. Some weekend field knowledge of the statistical tools available One lecture per wee k . trips required. Fee required. Prerequisites: for analysis of problems and decision mak - BIO 101, 102 General Biology. ing. Prerequisite: High school algebra BIO 390 Systematic Botany or equivalent. 4 hours. Offered 2000-01. Collection, BIO 485 Selected Topics identification, classification and morpholo- BUS 250 Computer Applications 1-4 hours. Offered when special needs arise gy of vascular plants, with emphasis on the 3 hours. This course is designed to give stu- or when sufficient enrollment permits. Angiosperms. Three lectures and one three- dents “hands-on” experience in business deci- Course content includes specific interests of hour laboratory per week, and a required sion making. Students will have the opportu - faculty or visiting professors, or special field trip. Fee required. Prerequisites: BIO nity to work with computer simulations of training required by graduate or profession- 101, 102 General Biology. company start up and operation. Spe c i a l al schools. Prerequisites: BIO 101, 102 emphasis is given to software application and General Biology and permission of instruc- the processes of decision making, teamwork, tor. goal setting and strategies. Prer equisite: BUS 110 Int r oduction to Bus i n e s s .

66 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES BUSINESS

BUS 275 Field Experience BUS 360 Business Law BUS 475 Field Experience 1-3 hours. An on-the-job experience or 3 hours. Covers the legal aspects of com - 3-6 hours. Supervised experiences in busi- observation designed to acquaint the stu - mon business transactions. Includes the law nesses, nonprofit organizations and public dent with the business world. of contracts, agency, negotiable instruments agencies. and other phases of private law. BUS 300 Management Prerequisite: BUS 110 Introduction to BUS 485 Selected Topics 3 hours. A study of the theory and practice Business. 1-3 hours. Occasional special courses cho- of management. The course invol v es discus- sen to fit the interests and needs of students sion and application of areas such as social BUS 370 Organizational Behavior and faculty. res p o n s i b i l i t y , strategy, problem solving, com- 3 hours. Consideration of how and why muni-cation, change, job performance and people behave the way they do in organiza- BUS 490 Business Policy financial/operational controls. Prere q u i s i t e : tions. Through the use of readings, cases and Strategy BUS 110 Int r oduction to Bus i n e s s . and exercises, the student is exposed to 3 hours. This senior seminar for business major components of organizational behav- and economics majors provides opportunity BUS 320 Human Resources ior theory. Areas such as perception/attribu- to synthesize class work and to consider Management tion, motivation, groups, dynamics, power, some of the major issues and challenges 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. Examination of conflict, leadership, culture and organiza- that will be confronted in the work place. major personnel issues including the pro- tional development will be explored. Prerequisite: Senior standing and comple- curement, development, compensation and Prerequisite: BUS 110 Introduction to tion of all common core courses. maintenance of an effective work force. Business, or permission of instructor. Also covered will be topics related to labor BUS 495 Special Study legislation and labor-management relations. BUS 410 Financial Management 1-3 hours. Independent study of subjects Prerequisites: BUS 110 Introduction to 3 hours. An introduction to the finance outside regular offerings of particular inter - Business, and BUS 300 Management. function of a business entity. Specific topics est to business and economics majors. to be studied include capital budgeting, Regular reading reports and conferences are BUS 330 Small Business Management cost of capital determination, sources of scheduled. For upper-division business and and Entrepreneurship financing, leverage and its effect on the economics majors only, by permission. 3 hours. Off e r ed 2000-01. A study of the profits and risk of business, and managing pr ocess of establishing and managing a small the asset mix and capital structure business. The course invol v es field work, of a business. Prerequisite: ACC 272 original thinking and res e a r ch. Students will Principles of Accounting and BUS 240 design management information systems, Statistical Procedures. ma r keting strategies and other aspects of owning a small business. Prer equisites: ACC BUS 420 Adve r tising and Prom o t i o n 271 Principles of Accounting, and consent 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. Consider-ation of the departm e n t . of promotional strategies, with particular emphasis on evaluation and selection of BUS 340 Marketing advertising media, public relations, selling 3 hours. Study of the marketing concept, and management of the promotion mix. consumer demand and behavior, and mar- Prerequisite: BUS 340 Marketing. keting functions of the firm. The objective is to understand the development of mar - BUS 450 Marketing Research keting channels, products, prices and pro- 3 hours. Research methods for marketing motion strategies. Prerequisite: BUS 110 decisions. Topics include defining research Introduction to Business. needs, the formulation of research questions, consideration of alternative method- BUS 350 International Marketing ologies, sources of data and information, 3 hours. Off e r ed 2000-01. The conduct of sampling, and interpretation and reporting ma r keting functions in an international envi- of findings. Prerequisites: BUS 240 ronment. Consideration of importing and Statistical Procedures and BUS 340 ex p o r ting, product development for over s e a s Marketing. ma r kets, and the functioning of the multina- tional firm. Prer equisite: BUS 340 Mark e t i n g .

67 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES CHEMISTRY

CHE 310 Analytical Chemistry CHE 340 Biochemistry 3 hours. Off e r ed 2000-01. An introd u c t i o n 4 hours. An introduction to the chemistr y CHEMISTRY to the principles and techniques of quantita- of substances involved in life processes. The ti v e chemical analysis. Material includes structures, reactions and energy transforma- CHE 100 Chemistry of Life gravimetric, volumetric and complexom e t r i c tions of these compounds are considered. 3 hours. This course will cover concepts of analysis; neutralization, precipitation and Three lectures and one three-hour laborato- organic and biochemistry at an elementar y oxi d a t i o n - r eduction titrations; solubility; sta- ry per week. Prerequisite: CHE 325, 326 level. Emphasis will be placed on medical tistical methods of data analysis; and an Organic Chemistry. and biological applications of chemical in t r oduction to instrumental methods. Two principles. Topics will include acids and le c t u r es and one three-hour laboratory per bases, alcohols, carbohydrates, proteins, CHE 384 Research Methods week. Prer equisite: CHE 211, 212 Gen e r a l 1 hour. This course will introduce junior- lipids and metabolism. This course meets Ch e m i s t r y. general education requirements and is and senior-level students to fundamental designed for non-science majors. Two lec- biological and chemical research techniques tures and one laboratory period per week. CHE 320 Advanced Inorganic and will include topics of interest from Chemistry both disciplines. Topics include records 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. Atomic struc- management, basic data analysis, experi- CHE 110 Chemistry and ture, chemical bonding, periodic trends of mental design, laboratory maintenance and Our Environment structure, physical properties and reactivi- safety, supply purchasing, chemical storage, 3 hours. This course will cover introductory ties of the elements, group theory as and research ethics. Identical to BIO 384. concepts of chemistry. Special attention is applied to molecular structure and non - One lecture per week. given to topics of current interest, such as metal and transition-metal chemistry. Three environmental chemistry, polymer chem- lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHE 211, CHE 390 Organic Synthesis istry and household chemistr y. This course 212 General Chemistry. meets general education requirements and and Analysis is designed for non-science majors. It is rec- 3 hours. Off e r ed 2001-02. This course will ommended for students who need an intro- CHE 325, 326 Organic Chemistry em p h a s i z e advanced laboratory techniques duction to chemistry prior to taking CHE 4 hours each semester. A study of princi- for the synthesis, isolation and identification 211 General Chemistry. Two lectures and ples, structure, bonding, reactions and ener- of organic compounds. Spe c t r oscopy will be one laboratory per week. gy as related to carbon chemistr y. The labo- em p h a s i z ed for the analysis of compounds. ratory stresses materials, equipment and Adv anced separation techniques such as gas skills in synthesis, purification and identifi- ch r omatography and vacuum distillation will CHE 151, 152 General, Organic, and cation of representative groups of organic be studied. One lecture and two three - h o u r Biological Chemistry compounds. Three lectures and one three- la b o r a t o r y periods per week. Prere q u i s i t e : 4 hours each semester. This course cover s hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: CHE 325, 326 Organic Chemistry. in t ro d u c t o r y and intermediate principles of CHE 211, 212 General Chemistry. ch e m i s t r y. Special emphasis is placed on those aspects of general and organic chem- is t r y that are pertinent to biochemistry. Th i s course provides a background for students with interests in pre-nursing, nutrition, and related allied health areas. (This course does not meet the req u i r ements for science majors.) Th r ee lectures and one two-hour la b o r a t o r y per wee k .

CHE 211, 212 General Chemistry 4 hours each semester. This course covers fundamental chemical principles, reactions and modern theories. Special emphasis is given to the role of chemistry in everyday life. Three lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: High school chemistry, CHE 110 Chemistry and Our Environment, or math SAT score.

68 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES CHRISTIAN MINISTRIES

CHE 401, 402 Physical Chemistr y CHM 360 Perspectives in 4 hours each semester. An introduc-tion to Christian Education modern theoretical chemistry emphasizing CHRISTIAN 3 hours. A study of the historical back- classical and statistical thermodynamics, MINISTRIES ground and philosophical development in quantum mechanics, molecular struc t u re , Christian education, with an examination sp e c t r oscopy and kinetics. Th r ee lectures and CHM 130 Christian Discipling of the influence of these antecedents upon one three-hour laboratory per wee k . 4 hours. A study of biblical principles of theory and practice. Contemporary trends Prer equisites: CHE 111, 112 Gen e r a l evangelism, nurturing and teaching. This in current and emerging ministries will be Ch e m i s t r y, MTH 301 Calculus III, and study encompasses the Christian education- assessed against such perspectives. either PHY 202 General Physics or PHY al responsibilities of the local church and 212 General Physics with Calculus. parachurch agencies. CHM 370 Camp Programming and Counseling CHE 410 Advanced Chemical CHM 230 The Christian and 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. A camping Measurements the Outdoors overview: its historical development and 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. Principles and 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. An exploration philosophy.Types of camps, program activi- techniques of modern instrumental physic- of the biblical foundations for a variety of ties, teaching-learning models, leadership ochemical and analytical measurements. outdoor activities available to individuals, recruitment and training — with special Literature search methods, scientific writing families, church groups and Christian emphasis on methods of camp counseling techniques and seminar presentation tech- camps. Of significant importance is a con - — are covered. Overnight campout is niques are covered. Two lectures and one sideration of the potential that outdoor required. (Identical to HHP 370.) three-hour laboratory per week. experiences have for teaching and learning.

CHE 420 Advanced Organic Chemistry CHM 381 Counseling CHM 310 Theological Foundations of 2 hours. Offered 2001-02. A study of 3 hours. A study of theory and technique of Christian Ministry organic reactions not normally covered in person-centered counseling. The course is 3 hours. A study of the relationships of the- introductory courses. Synthesis and reaction designed to teach basic theoretical postu- ology to Christian ministry. This course mechanisms are emphasized. Prerequisite: lates and to focus on effective inter vention explores the ways in which particular the- CHE 325, 326 Organic Chemistry. skills for those anticipating future work in ologies affect the practice of ministry in the Christian ministries, teaching, or mental church. CHE 475 Field Experience health settings. Open to sophomores and 1-3 hours. Supervised experience with an above. (Identical to PSY 381.) Prerequisite: CHM 320 Relational Bible Tea c h i n g off-campus industry or agency using PSY 150 General Psychology. applied chemistry. Prerequisite: Consent of 2 hours. Offered 2000-01. An analysis of advisor. the concept of Bible teaching in a small group setting. Classroom practice in using CHM 391 Sha r ed Praxis I: Int ro d u c t i o n to Educational Min i s t r y CHE 485 Selected Topics the various methods as they relate to home 4 hours. An exploration of an indivi-dual’s 1-4 hours. Scheduled as a regular class with Bible studies, camp settings or the Sunday call to ministry and a study of present praxis topics chosen to meet the special needs and school. in Christian educational ministry, with interests of students, faculty or visiting pr o- emphasis on storytelling and community fessors. Prerequisite: Upper-division stand- CHM 330 Youth Leadership building. This is the first of four semesters. ing. 4 hours. A study of motivation, guidance Dep a r tment intervi e w req u i r ed. Prer equisite: and method in reference to youth and Sop h o m o r e or junior standing and approval CHE 495 Chemical Research youth ministries, aimed at developing lead- by departm e n t . 1-3 hours per semester (not to exceed ership skills. a total of 6 hours). Experimental and/ or theoretical res e a r ch in a topic of the stu- CHM 392 Shared Praxis II: de n t ’s choosing, supervised by the chemistry The Christian Story and Vision fa c u l t y . For upper-division chemistry majors 4 hours. A study of the faith life of the on l y . By permission of individual faculty Christian community, expressed through me m b e r . Prer equi-site: CHE 384 Res e a rc h Scripture, traditions, liturgies, theology and Met h o d s . church history, as it relates to Christian educational ministry. This is the second of four semesters. Prerequisite: CHM 391 Shared Praxis I: Introduction to Educational Ministry.

69 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES COMPUTER AND INFORMATION SCIENCE

CHM 420 Christian Preaching CIS 321 Sof t w a r e Eng i n e e r i n g 2 hours. Building an understanding of the 3 hours. Off e r ed 2001-02. An introd u c t i o n purposes, content and structures of COMPUTER AND to the strategies used in producing quality Christian preaching. To increase awareness INFORMATION so f t w a r e. The life cycle of software devel o p - and appreciation of this form of communi - SCIENCE ment is presented and utilized. Larger pro- cation, the course includes the writing and jects are undertaken by teams of students in delivery of an original sermon by each stu- the initial phases. Prer equisite: CIS 202 CIS 130 Web-Based Programming dent. Int r oduction to Computer Science. 3 hours. An introduction to Internet ser - vices including e-mail, FTP, telnet, list- CHM 440 Camp Administration serves, newsgroups, world wide web, and CIS 322 Systems Development Seminar 2 hours. Offered 2000-01. Designed HTML and Javascript programming. The 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. Projects to develop a basic understanding of pro- emphasis of the course is placed on using initiated in CIS 321 Software Engineer-ing gramming, business and leadership at an all aspects of the Internet for productive are completed. Students will work in teams administrative level. A weekend camping means. The course is designed for students in these large-systems development projects. trip is required. (Identical to HHP 440.) who want to prepare themselves for an Prerequisite: CIS 321 Software Prerequisite: CHM 370 Camp informational-age workplace. Engineering. Programming and Counseling, or permission of the instructor. CIS 201, 202 Introduction to Computer CIS 330 Computer Graphics Science 3 hours. Off e r ed 2000-01. An introd u c t i o n CHM 475 Field Experience 3 hours each semester. A foundational to the concepts of computer graphics, parti c - 1-5 hours. Supervised internship in areas of course for the study of computer and infor- ularly those used with microcomputers. Bas i c Christian ministry, with emphasis on appli- mation science. The course covers an pr ogramming and mathematical tools used in cation of methods learned. Open to upper- overview of programming methodology and pr oducing graphics are explored and applied division students only, by application. gives the student an ability to write com- in several projects. Prer equisites: CIS 310 puter programs using good and current Data Stru c t u r es and File Processing, and style and structure. C++ is the program- CHM 485 Selected Topics MTH 190 Pre-Calculus Mat h e m a t i c s . ming language used. Prerequisite: High 2 hours. A seminar on a topic chosen by school algebra or equivalent. the professor. Open to upper-division CIS 331 Digital Logic Design majors and others by permission. 4 hours. Offered 2000-01. Introduc- CIS 300 Numerical Methods tion to digital systems and binary codes, 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. A study of Boolean algebra and digital logic devices, CHM 491 Shared Praxis III: Methods numerical solutions of mathematical prob- combinational logic circuits and design and Skills in Ministry lems, including nonlinear equations, sys- methods, ROM and RAM memory ele- 4 hours. A study of ministry methods and tems of linear equations, polynomial ments, and sequential logic circuits and skills that will enable students to appropri- approximations, root finding, integration design methods. Laboratory experience ate the Christian story and vision to their and differential equations. Computer pro- includes TTL own ministry contexts. This is the third of grams are written to solve these problems. four semesters. Prerequisite: CHM 392 Prerequisites: MTH 202 Calculus II, and Shared Praxis II: The Christian Story and either CIS 201 Introduction to Computer Vision. Science or EGR 200 Introduction to Computer Programming for Engineers. CHM 492 Shared Praxis IV: Supervised (Identical to MTH 300.) Field Experience 4 hours. Active involvement in an area of CIS 310 Data Structures and File Christian ministry through supervised expe- Processing rience, and reflection on ministry experi - 3 hours. An introduction to the concepts of ences through class support and discussion. information organization, methods of rep- This is the fourth of four semesters. resenting information both internally and Prerequisite: CHM 491 Shared Praxis III: externally. The course begins with basic Methods and Skills in Ministry. structures (stacks, queues, linked lists and trees) and moves through more complex data structures into the processing of files CHM 495 Special Study (sequential, relative, indexed sequential and 1-3 hours. Individual research. Open to others). Programming projects are complet- qualified students upon application. ed in one or more high-level languages. Prerequisites: CIS 201, 202 Introduction to Computer Science.

70 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES COMPUTER AND INFORMATION SCIENCE

logic circuits and CAD tools. Three lectures CIS 420 Structures of CIS 475 Field Experience and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Programming Languages 1-3 hours. Supervised experience with an MTH 190 Pre-Calculus Mathematics, or 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. A study of the off-campus industry, business or institution, equivalent. basic design of computer programming lan- using computer science or data processing. guages, with the greater emphasis placed on For upper-division computer information CIS 340 Database Systems semantics (over syntax). A comparative science majors only. 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. A study of the analysis is made among several of the com- organization of database systems for infor- mon languages. Prerequisites: CIS 310 Data CIS 480 Principles of mation storage, retrieval and security. Structures and File Processing. Compiler Design Examples of hierarchic, network and rela- 3 hours. Off e r ed 2001-02. This course intro- tional-based systems are presented. CIS 430 Analysis of Algorithms duces the student to the basics of building a Prerequisite: CIS 202 Introduction to 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. An introduction compiler using a multi-phase translation Computer Science. to the design and analysis of algorithms. pr ocess. It covers lexical analysis, parsing, The course covers the fundamentals of ana- and translation to abstract syntax using mod- CIS 350 Data Communications lyzing algorithms for correctness and time ern parser generator technology. It discusses and Networks and space bounds. Topics include advanced binding of identifiers and symbol table orga- 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. An introduction sorting and searching methods, graph algo- nization, and a variety of intermediate rep r e- to the field of communications among rithms, geometric algorithms, matrix sentations that are suitable for backend computers and computer systems, with an manipulations, string and pattern match- analysis. Other topics include type checking, emphasis placed on LANS (Local Area ing, set algorithms and polynomial compu - attribute grammar rep r esentations, and Network Systems). Students will experi- tations. Pre-requisite: CIS 310 Data printing from abstract syntax. Prere q u i s i t e : ence the installation of one or more net- Structures and File Processing. CIS 310 Data Stru c t u r es and File Proc e s s i n g . work systems. Prerequisite: CIS 202 (CIS 420 Stru c t u r es of Prog r a m m i n g Introduction to Computer Science. CIS 440 Artificial Intelligence Languages pref e r re d . ) 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. This course CIS 360 Computer Architecture and introduces the student to the basic concepts CIS 485 Selected Topics Assembly Language and techniques of artificial intelligence, 1-10 hours. A scheduled class with topics 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. An intro-duc- knowledge representation, problem solving, chosen to meet the special needs and inter- tion to digital computer hardware architec- and AI search techniques. AI solutions will ests of students, faculty or visiting profes - ture and organization. Topics include digi- be developed in an appropriate AI lan - sors. For upper-division computer informa- tal logic, processor design, instruction sets, guage. Prerequisite: CIS 310 Data tion science majors only. and system architecture. Programs written Structures and File Processing. in assembly language will be used to gain CIS 490 Applied Software Development hands-on experience with the underlying CIS 450 Network Administration 1-3 hours. Special software development system architecture. Prerequisite: CIS 310 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. This course projects designed and completed by the stu - Data Structures and File Processing. introduces the student to system adminis - dent in an area that applies computers. This tration of a LAN. Topics covered include is an independent study course and is CIS 370 Object-Oriented Programming adding and removing users, monitor and supervised by staff in both the computer 3 hours. Off e r ed 2000-01. This course cov- controlling processes, add remove and man- area as well as in the selected area of study. ers the fundamental concepts of object-ori- age groups, mount and unmount filesys- For upper-division computer information ented programming languages, including tems, monitor and troubleshoot a TCP/IP science majors only, by permission. data abstraction and typing, class inheritance network, manage and con-trol network and and generic types, prototypes and delegation, system security and administration of net- CIS 495 Special Study co n c u r r ency control and distribution, object- work file-systems. Prerequisite: CIS 350 1-3 hours. Individual study in areas of spe- oriented databases, and implementation. Data Communications and Networks. cial interest. For upper-division computer Object-oriented solutions will be devel o p e d information science majors only, by permis- in one or more high-level languages. CIS 460 Operating Systems sion. Prer equisite: CIS 310 Data Stru c t u r es and 3 hours. A study of the organization and File Proc e s s i n g . architecture of computer systems. The major principles of operating systems ar e presented, along with case studies involving actual operat-ing systems. Prerequisite: CIS 310 Data Structures and File Processing.

71 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES COMMUNICATION MEDIA AND BROADCAST

CMB 295 Broadcast News CMB 350 Editing Video 3 hours. Striking a balance between analysis 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. Theory and COM M U N I C AT I O N and production, Broadcast News looks at practice in editing the moving image. MEDIA AND the historical roots and current trends of Analysis of Hollywood and avant-garde BR OAD C A S T television news. Students put this analytical styles of editing is followed by practice exer- knowledge to the test in producing their cises illustrat-ing each concept. own news stories to air on cable TV. CMB 230 Introduction to Television Production CMB 355 Event Video Production 3 hours. An introduction to the language CMB 320 Dramatic Scriptwriting 3 hours. This course concentrates on live and the technical, creative and aesthetic ele- 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. An intro-duc- multicamera production of sporting, theatri- ments of the television production process. tion to the art of dramatic writing for tele- cal, and entertainment events. The course Course includes basic lighting, sound, cam - vision and film. Dramatic structure, plot concentrates on producing and direc t i n g era operation, composition and design of scenarios, dialogue, characterization and components, but also features setting up visual elements, producing, and directing moralization are among several topics multicamera remote systems for video broa d - through both classroom and supervised lab - examined and exercised. The writing expe- ca s t . oratory experiences. rience is complemented through an examination of the business aspects of writing, CMB 430 Producing and including spec-scripts, agents and the CMB 250 Digital Multimedia Directing Television Hollywood system. Production 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. An advanced 3 hours. The focus of the course is on effec- course in television directing and tive communication strategies of interactive CMB 340 Audio Production producing, from program conceptualization media as traditional media converges on the and Broadcasting to evaluation of the finished program. digital platform. Special attention will focus 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. Concentrat-ing Concentration on the principles and apti- on designing non-linear programs that on recording, editing, and mixing multi- tudes of planning and picturization of allow flexible paths accessing information. track audio on a digital platform. The script material, culminating in the produc- Students will have the opportunity to course will look at special recording tech- tion and editing of television programs. experiment with creating media elements niques used for (a) human voices in speak- Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. (audio, video, graphics, photography, and ing, singing, and dramatic performance, (b) text) and organizing them into interactiv e musical instruments, and (c) dramatic CMB 475 Field Exp e r i e n c e CDs and Internet Web pages. sound effects. Students will complete pro- 3-10 hours. An internship experience jects in editing and mixing of multi-track designed to give students an opportunity to sound programs. CMB 260 Scriptwriting for Media practice television techniques and principles 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. An intro-duc- in an off-campus, profes-sional setting. tion to the styles, techniques, content and Students choose from a variety of options — forms of media writing. Nondramatic cable, broadcast, corporate, medical, or com- forms of writing — including broadcast me r cial production facilities — based on the news, commercial, television feature and st u d e n t ’s goals and interests. Up to three informational — are covered. The writing hours may apply to the communication of several short scripts is required in the media and broadcast major. Prere q u i - s i t e : course. Prerequisite: WRI 110 Freshman Permission of the instruc t o r . Composition.

CMB 485 Selected Topics 3 hours. A variety of topics that reflect the interests of faculty, students and area professionals. May include broadcast news.

CMB 495 Independent Study 1-3 hours. Individual study in an area of special interest to the student. Offered to exceptional students at the dis - cretion of a faculty member.

72 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES COMMUNICATION ARTS

COM 285/485 Selected Topics but attention also given to conflict 3 hours. A variety of topics may be offered in interpersonal, national and international COM M U N I C AT I O N that reflect the interests of faculty, visiting settings. (Identical to PSC 310.) AR TS professors and students. COM 320 Introduction to COM 100 Introduction to COM 300 Theoretical Approaches Public Relations Communication to Communication 3 hours. A course designed to introduce and 3 hours. An introduction to the study of 3 hours. A study of the major sources of de v elop a clear concept of public relations as human communication. Application of communication theory (e.g., meaning theo- a communication profession. Topics to be communication principles to interpersonal, ry, humanistic psych o l o g y , symbolic interac- co ver ed include the function of public rel a - group and public contexts. Particular tionism, relational theory, information pro- tions in both public and private enterprises; emphasis on the practice of public speak- cessing) together with specific, contemporary the process of planning and implementing a ing. Students will prepare and deliver sever- ex emplifications of each approach. Spe c i a l public relations communi-cation campaign; al oral presentations. focus on the nature and prog r ess of scientific techniques for communicating with var i o u s in q u i r y in communication theory. publics; and the laws and ethics gover n i n g COM 200 Persuasive Communication Prer equisite: Six hours of communication the practice of public relations. Prere q u i - s i t e : 3 hours. A presentation of key principles of ar ts or communication/video prod u c t i o n One course in business or communication persuasion as they are reflected in typical courses, including COM 100 Int ro d u c t i o n art s . organizational communication contexts. to Communication. Focus on developing a planning sequence COM 324 Argumentation and Critical that will function as a practical guide for COM 305 Professional Communication Thinking designing, executing and evaluating com- Activities 3 hours. A course in practical reason. munication events. Students will be expect- 1-3 hours. Offered each term. Struc-tured Includes a survey of theories of argumenta- ed to develop a “real world” communica- to give students experience in “real world” tion, analysis of public arguments, and sev- tion event, e.g., publicity campaign, speech, communication events, generally on cam- eral speeches, including a debate. newsletter, etc. Prerequisite: COM 100 pus. May be repeated for a maximum of six Prerequisite: COM 100 Introduction to Introduction to Communication, or equiv- hours total. Prerequisite: Permission of the Communication, or permission of the alent. instructor. (Pass/no pass only.) instructor.

COM 210 Interpersonal COM 310 Conflict Resolution COM 330 Reviewing Film Communication 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. A study of com- and Television 3 hours. Theoretical and reflective study munication principles found useful in man- 3 hours. The critical analysis of the moving and guided experience in dyadic and small aging conflict productively. Focus given to image, including television programming group communication, with attention given conflict occurring in institutional and orga- and film. Employs textual, contextual and to interpersonal communication, listening nizational settings between individuals and ethical methods for illuminating the rela- behavior, nonverbal communication and groups, tionship of these media artifacts to modern conflict resolution. Prerequisite: COM 100 culture, both secular and religious. Introduction to Communication, or equiv- Prerequisite: One communication arts or alent. communication/video production course.

COM 230 Mass Media and COM 340 General and Popular Culture Cultural Linguistics 3 hours. Survey of the historical develop - 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. A study of the ment of newspapers, magazines, broadcast nature of verbal symbols as they function in media and cinema. Analysis of the role(s) of communication. The course will include mass media in shaping and altering opinion phonetic transcription, semantics, modern and values in contemporary culture. grammatical theories, history of the English language and modern English dialects. COM 275/475 Field Experience 1-10 hours. Experience in supervised field situations, generally off campus, involving extensive communication activity. Admission to course and amount of credit determined by the faculty supervisor. (Pass/no pass only.)

73 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES ECONOMICS

COM 350 Introduction to TESOL COM 400 Critical Approaches ECO 330 Managerial Economics (Teaching English to Speakers to Communication 3 hours. The application of economic theory of Other Languages) 3 hours. Methods of rhetorical criticism as and quantitative methods to business and 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. An intro-duc- applied to public communication of the past ad m i n i s t r a t i v e decision making. Top i c s tion to the theory and practice of teaching and present, including — but not limited to include the analysis of consumer demand English (or any language) to non-native — speeches, broadcasts, films and cam- and market struc t u r e, forecasting, prod u c - speakers. Topics include principles of lan- paigns. Analysis of current trends in rhetori- tion and cost analysis, pricing practices, and guage teaching, communicative and interac- cal criticism. Prer equisite: COM 300 decision making under uncerta i n t y . Prere q u i - tive approaches, teaching methods and Th e o r etical App r oaches to Communication, sites: BUS 240 Statistical Proc e d u r es techniques for improving different language or permission of the instruc t o r . in Business and Economics, ECO 201 skills, lesson planning, materials selection Principles of Mic r oeconomics, and ECO and adaptation, testing, cultural issues, COM 495 Individual Research 202 Principles of Mac ro e c o n o m i c s . teaching English as Christian witness, and 1-3 hours. Individualized study related to working with English as a Second Language the student’s needs and interests. Open to ECO 340 Public Economics students in a mainstream class. Students exceptional students at the discretion of a 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. An overview of relate theory to practice in a school- or faculty member. the economic role and impact of govern- community-based practicum. ment, including topics in public finance, fiscal policy, monetary policy and the bank- COM 360 Non v erbal Communication ing system, and the economics of regula - 3 hours. Off e r ed 2000-01. A study of the tion. Prerequisites: ECO 201 Principles of no n v erbal dimensions of interpersonal com- Microeconomics and ECO 202 Principles munication. Includes a consideration of ECONOMICS of Macroeconomics. physical behavior, facial expression, eye Additional courses are listed under be h a v i o r , personal appearance, personal Accounting and Business. ECO 350 International Trade space, clothing, touch, voice, and use of and Finance objects as means of communication and in ECO 201 Principles of Microeconomics 3 hours. The theory and practice of interna- relation to verbal communication. Invo l ve s 3 hours. An introduction to the micro tional trade, economic cooperation, forei g n pa r ticipation in nonverbal simulations and aspects of the social science concerned with ex change, and international finance and exe r cises. Prer equisite: One communication the allocation of res o u r ces. Consideration is financial institutions. (Identical to INS 350.) ar ts course. gi v en to the fundamental principles gover n - Prer equisites: ECO 201 Principles of ing production, distribution, consumption, Mic r oeconomics and ECO 202 Principles of COM 370 Organizational and exchange of wealth. The course studies Mac ro e c o n o m i c s . Communication the behavior of microeconomic units 3 hours. An examination of organizations such as individuals, households, firms ECO 360 Global Political Economy fr om a communication vantage point. and industries. ECO 201 and ECO 202 are 3 hours. An integrated view of the world Combines study of theoretical perspectives co m p l e m e n t a r y courses; howeve r , either economy, with particular attention to such with skill development. Students will build course may be taken first. topics as economic growth, debt crises, the organizational communication competencies distribution of wealth and income, the rela - th r ough understanding the nature of com- tionships between economic and political munication in the organizational context and ECO 202 Principles of Macroeconomics systems, the economics of peace and war, by practicing effective communication skills. 3 hours. An introduction to the macro and environmental issues. Prerequisite: Possible topics include communication net- aspects of the social science concerned with ECO 201 Principles of Microeconomics or wo r ks and climates, superior-subordi n a t e the allocation of resources. Consideration is ECO 202 Principles of Macroeconomics. relationships, computer-mediated communi- given to the fundamental principles of the cation, organizational identification, commu- economy as a whole, dealing with economic nication audits, group and team communica- data, behavior, and theory at the aggregate tion, intervi e wing, meetings, and pres e n t a - level of the economy. The course studies ti o n s . topics such as government spending, taxation and monetary policies, as well as events COM 380 Leadership Communication and issues in the global economy. ECO 202 3 hours. An introduction to the study and and ECO 201 are complementary courses; practice of leadership from a communica- however, either course may be taken first. tion perspective. Particular focus on the relationship between communicating and leading. Examination of leadership concepts and theories in organizational, group and public contexts. Students will analyze their personal leadership styles and develop lead - ership communication skills through team projects and classroom exercises. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing or above. 74 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES EDUCATION

ECO 475 Field Experience EDU 321 Early Childhood Edu c a t i o n EDU 340 Integrated Methods: Reading 3-6 hours. Supervised experiences in busi- 3 hours. Early childhood distinctives and Writing Across ness, financial and research firms, and gov- regarding growth, development and learn- the Curriculum ernment agencies. For upper-division stu- ing, with attention to implications for class- 2 hours. A study of the nature and process- dents only, by permission. room management and organization, parent es of reading and writing, and of how skills involvement and program operation. developed in the elementary grades are pro- ECO 485 Selected Topics moted in middle, junior high and senior 2-3 hours. Occasional special courses cho - EDU 322 Early Childhood Methods high schools. Course deals with readiness sen to fit the interests and needs of students 4 hours. Developmentally appropriate assessment, diagnosis and prescription, and faculty. methods and materials for facilitating litera- study skills, writing skills, reading rate and cy, language, math and science learning for comprehension. Required for secondary education; does not apply toward the ele- ECO 495 Special Study young children. mentary education major. 2-3 hours. Subject matter and credit arranged for the needs of the individual stu- EDU 331 Psy chological Fou n d a t i o n s : dent. For upper-division students only, by Inclusion and Ass e s s m e n t EDU 351 Middle Level Education permission. 2 hours. A survey of current knowledge 3 credit hours. Middle level distinctives about the diverse abilities of learners in the regarding growth, development, and learn- regular classroom, with an emphasis on ing, with attention to implications for class- methods for including students and assist - room management and organization. ing their learning processes. Survey of cur- EDUCATION rent assessment procedures. EDU 352 Middle Level Methods 3 credit hours. Developmentally appropri- EDU 240 Perspectives in Education EDU 332 Psy chological Fou n d a t i o n s : ate methods and materials for facilitating 2 hours. An overview of history and social Le a r ning Th e o r y and Classroo m instruction and integration of subject mat- issues in education and an exploration of Man a g e m e n t ter fields for middle level students in both teaching as a career. Introduction to the 3 hours. Learning theories and the patterns departmentalized and self-contained class- teacher education program at George Fox of classroom application. Patterns of classroom organizational patterns. Issues of University. Includes 30 clock hours of field room management and organization. parent involvement and teacher collabora- experience. Sophomore or junior standing tion. required. Required for elementary and sec- EDU 333 Dev elopmental Health ondary teaching majors. and Physical Edu c a t i o n EDU 370 Integrated Methods: 2 hours. Emphasis on teaching health con- Music and Art EDU 275 Field Experience cepts and development of movem e n t 3 hours. Generic methods of teaching, 1-2 hours. An elective field placement mechanics, games of low organization, fun- including objectives, lesson plans, units of individually designed with approval of the damental sport skills, stunts, tumbling, and instruction, assessment of pupil learning as instructor. Does not substitute for required self-testing activities at the preschool and ele- used in teaching. field assignments; 40 hours field work per me n t a r y level. Includes lab. (Identical to credit is required. HHP 333).

EDU 311, 312 Mathematics for Elementary Teachers 4 hours each. These courses include a study of the arithmetic structures of mathematics, informal geometry, and applications of elementary mathematics. The development and use of materials for the classroom, alternative teaching strategies for working with diversified students, and a study of mathematics curricula found in preschool grades also are explained. Field work may be required in both courses.

75 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES EDUCATION

Specific applications in art and music for tion, and class proc e d u r es and control. Fie l d EDU 450 Diagnosis and Remediation of elementary teachers. Students write and wo r k may be req u i r ed. Prer equisite: Jun i o r Reading Dif f i c u l t i e s assess a short work sample; 30 clock hours st a n d i n g . 3 hours. A study of methods and materials of field experience. used to assess and teach, in developmentally appropriate ways, reluctant readers and EDU 421 Elementary and Preschool readers with reading difficulties including EDU 375 Student Teaching I Music Methods dyslexia. A 40-hour field placement in a 1 hour. A laboratory experience consisting 2 hours. The introduction of musical com- remedial reading situation. Elective. of general and specific assigned tasks man- prehension for young children begins with aging and instructing pupils and assisting the use of traditional folk songs from chil- teachers in classroom. dren’s music literature common to the EDU 460 Organization, Management, American home. Investigation of children’s and Curriculum EDU 380 Integrated Methods: Science songs of other countries supplies the of the Reading Program and Social Studies teacher with world cultures commonly seen 2 hours. A variety of organizational pat- 4 hours. Advanced methods including on television, specifically Asia, Africa, and terns, media resources and techniques for development and teaching of a work sam- Europe. The emphasis of this module of the managing materials, human resources and ple, with additional attention to the special- class is on precognitive learning through record keeping. Discussion of innovative ized methods for science and social studies. music. Instrumental music participation reading programs, such as Reading Measurement, use of media and curriculum will consist of teaching basic rhythms and Recovery and Project Read. Students development. EDU 375 Student Teaching simple melodies with percussion and mallet explore current technology available for I must be taken concurrently. instruments. In the upper elementar y reading programs. Elective. grades, instructional materials and techniques are demonstrated, practice lessons EDU 390 Integrated Methods EDU 470 Teaching of Family are taught, public school classroom obser va- for Secondary Teachers and Consumer Sciences tion trips are made, and an on-campus Orff 5 hours. (2 hours for family and consumer 3 hours. Taught as needed. Strategies for Schulwerk workshop is held. sciences, health, music and physical educa- teaching all areas of family and consumer tion teaching majors.) Methods Secondary sciences in grades 5-12. Emphasis on teach- is a course which acquaints the student EDU 422 Secondary School ing techniques, behavioral objectives, cur- with generic methods of teaching, includ - Music Methods: Vocal and Instrumental riculum development, scope and sequence, ing objectives, lesson plans, units of instruc- 2 hours. This course features a study of pr eparing teaching materials, res o u rc e s , tion and assessment of pupil learning as vocal and instrumental music from grades au d i o visual aids, textbooks, professional peri- applied in teaching; discipline-specific 9-12. Included are techniques for teaching odicals and evaluation proc e d u r es. Fie l d methods. Students will also be introduced general music as well as choral music. wo r k may be req u i r ed. Prer equisite: Jun i o r to the development and teaching of a Work Rehearsal techniques, classroom manage- st a n d i n g . Sample. Field experience will be a major ment, methods, texts, and music are con- component of this course. EDU 375 sidered. This course also deals with the EDU 475 Student Teaching II Student Teaching I must be taken concur- boy’s changing voice. Practice lessons are 12 hours, elementary. 10 hours, secondary. rently. taught, and public school classroom obser- A full-time laboratory experience in which vation trips are made. Field work may be principles and methods of teaching are EDU 401 Integrated Methods: required. applied under supervision of a classroom Literature and Language teacher and college supervisor. 4 hours. Survey of children’s literature genre EDU 424 Middle School Music Met h o d s : and uses. Methods and materials of lan - Vocal and Ins t ru m e n t a l EDU 285/485 Selected Topics guage arts teaching in the areas of listening 2 hours. This course features a study of 1-3 hours. A seminar dealing with various and speaking and of spelling and handwrit- vocal and instrumental music from grades 5 topics as announced that represent current ing instruction. through 10. Included are techniques for faculty interests and competencies. teaching general music as well as choral EDU 490 Senior Seminar EDU 402 Integrated Methods: music. Rehearsal techniques, classroom 3 hours. Seminar discussion of current Literature and Literacy control, methods, texts, and music are con- trends and issues in education, as well as 4 hours. Methods and materials for lan - sidered. Practice lessons are taught, and job transition and related issues. guage arts teaching in the areas of reading public school observation trips are made. and writing, with an emphasis on the use of Field work may be required. Prerequisite: EDU 493 Student Teaching Sem i n a r children’s literature. Junior standing. 2 hours. Issues in Secondary Education. Professional roles and job transitioning. EDU 410 Teaching Physical Education Secondary/Middle Level 3 hours. Competence development in teaching physical education for the physical education major. Emphasis is given to analysis of objectives, unit and lesson planning, instruction methods, means of eval u a - 76 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES ENGINEERING

EDU 495 Special Study EGR 211 Engineering Mechanics — EGR 322 Strength of Materials 1-3 hours. Directed independent study Statics 3 hours. Off e r ed 2000-01. Behavior of open to upper-division students only. May 3 hours. Off e r ed 2000-01. Qua n t i t a t i v e deformable body systems under var i o u s not be used to substitute for required cours- description of forces, moments and couples combinations of external loading is pres e n t - es. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. acting upon engineering struc t u r es. The free - ed. Analysis of stress, deformation, strain, body diagram is used to understand the fa i l u r e, fatigue, and creep are included. equilibrium of a whole physical system Mathematical, graphical and energy methods th r ough isolation of each component parti - ar e utilized. Prer equisite: EGR 211 cle, or body. Prer equisites: MTH 201 Engineering Mechanics – Sta t i c s . ENGINEERING Calculus I, and PHY 211 General Phy s i c s with Calculus. EGR 331 Digital Logic Design ♦ GENERAL ENGINEERING 4 hours. Offered 2000-01. Introduction to EGR 212 Engineering Mechanics — digital systems and binary codes. Boolean EGR 151, 152 Engineering Principles I Dynamics algebra and digital logic devices. & II 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. Dynamics math- Combinational logic circuits and design 2 hours each semester. Introduction to the ematically describes the motions of bodies methods. ROM and RAM memory ele- concepts and methods of engineering prob- under the action of forces. The first part ments. Sequential logic circuits and design lem solving and design. Topics include the introduces kinematics, which deals with the methods. Laboratory experience includes following: analysis and design methodolo- geometry of motion without considering TTL logic circuits and CAD tools. Three gies, structured computer programming, the applied forces. The second part, kinet- lectures and one laboratory per week. basic principles of engineering graphics, the ics, relates the forces on bodies to the Prerequisite: MTH 190 Pre-Calculus visualization and modeling of real-world resulting motions. Prerequisites: MTH 202 Mathematics, or equivalent. systems, and an introduction to the history Calculus II, and EGR 211 Engineering and ethics of the engineering profession. Mechanics – Statics. EGR 380 Robotics Control Systems Computer-aided design (CAD) tools, solid 3 hours. Offered 2002-03. Introduction to modeling and simulation software, and EGR 250 Principles of Materials Science automatic control systems in the context of mathematics software applications are pre- 3 hours. Off e r ed 2001-02. The science robotics. Basic concepts in the organization sented. Students work on numerous team underlying the behavior of engineering and operation of microcomputer-controlled design projects, communicating their materials, including the relation betwee n manipulators are covered. State variable and results through oral and written reports. atomic struc t u r e and mechanical, electrical, transfer function representations of feed- Meets twice weekly in a lecture/lab environ - and magnetic prop e r ties in metals, ceramics, back control systems; stability, sensitivity, ment. Prerequisite: MTH 190 Pre-Calculus polymers, composite materials, and semicon- and time response considerations; use of Mathematics, or equivalent. ductors. Phase diagrams, heat treatment, and root-locus, Bode, and Nyquist methods for co r r osion mechanisms are also pres e n t e d . analysis and synthesis. Experiments include La b o r a t o r y exer cises are included to enhance transducers, servomechanisms, kinematics, course theory and to provide hands-on expe- dynamics, trajectory planning, and the pr o- rience with materials measurement apparatus gramming language of robots. Two lectures and analysis techniques. Prer equisites: CHE and one three-hour laboratory per week. 211 General Chemistry, and PHY 212 Prerequisite: Junior standing in the engi- General Physics with Calculus. neering major.

EGR 275/475 Engineering Internship Experience 1-4 hours. Supervised experience with an off-campus industry, business or institution where the student is working in some engineering-related discipline. Admission and credit hours determined by instructor.

77 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES ENGINEERING

EGR 481 Senior Design I EGE 250 Electric Circuit Analysis EGE 330 Signals and Electrical Systems 1 hour. Off e r ed 2003-04. In the senior 4 hours. Offered 2001-02. Basic concepts 3 hours. Offered 2002-03. Fundamental design sequence, students apply their knowl - of DC and AC electrical circuits. Voltage- concepts of continuous-time and discrete- edge and design skills gained through course- current relationships for circuit elements; time signals and systems. Linear time- wo r k to an industry-based project. In the first Kirchhoff’s laws; Thevenin and Norton invariant systems, the convolution integral, se m e s t e r , interdi s c i p l i n a r y teams are formed theorems. Basic transient and sinusoidal and impulse response. Fourier series and to begin projects in conjunction with parti c i - steady-state analysis; phasor analysis; fre- frequency domain analysis. Fourier, pating industrial sponsors. Nec e s s a r y back- quency response, resonance, and measure- Laplace, and z-transform techniques. gr ound res e a r ch and feasibility studies are ment concepts. Applications of the transis- Principles of feedback, sampling, and mod - completed. Students must also consider the tor and operational amplifier. Analysis and ulation. Prerequisite: EGE 250 Electric ethical, moral, environmental, and social design aided by PSpice simulation software. Circuit Analysis. impact of their designs. Collaboration with Three lectures and one laboratory per week. other departments of the Uni v ersity is Prerequisite: PHY 212 General Physics with EGE 350 Electrical Network Analysis encouraged. Prer equisite: Senior standing in Calculus. Co-requisite: MTH 310 3 hours. Offered 2002-03. Theoretical and the engineering major. Differential Equations. practical aspects of electrical networks. Loop and nodal analysis of multi-port net- EGR 482 Senior Design II EGE 300 C Programming with works. Admittance, impedance, and trans- 3 hours. Offered 2003-04. The projects Applications mission parameters; matrix solutions. that were initiated in the first semester are 2 hours. Off e r ed 2002-03. Int r oduction to Butterworth, Chebyshev, and other useful further developed through simulation, pro- the C programming language as a means to network response functions; network theo- totyping, and testing. Use of analytic, com - pe r form low- l e v el access and control of hard- rems. Synthesis of passive and active net - puter, experimental, and design techniques wa r e with a high-level language. Rea l - t i m e works. Prerequisite: EGE 250 Electric are applied throughout the project. The computing, custom software applications, Circuit Analysis. design sequence culminates in the construc- po r tability issues, and introduction to point- tion of the projects, oral presentations, and ers. Applications to engineering prob l e m s , EGE 360 Electromagnetic Fields and formal written reports. Prerequisite: including data acquisition and control sys- Waves EGR 481 Senior Design I. tems. Prer equisites: EGE 220 Digital Logic 3 hours. Off e r ed 2002-03. Th e o r etical study Design, EGR 152 Engineering Principles II, of static and dynamic electric and magnetic EGR 485 Selected Topics and MTH 202 Calculus II. fields. Gau s s ’ law and the static electric field; 2-4 hours. Occasional special courses cho - bo u n d a r y value problems in electros t a t i c s . sen to fit the interests and needs of engi- EGE 311 Electronic Devices Effects of dielectric and magnetic media neering students and faculty. and Circuits pro p e r ties. Magnetostatics; Far a d a y ’s law and 4 hours. Offered 2002-03. Introduction to applications. Max we l l ’s equations for time- EGR 490 Senior Seminar the terminal characteristics of active semi- var ying fields; wave propagation; Poyn t i n g ’s 1 hour. Offered 2003-04. A capstone conductor devices. Operation and small- th e o r em. Numerical methods and computer course for the engineering major. signal models of diodes, junction and field- simulation tools in electromagnetics are Discussion of current trends and issues in effect transistors, and operational ampli- in t r oduced. Prer equisites: MTH 310 the engineering profession. Features invited fiers. Basic single-stage and multi-stage Dif f e r ential Equations, and PHY 212 speakers from the industrial sector. amplifiers: gain, biasing, and frequency General Physics with Calculus. Prerequisite: Senior standing in the engi- response. Switching characteristics of tran- neering major, or by permission. sistors in saturation and cutoff. Three lec- EGE 410 Integrated Circuit Design tures and one laboratory per week. 3 hours. Offered 2003-04. Comprehen-sive ♦ ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Prerequisites: EGE 220 Digital Logic coverage of analog and digital integrated Design, EGE 250 Electric Circuit Analysis, circuit (IC) design utilizing current tech- EGE 220 Digital Logic Design and EGR 250 Principles of Materials nologies and methodologies. Fabrication, 4 hours. Offered 2001-02. Introduction to Science. packaging, and circuit techniques; design digital systems and binary codes; Boolean for testability.Very-large-scale integration algebra and digital logic devices; combina- EGE 312 Applications of (VLSI) and application-specific IC (ASIC) tional logic circuits and design methods; Electronic Devices system aspects. Mixed-mode ICs. Extensive ROM and RAM memory elements; 3 hours. Offered 2002-03. Analog and digi- use is made of computer-aided engineering sequential logic circuits and design meth - tal applications of electronic devices: ampli- (CAE) tools in the design projects. ods. Laboratory experience includes TTL fiers, oscillators, filters, modulators, logic Prerequisite: EGE 312 Applications of logic circuits and CAD tools. Three lectures circuits, and memory elements. Feedback, Electronic Devices. and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: stability, and noise considerations. MTH 190 Pre-Calculus Mathematics, or Emphasis on practical design problems and equivalent. the formulation of design objectives. Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: EGE 311 Electronic Devices and Circuits.

78 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES ENGINEERING

EGE 420 Microprocessors ♦ MECHANICAL EGM 312 Applications of Engineering 4 hours. Offered 2002-03. Principles of ENGINEERING Thermodynamics hardware and software microcomputer 3 hours. Offered 2002-03. Advanced topics interfacing. Microprocessor characteristics, EGM 210 Statics and Dynamics in the first and second laws of thermody- memory peripheral devices, microcomputer 4 hours. Offered 2001-02. A two-part namics, availability and irreversibility. structures, and I/O interface device control. course beginning with rigid bodies in equi- Vapor and gas power cycles, mixtures of Assembly language programming. Team librium. A quantitative description of gases and vapors, introduction to combus- design projects involve the construction and forces, moments and couples acting upon tion theory, non-reacting and chemically programming of a microprocessor-based engineering structures at rest is developed. reacting flows. Applications to spark and system. Three lectures and one laboratory The free-body diagram is used extensively compression ignition engines, gas and per week. Prerequisite: EGE 300 C to understand the equilibrium of a whole vapor turbines, refrigeration systems, heat Programming with Applications. physical system through isolation of each exchangers and psychrometrics. Laboratory component particle, or body. The second exercises are included to enhance course EGE 430 Communication Systems part of the course considers the mathemati- theory and to provide hands-on experience 3 hours. Offered 2003-04. Introduc-tion to cal description of rigid bodies in motion with thermodynamic measurement appara- analog and digital communications theory under the action of forces, moments and tus and analysis techniques. Prerequisite: and applications. Topics include encoding, couples. Students learn how to describe the EGM 311 Engineering Thermodynamics. modulation and multiplexing techniques, geometry of motion (kinematics) and then spectral analysis, transmission line effects, move into two- and three-dimensional EGM 320 Mechanics of Materials noise analysis and filtering, multiple-chan- kinetic analysis. Applications using 3 hours. Offered 2002-03. Behavior nel and fiber optic communications, ADAMS computer-aided dynamic analysis of deformable body systems under combi - telecommunication systems, and data com- software are included. Prerequisites: MTH nations of external loading is presented. munications applications. Prerequisite: 202 Calculus II, and PHY 211 General Analysis of stress, deformation, strain, fail- EGE 330 Signals and Electrical Systems. Physics with Calculus. ure fatigue and creep are included. Mathematical, graphical and energy meth- EGE 440 Electric Machines and Power EGM 300 Computational Methods ods are utilized. Prerequisites: EGM 210 Systems 2 hours. Off e r ed 2002-03. Solution Statics and Dynamics, and EGR 250 3 hours. Offered 2003-04. Introduc-tion to of problems in mechanical engineer- Principles of Material Science. electric machines and electric power utility ing using numerical techniques. systems. AC and DC rotating machines; Dev elopment of numerical models begin- EGM 330 Fluid Mechanics single- and three-phase motors and genera- ning with physical model analysis, descrip- 3 hours. Offered 2002-03. Presentation and tors; transformers and solid-state devices, tion of appropriate governing equations, development of fundamental concepts of power transmission lines, load flow analysis, selection of critical parameters, choice of fluids as continua, including velocity and system faults, and system modeling and solution methodology, and application of stress fields, and viscosity. Fluid statics, design. Includes laboratory assignments to numerical solution proc e d u r e. App l i c a t i o n s hydrostatic analysis of submerged bodies enhance course theory and to give hands-on selected from a wide variety of topics in and manometry methods. Development of experience. Prerequisites: EGE 350 mechanical engineering. Solution techniques the governing equations of mass, momen- Electrical Network Analysis, and EGE 360 to include finite difference and finite ele- tum, and energy conservation for fluid Electromagnetic Fields and Waves. ment methods. Prer equisites: EGR 152 motion using both integral and differential Engineering Principles I, and MTH 310 techniques. Incompressible inviscid flow, Dif f e r ential Equ a t i o n s . EGE 460 Microwave Engineering and dimensional analysis and similitude, and Applications flow in pipes and ducts. Boundary-layer 3 hours. Offered 2003-04. Study of EGM 311 Engineering Thermodynamics concepts. Flow in open channels. microwave circuits, devices, and techniques 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. Classical treat- Prerequisites: EGM 311 Engineering as applied to cellular communications and ment of thermodynamics emphasizing the Thermodynamics, and MTH 310 other modern systems. Propagation and first and second laws and their application Differential Equations. reflection on ideal and lossy transmission to closed and open (control volume) sys- media. Smith chart and s-parameter tools. tems undergoing steady, unsteady, and Strip lines, microstrip and coplanar lines, cyclic processes. Introduction to vapor and cross talk. Analysis and design of power systems. Tabular and graphical ther- microstrip circuits. Introduction to antenna modynamic property data are used in ana - fundamentals. Includes computer and labo- lytical work. Prerequisites: EGM 210 ratory exercises. Prerequisites: EGE 312 Statics and Dynamics, and PHY 212 Applications of Electronic Devices, EGE General Physics with Calculus. 330 Signals and Electrical Systems, and EGE 360 Electromagnetic Fields and Waves.

79 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE

EGM 350 Machine Dynamics and EGM 410 Materials and Processes in EGM 470 Combustion, Emissions and Vibrations Manufacturing Air Pollution 3 hours. Offered 2002-03. Kinematic and 3 hours. Offered 2003-04. Mechanical and 3 hours. Offered 2003-04. The fundamen- dynamic analysis of basic mechanisms with metallurgical fundamentals of cutting oper- tals of combustion science and engineering an introduction to kinematic synthesis. ations, metal forming by deformation, applications of combustion theory based on Fundamentals of vibration theory and their material fabrication, and nontraditional the background of chemistry, thermody- application to lumped parameter systems. processing. Manufacturing systems, con- namics, fluid mechanics and heat transfer. Both single- and multi-degree of freedom cepts in pro-duction, green design, and Stoichiometry, flame temperature, chemical systems having steady-state and transient design for manufacturability (DFM). kinetics, combustion of premixed gases, dif- responses are considered. Concepts of Special emphasis on silicon crystal growth fusion flames, single droplet combustion. machine dynamics and design are supple- methods and silicon wafer fabrication Combustion of two-phase flow systems and mented with mathematical, graphical, and processes. Prerequisites: EGM 380 Heat ignition. Introduction to the quantitative computer techniques and analysis. Transfer, and EGM 400 Mechanical analysis of products of combustion from Prerequisites: EGM 210 Statics and Engineering Design. the perspective of emissions and air Dynamics, and MTH 310 Differential pollution. Effects and sources of air pollu- Equations. EGM 430 Acoustics and Noise Control tion, models for predicting quantity and Co-requisite: EGM 300 Computa- 3 hours. Off e r ed 2003-04. Th e o r y and prac- dispersion of atmospheric pollutants. tional Methods. tice in the analysis and measurement of General control strategies for particulates, sound and vibration as applied to noise con- vapors, and product gases such as the oxides EGM 380 Heat Transfer tr ol. Basic concepts of vibration and acoustic of sulfur and nitrogen. Prerequisites: EGM 4 hours. Offered 2002-03. Fundamen-tal th e o r y are developed, and a variety of sound 312 Applications of Thermodynamics, aspects of steady-state and transient heat and vibration measuring equipment is used and EGM 380 Heat Transfer. transfer by conduction, convection, and in laboratory experiments. Practical aspects radiative transport modes. Analytical and of noise control as applied to prod u c t s , semi-empirical methods of forced and nat- ma c h i n e r y, buildings, vehicles, and other sys- ural convection systems. Conjugate analysis tems. Topics include sound prop a g a t i o n ; of multi-mode problems using numerical sound in small and large enclosures, and ENGLISH AS methods is presented. Heat exchanger design of enclosures, ducts and mufflers; iso- design, boiling and condensation are also lation and damping. Prer equisites: EGM A SECOND included. Three lectures and one laboratory 330 Fluid Mechanics, and EGM 350 LANGUAGE per week. Prerequisites: EGM 300 Machine Dynamics and Vib r a t i o n s . Computational Methods, and EGM 330 ESL 005 Conversation Tutorial Fluid Mechanics. EGM 450 Vehicle Systems Dynamics 1 hour. Each student is paired with 3 hours. Off e r ed 2003-04. Sev eral an American student for conversation, ori - EGM 400 Mechanical Engineering di f f e r ent vehicle systems (automotive, truc k , entation to life in a new culture, and Design railway freight vehicles and passenger trans- optional academic tutoring. 4 hours. Offered 2002-03. Fundamental po r t systems) are described analytically from principles for the synthesis, analysis, and road/track to passenger/load. Topics include design of mechanical elements and systems. ti r e/wheel construction and modeling, con- The use of statics, dynamics, mechanics of tact mechanics, suspension design, power materials, and failure theories to evaluate transmission, steering mechanisms, braking, mechanical systems under static and vi b r a t o r y causes/effects and safety req u i r e- dynamic loading. Application of design ments. Vehicle system modeling with techniques to specific mechanical compo- ADAMS (ADAMS/Car and ADAMS/Rail) nents such as gears, springs, shafts, bear- computational dynamic analysis software is ings, and fasteners, with an emphasis on in t r oduced. Prer equisite: EGM 400 design for manufacturability. Computer Mechanical Engineering Des i g n . modeling tools including finite element analysis are utilized. Laboratory exercises are included to enhance course theory and to provide hands-on experience with the mechanical design and testing process. Prerequisites: EGM 320 Mechanics of Materials, EGM 330 Fluid Mechanics, and EGM 350 Machine Dynamics and Vibrations.

80 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE

♦ LEVEL A (BEGINNING AND ESL 135 Speech, Listening ESL 235 Speech LOW INTERMEDIATE) and Notetaking 3 hours. A practical course to help students 4 hours. This course provides training and im p r ove their academic speaking skills, with ESL 055 Reading practice in academic speaking and listening. emphasis on formal speeches, group pres e n - 4 hours. A course designed to teach basic Students give various types of formal tations, small group interaction and pron u n - reading skills and vocabulary. speeches and learn strategies for taking ci a t i o n . accurate and comprehensive notes from academic lectures. ESL 245 Academic Writing ESL 060 Writing and Grammar 5 hours. This course provides instruc t i o n 4 hours. An introduction to the fundamen - ESL 145 Writing and Grammar and practice in the types of writing com- tal structure and vocabulary of the English 4 hours. In this course, students monly found in college courses, including language, focusing on the development of develop fluency and clarity in expressive the res e a r ch paper, essays and essay exams, writing skills. and narrative writing and in academic writ- and reaction papers. Process, organization ing assignments, including a research paper. and mechanics are emphasized. Principles of ESL 065 English by Video Students develop composing, revising, and ad v anced English grammar and usage are 2 hours. Offered spring semester. editing skills in a workshop atmosphere. applied in writing assignments. A practical course in which students devel - Grammar and usage, punctuation, spelling, op English skills through reading, writing, and format are addressed during the editing ESL 255 Adjunct Listening speaking and listening based on various process. Another goal is to improve key- 3 hours. This course cultivates skills of lis- types of videos. boarding and word processing skills. tening and notetaking in academic lectures, including identifying main ideas and distin- ESL 070 ESL Freshman Experience ESL 170 ESL Freshman Experience guishing supporting information, under- 2 hours. Offered fall semester. An introduc- 2 hours. Off e r ed fall semester. An introd u c - standing relationships among ideas, and tion to life at George Fox University. tion to life at George Fox Uni ve r s i t y . taking notes that reflect this understanding. Through various group activities, begin- Th r ough various group activities, intermedi- Assign-ments are based on lectures from the ning/low intermediate-level students learn at e - l e v el students learn about life on cam- general education course in which students about life on campus, Christianity and pus, Christianity and chapel, study skills, are concurrently enrolled. Video lab and chapel, study skills, and use of library and use of library res o u r ces. Stu d e n t s group tutorial are required. resources. Students explore aspects of ex p l o r e aspects of American culture and American culture and Oregon geography Oregon geography and history in food labs, ♦ TRANSITION and history in food labs, field trips, and field trips and group projects. This course group projects. This course provides pr ovides many opportunities for students to ESL 295 Writing Tutorial many opportunities for students to use English in communication and to prac- 1 hour. Students in their first semester after use English in communication and tice skills consistent with their level . completing the ELI and new students who to practice language skills consistent with sc o r e between 500 and 550 on the paper- their level. based TOEFL or between 173 and 213 on ESL 185 Int r oduction to Christianity the computer-based TOEFL meet individu- 2 hours. Off e r ed spring semester. Th ro u g h ally with a faculty member to improve their ESL 075 Speaking and Listening video, readings and class discussion, students ability to write in English and to devel o p 4 hours. A course designed to introduce ar e introduced to the life of Christ and the mo r e effective study strategies. and develop basic academic speaking and foundations of Christianity. This course also listening skills, with emphasis on conversa- pr ovides a context for practice of English lis- ♦ REGULAR COURSE tion, discussion and short speeches. tening, reading, speaking and writing skills. Vocabulary, pronunciation, grammar and COM 350 Introduction to TESOL cultural issues are addressed within the con- (Teaching English to Speakers text of a variety of discussion topics. ♦ LEVEL C (ADVANCED) of Other Languages) Listening laboratory is required. ESL 225 Adjunct Reading 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. An intro-duc- 3 hours. An intensive course to improve tion to the theory and practice of teaching ♦ LEVEL B (INTERMEDIATE) academic reading skills, including vocabu- English (or any language) to non-nativ e lary, reading speed, reading strategies and speakers. Topics include principles of lan- ESL 125 Academic Reading test taking. Assignments are based on class guage teaching, communicative and interac- 4 hours. This course concentrates texts from the general education course tive approaches, teaching methods and on improving students’ reading fluency in which students are concurrently enrolled. techniques for improving different language through extensive reading of fiction and Reading lab and vocabulary lab ar e skills, lesson planning, materials selection nonfiction books and systematic develop- required. and adaptation, testing, cultural issues, ment of vocabulary, reading speed, and teaching English as Christian witness, and study skills. Reading lab and vocabulary lab working with English as a Second Language are required. students in a mainstream class. Students relate theory to practice in a school- or community-based practicum.

81 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES FAMILY AND CONSUMER SCIENCES

ESL 285/485 Selected Topics FCS 250 Residential Technology FCS 311 Human Development: Infancy 3 hours. Occasional special courses chosen 2 hours. Offered 2000-01. Survey of tech- to Adolescence to fit the needs and interests of students nological systems and residential appliances 3 hours. A study of physical, intellectual, interested in teaching English as a Second within a home. Includes drafting proce- personality, social and moral development Language. dures for the planning of bathrooms and from the prenatal period to adolescence. kitchens with emphasis on space allocation. (Identical to PSY 311 and SWK 311.) Prerequisite: PSY 150 General Psychology. FCS 275 Field Experience 1-4 hours. Sup e r vised experience with an FCS 320 Fashion Merchandising FAMILY AND off-campus industry, business or institution 3 hours. Off e r ed 2001-02. An intro- CONSUMER wh e r e the student is observing and worki n g duction to the merchandising and ret a i l i n g SCIENCES with a professional. Permission of instruc t o r principles within the fashion industry. req u i re d . Managing merchandise inven t o r y throu g h FCS 120 Apparel Construction planning, proc u r ement and prom o t i o n . 3 hours. Applies basic construction and fit- FCS 280 Marriage and the Family Emphasis on buying, forecasting, inven t o r y ting techniques to produce high-quality 3 hours. A focus on relationships and issues co n t r ol and visual merchandising. The analy- garments, properly fitted and aesthetically in marriage and family development cover- sis of the marketing channel and the prod - pleasing. The principles of fabric selection, ing in Christian perspective such topics as uc t / s e r vice mix will also be covere d . the use and altering of commercial patterns, families in cultural context, American fami - and the use of the sewing machine, serger ly development, the married pair, parent- FCS 330 Residential Architecture and other sewing equipment are empha - ing, the empty nest, widowhood and single- 2 hours. Offered 2001-02. A study of hous- sized. Laboratory class. ness. (Identical to SOC 280 and HEA ing trends and the psychological, social and Open to all students. 280.) economic needs of various family types. Site selection, planning, and construction FCS 285/485 Special Topics of housing emphasized. Computer-assisted FCS 211, 212 Foods I, II design included. 3 hours each semester. This food 1-4 hours. Topics reflecting the special science course examines the physical prop- interest of students and faculty. erties of food. Fall semester emphasizes the FCS 344 Quantity Food Production and biological and chemical factors affecting FCS 290 Meal Management Management plant and protein foods, with spring semes- 2 hours. Offered 2000-01. The planning, 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. Quantity food ter focusing on the properties of grain purchase, preparation and service of foods. production principles for the successful (baked goods) and dairy products. Emphasis on time, energy and money man- organization and management of an effec- Laboratory experience encourages food agement, along with the nutritional needs tive, operative food service. Surveys admin- product experimentation and the develop- of individuals and families. Laboratory istrative responsibilities, menu planning, ment of culinary skills. included. Prerequisite: FCS 211, 212 Foods preparing food to specific standards, cost I, II, or instructor’s permission. controls, and nutritional value. Includes a laboratory experience focusing on quality FCS 220 Fashion and Society control, finances and computer assistance. 2 hours. A survey of the nature, symbolism FCS 300 Nutrition Prerequisite: FCS 211 Foods I. and process of fashion. Course will empha- 3 hours. A study of nutrients present in size the cultural, sociological, psychological, food and their relation to the nutritive economic and aesthetic influences of fash - needs of the human body. Emphasis on the ion. young adult, along with discussion of contemporary nutrition-related topics of national and global concern. Computer- FCS 230 Textiles Science assisted dietary analysis included. (Identical 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. Surveys the to HEA 300.) sources and properties of natural and man- made polymers; yarn and fabric construc - tion; colorations and finishes. Emphasis on FCS 310 Food, Culture and Society fabric selection, use and care; labeling legis- 3 hours. A study of the food habits charac- lation and economics; and the consumer’s teristic of our world’s great civilizations. role in influencing textile and clothing leg- Emphasis on the investigation of global islation. Laboratory experience included. foodways through historical, social and religious per-spectives. Weekly laboratory provides opportunity to prepare foods from cultures studied.

82 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES FAMILY AND CONSUMER SCIENCES – FRENCH

FCS 350 Resource Management FCS 370 Pattern Drafting and Apparel FCS 410 Leadership of Student 2 hours. Offered 2000-01. A study Design Organizations of resource allocation (time, money, energy) 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. Studies 1 hour. Practical experience in leading a and its relationship to attainment of desired flat-pattern variations as they relate Future Family and Community Leaders values, goals and standards. Emphasis is to garment design. Each student will pro- (formerly FHA/HERO) chapter within a placed on the application of management duce a sloper and an original pattern public school in the area will be the main principles individually and within the fami- through flat-pattern techniques, construct emphasis. Required for family and con- ly. an original design in half scale, and design sumer sciences teaching majors. and construct in full scale. Advanced fitting Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. FCS 351 Interior Design I principles will be covered. Prerequisite: FCS 3 hours. Application of the elements of art 120 Apparel Construction. FCS 430 Nutrition and the and principles of design in planning and Life Cycle selecting materials and furnishings for the FCS 378 Apparel CAD 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. Application of living environment. Emphasis on develop- 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. Students will be human nutrition to different stages of the ing plans using available resources to fulfill instructed in computer-aided design and life cycle, from conception to the senior the goals of the family while providing a draping techniques. Each student will years. Emphasis on dietary needs connected functional and aesthetically pleasing interior design a prototype and garment by using with contemporary health issues. Lecture design. Includes a section on historical fur - the techniques presented in this course. and individualized research. Prerequisite: niture. Research related to designers will be includ- FCS 300 Nutrition, or permission ed. Prerequisite: FCS 120 Apparel of the instructor. FCS 352 Interior Design II Construction. 2 hours. Offered 2000-01. Emphasis on the FCS 440 Early Childhood Education knowledge and skills needed for a career in Practicum FCS 380 Evolution of World Dress interior design merchandising, both private 2 hours. A study of principles and tech- 3 hours. Important events in histor y, com- and professional. Requirements will include niques applicable to planning curriculum bined with values, technology and conflict, developing a portfolio for a client and com- and teaching preschool children . have influenced dress from 3000 B.C. to puter-assisted design and drafting (CADD). Obs e r vation and participation in a pres c h o o l the early 1900s. The origins of dress are Prerequisites: FCS 351 Interior Design I, or center included. Prer eq-uisite: FCS 311 analyzed from the ancient world to the instructor’s permission. Human Dev elopment: Infancy to Middle Ages, to the periods identified as Adolescence, and permis-sion of the instruc - Renaissance, Baroque and Rococo and ter- FCS 353 Interior CAD to r . minating with clothing styles from the 19th 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. Computer appli- century. cations in interior design, with emphasis on FCS 460 Apparel Market Analysis computer-aided design and drafting. 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. Students will Emphasis placed on the application of the examine the role that the textile and apparel design principles. Prerequisites: FCS 351 industry plays within a global context. Interior Design I, or instructor’s permis- Exploring the influence of the interconnec- sion. tive global structures for facilitating and managing textile and apparel trade. FCS 360 Consumer Buying 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. Analysis FCS 475 Field Experience of the consumer in the marketplace. Course 1-4 hours. Sup e r vised experience with an defines contemporary consumption pat- off-campus industry, business or institution terns and uses the decision-making process wh e r e the student is observing and worki n g to familiarize the consumer with appropri- with a professional. Permission of instruc t o r ate resource allocation to attain desired req u i re d . goals. FCS 490 Senior Seminar 3 hours. A capstone course for those anticipating entrance into family and consumer sciences-related careers. The emphasis will be on careers in family and consumer sciences; planning and giving demonstrations and an audiovisual presentation; writing behavioral objectives that are measurable; and building resource files. Prerequisites: Junior or senior standing or permission of the instructor.

83 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES GENERAL EDUCATION

FRE 495 Individual Research GED 110 The World of Music or Field Work 2 hours. This course acquaints the liberal FRENCH 1-4 hours. Individual study under arts student with a broad range of musical the guidance of a faculty member, as deter- styles reflecting diverse cultures, including FRE 101, 102 First-Year French mined by student needs and faculty avail - classical, jazz and popular music. Various 3 hours each semester. An integrated intro- ability. Students must have permission of composers, performers, and their music are ductory study of the French language the faculty member to enroll. listened to and studied. designed to develop basic speaking, listening, reading and writing skills. Students will also be introduced to the cultures of the GED 130 Freshman Seminar francophone world. 1 hour. Members of the entire entering freshman class select a small seminar-style topical course for the first five weeks of fall FRE 201, 202 Second-Year French GENERAL semester, meeting weekly with a faculty 3 hours each semester. A systematic EDUCATION advisor and a returning student peer advi - approach to the study of French with exten- sor. Selected topics and issues introduce sive practice in speaking and writing. The following list includes both required gen- students comfortably to the academic and Prerequisite: FRE 102, First-Year French or eral education courses and cross-disciplinary social life of the University community. equivalent, or instructor’s consent. elective courses that serve particular purposes. Required of all first-time freshmen. FRE 275/475 Field Experience GED 100 Effective College Learner 1-10 hours. Supervised experience in a situ- GED 271, 272 Sophomore 1 hour. A course related to the Aca d e m i c ation demanding extensive use of French. Honors Colloquium Success Program through which personal Admission and credit hours determined by GED 371, 372 Junior Honors confidence is enhanced by instruction in instructor. Colloquium study skills, methods and tools used by suc- 1 hour each semester. This is one combined cessful college students. It may be taken dur- FRE 285/485 Selected Topics course, with students registering at their ing the spring semester by students not in 2-4 hours. Occasional special courses cho- current class level. Discussion of literary, the Academic Success Program. sen to fit the needs and interests of students philosophical, theological, and/or public and faculty. themes from selected books, together with GED 101, 102 Literature of the appropriate retreats, activities or excursions, Old and New Testaments occasionally enriched by visiting resource FRE 301, 302 Third-Year French 3 hours each semester. Using selected books people. Prerequisite: Consent of instructors 3 hours each semester. Offered and portions, the Old and New Testaments and the Intensified Studies Committee. 2001-02. A thorough review of French will be studied with attention given to his- to develop advanced proficiency in the lan- toric contexts and to the tools useful in bib- guage. Prerequisite: FRE 202 Second-Year lical study. The major religious themes of French or instructor’s consent, or by test- the Bible and their literary forms also will ing. constitute an important part of the year ’s work. Freshmen are required to take this FRE 310 Introduction to course, or a three-hour lower-division Bible French Literature elective given a superior placement exami- 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. A one-semester nation. introduction to French literature. This course will introduce students to selected masters and periods of French literature. Taught in French. Prerequisite: FRE 202 Second-Year French, or instructor’s consent.

FRE 350 French Culture and Civilization 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. An introduction to the culture and civilization of France. Areas of study may include histor y, art, music, intellectual schools, current events, etc. Taught in French. Prerequisite: FRE 202 Second-Year French, or instructor’s consent.

84 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES GEOGRAPHY – GENERAL SCIENCE

GED 214 Designing Your Career Plan; GED 220 Survey of Art Discovering Your Career Self 2 hours. A survey of the elements and con- 1 hour. This course, for freshmen and cepts of art theory and practice as ref l e c t e d GREEK sophomores, will cover learning about one’s in culturally and historically significant self, life mission, work skills, values, inter - painting, sculpture, arch i t e c t u r e, and other GRE 201, 202 Hellenistic Greek I ests and personality. Educational and occu- ar t forms. Recommend-ed for the sopho- 4 hours each semester. Offered pational opportunities will be examined in mo r e year or above. 2001-02. A beginning course in the Greek light of this self assessment, which will lead of the New Testament, including vocabulary, grammar, declensions, conjugations to selecting a major. Use of career assess- GED 375 Cultural Experience and special constructions. The First Epistle ment tools, career computer system, stan - Maximum 12 hours. Supervised experience of John and various other selections from dard career references, major research, and in a cultural setting that contributes to the the New Testament are read. The second introduction to work-related experiences educational goals of the student. This may semester may be applied as biblical studies will be the sources of information in these include, but is not limited to, Juniors major credit. tasks. The meaning of work and career Abroad study tours. Prerequisite: Consent decision-making will be addressed from the of advisor and the academic dean. biblical perspective. GRE 301, 302 Hellenistic Greek 4 hours each semester. Offered 2000-01. GED 216 Managing Your The continuation of the course in the Career Plan; Connecting with Greek of the New Testament, including the Workplace GEOGRAPHY vocabulary, grammar, and special construc- 1 hour. This course, for sophomores and tions. Emphasis is placed on readings from juniors, will focus on additional exploration GEO 200 Cultural Geography biblical texts and exegesis of those texts. of occupations through information inter- and Global Relationships Prerequisite: GRE 202 Hellenistic Greek I. vi e ws, internships, company tours, job shad- 3 hours. A study of the world’s cultural owing, and professional organizations. regions developed through the themes of Exp o s u r e to the workplace and readiness for location, human environmental rel a t i o n - graduate school admission are the primary ships, movement and regions, with emphasis ob j e c t i v es. The course will also address the on the interrelatedness of culture, physical, need to bring clarity and definition to the economic, historical and political geography GENERAL SCIENCE ca r eer decision. The meaning of work and in creating the dynamic cultural landscapes GSC 120 Foundations of ca r eer decision-making will be explored from existing today. (Identical to INS 200.) Earth Science the biblical perspective. 3 hours. An introduction to modern con - cepts of geology, meteorology and astrono- GED 218 Implementing Your Career my.Topics include plate tectonics, earth- Plan; Finding After- quakes, volcanoes, mountain building, College Employment GERMAN landslides, dinosaurs, hurricanes, tornadoes, 1 hour. This course, for juniors and seniors, floods, oceans and coastlines, planets and will focus on honing skills needed to find GER 101, 102 First-Year German stars. Two lectures and one laboratory per employment; contemporary résumé writ- 3 hours each semester. Offered on sufficient week. ing, interviewing, strategizing a job search, demand. A study of the structures of the networking, and completing a portfolio. German language, with practice in listen- Making employer contacts, transitioning ing, speaking, reading and writing. The cul- GSC 130 Fundamentals of Geology successfully into the professional work force tures of Germany and German-speaking 3 hours. A systematic study of planet earth. with an understanding of the market, and countries are presented as integral aspects of The nature and origin of common miner - learning to solve future career problems will learning the language. Language lab listen- als, rocks and geologic structures. Topics be emphasized. The meaning of work and ing and interaction are required. will include geology of the earth’s crust, career decision making will be discussed plate tectonics, the geology of O regon, from the biblical perspective. GER 201, 202 Second-Year German ground water contamination, and geologic 3 hours each semester. Offered on sufficient hazards such as volcanoes, earthquakes, demand. A thorough review of German erosion, landslides and flooding. language structures, with extensive practice This course meets general education in reading and speaking. Students read requirements and requires no previous short stories and articles and present oral knowledge of geology.Two lectures, one and written reports. Language lab listen-ing two-hour laboratory per week, and two and interaction are required. Prerequisite: daylong field trips. GER 102 First-Year German, or two years of high school German, or by testing.

85 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES HEALTH EDUCATION – HUMAN PERFORMANCE

GSC 285/485 Selected Topics HEA 240 Stress Management HEA 320 Contemporary 3 hours. A variety of topics may be offered 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. A study of caus- Health Issues to meet the special needs and interests of es, symptoms and results of stress. 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. A study of our students, faculty or visiting professors. Introduces practical techniques to alleviate nation’s current health problems and con - stress, promote relaxation, and encourage a cerns. Emphasis on health consumerism healthy lifestyle. and current trends, diseases, the sanctity of life, and fitness. Goal is to develop an edu- HEA 280 Marriage and the Family cated view on current health issues. 3 hours. A focus on relationships and issues HEALTH EDUCATION in marriage and family development, cover- HEA 285/485 Selected Topics ing in Christian perspective such topics as 1-3 hours. A seminar dealing with Additional courses are listed under Human families in cultural context, American fami- various topics as announced that Performance. ly development, the married pair, parent- represent current faculty interests ing, the empty nest, widowhood and and competencies. HEA 200 Lifestyle Management singleness. (Identical to SOC 280 and FCS 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. The basic prin- 280.) ciples of healthful living, with emphasis on the prevention of health problems, effects HEA 300 Nutrition of lifestyle on health, and the individual’s 3 hours. A study of nutrients present in HEBREW responsibility in determining his or her foods and their relation to the nutritive own health status. needs of the human body. Emphasis on the HBW 201, 202 Introduction to Biblical young adult, along with discussion of con- Hebrew HEA 210 Drug Education temporary nutrition-related topics of 4 hours each semester. The language of 2 hours. Problems concerned with the use, national and global concern. Computer- ancient Israel as preserved in the Hebrew misuse and abuse of selected pharmacologi- assisted dietary analysis will be included. Bible is encountered inductively through cal agents. Social, psychological, physical and (Identical to FCS 300.) the study of the text of Esther. Mastery of moral implications are considered. Part i c u l a r basic vocabulary, grammar and syntax of consideration is given to ergogenic aids in HEA 310 School Health Program narrative Hebrew prose is the goal of this athletics. 3 hours. Purposes and procedures of health two-semester sequence. The second semes- services and instruction in the schools. ter may be applied as biblical studies major HEA 230 First Aid and Safety Special emphasis on construction of health credit. 2 hours. Instruction in first aid and safety teaching units and selection of methods using the Basic First Response curriculum and materials. of American Red Cross, and leading to American Red Cross certification in first aid and CPR. HUMAN PERFORMANCE Additional courses are listed under Health Education.

HHP 200 History and Principles of Physical Education 2 hours. Offered 2000-01. A survey of the history and development of physical educa - tion and athletics in America. The course will also emphasize fundamental principles of physical education and sport.

HHP 221 Basketball/Golf 1 hour. Offered 2000-01. Intermediate to advanced instruction in skills, teaching techniques, rules and strategy for basketball and golf.

86 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES HUMAN PERFORMANCE

HHP 222 Field Sports HHP 228 Conditioning/Body HHP 333 Development Health and 1 hour. Offered 2000-01. Intermedi- Mechanics and Aerobics Physical Education ate to advanced instruction in skills, teach- 1 hour. Offered 2001-02. Instruction 2 hours. Emphasis on teaching health con- ing techniques, rules and strategy. Flag in concepts related to developing cepts and development of movement football, soccer, speedball and korfball are and maintaining physical fitness mechanics, games of low organization, fun- emphasized. and movement skills. damental sports skills, stunts, tumbling, and self-testing activities at the preschool HHP 223 Tumbling/Gymnastics HHP 229 Folk and Western Dance and elementary level. Laboratory included. 1 hour. Offered 2001-02. Intermediate to 1 hour. Instruction in basic to inter-medi- Identical to EDU 333. advanced instruction in skills, teaching ate steps in international folk dances, in techniques, spotting and safety factors Western dance, and in ballroom dance. HHP 340 Coaching Track involved in tumbling and gymnastics. 2 hours. Offered 2001-02. A study of the HHP 232 Recreational Games, techniques and principles of coaching each HHP 226 Tennis/Volleyball Individual and Team event. The organization of practice sessions 1 hour. Offered 2001-02. Intermedi- 1 hour. Offered 2000-01. Intermediate to and the strategy for — and administration ate to advanced skills and techniques, with advanced instruction in skills, teaching of — track meets are discussed. emphasis on learning how to teach basic techniques, rules and strategy for archer y, Prerequisites: HHP 224 Softball/Track, var- skills and drills. Tourna-ment organization badminton and recreational games. sity experience, and consent of the instruc- and game administration are included. tor. HHP 295 Special Study 1-3 hours. Individual research under the HHP 227A Aquatics: Lifeguarding HHP 350 Coaching Volleyball guidance of the faculty. Prerequisite: 1 hour. Adv anced skills in water safety, res - 2 hours. Offered 2000-01. An analysis of Consent of the instructor. cue and stroke technique. Red Cros s systems of play, principles of offense and Li f e g u a r ding Certification is offered . defense, and strategies of the game. Prer equisite: Ins t r uctor approval . HHP 300 Coaching Theory Organization of practice sessions, adminis- and Practice tration of games, and techniques of scout- 2 hours. Offered 2000-01. The developing are stressed. Prerequisite: Consent of HHP 227B Aquatics: Water ment of a philosophy of coaching. the instructor. Safety Instruction Emphasizes the psychological, sociological 2 hours. Advanced skills in water safety and and technical aspects of athletic participa- stroke instruction techniques. Red Cross HHP 360 Organization and tion. Certification is offered. Prerequisites: Administration of Health, Physical Current CPR, First Aid, Basic Water Safety, Education, and Athletic Training Emergency Water Safety, and instructor’s HHP 310 Coaching Basketball 2 hours. Offered 2000-01. Instruction in approval. 2 hours. Off e r ed 2001-02. An analysis of the planning and implementation systems of play, principles of offense and of health, physical education, athletic train- defense, and strategies of the game. Th e ing, and athletic programs. Course content organization of practice sessions, administra- will include curriculum design, budget for- tion of games, and techniques of scouting mation, facility design and coordination. ar e stressed. Prer equisite: Consent of the Professional conduct and ethics will be in s t ru c t o r . stressed.

HHP 320 Coaching Bas e b a l l / So f t b a l l HHP 365 Current Issues in 2 hours. Offered 2000-01. A study of sys- Athletic Training tems of play, principles of offense and 1 hour. A seminar designed for athletic train- defense, and strategies of the game. The ing majors. Topics to be discussed include organization of practice sessions, adminis- case studies, new technology, and topics of tration of games, and techniques of scout- in t e r est. Emphasis will be on curren t ing are stressed. Prerequisite: Consent of res e a r ch. Prer equisite: HHP 390 Care and the instructor. Prev ention of Athletic Inj u r i e s .

HHP 330 Coaching Soccer HHP 370 Camp Programming 2 hours. Offered 2000-01. An analysis of and Counseling systems of play, principles of offense and 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. A camping defense, and strategies of the game. The overview: its historical development and organization of practice sessions, adminis- philosophy.Types of camps, program activi- tration of games, and techniques of scout- ties, teaching-learning models, leadership ing are stressed. Prerequisite: Consent of recruitment and training — with special the instructor. emphasis on methods of camp counseling — are covered. Overnight campout is required. (Identical to CHM 370.) 87 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES HUMAN PERFORMANCE

HHP 375 Athletic Training Practicum HHP 400 Recognition of HHP 470 Motor Development 1 hour. Supervised experience in an athletic Athletic Injuries and Motor Skill Learning training environment. Additional study 3 hours. Course will examine “no r m a l ” 3 hours. A study of the development of required, with an emphasis on athletic human anatomy, mechanisms of athletic motor skills. Psychological principles of training techniques and athletic injury in j u r y, and deviation from “no r m a l ” anato- learning are applied to motor skill learning. management. Course to be repeated each my in an athletic injury. Practice time will A review of research and an inquiry into semester. Prerequisite: HHP 390 be given on techniques of eval u a t i o n . the effect of various conditions on the Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries, Prer equisites: BIO 221 Human Anatomy learning and performance of motor skills HHP 413 Therapeutic Exercise, HHP 414 and Phy s i o l o g y , HHP 390 Care and from early childhood through the adult Therapeutic Modalities, declared athletic Prev ention of Athletic Inj u r i e s . years. training major. (4 hours required.) HHP 413 Therapeutic Exercise HHP 475 Fitness Management HHP 380 Recreational Leadership 2 hours. Offered 2001-02. Course will Field Experience 2 hours. A study of leadership styles, tech- examine exercise procedures as the first 9 hours. Supervised field experience for niques and methods in the field of rec r e- modality for rehabilitation of the injured senior human performance majors in the ation. The course also will include practical athlete. Also examines the role of exercise fitness management major track. Field information on the construction and opera- for the prevention of injuries, as well as experience takes place in a variety of set- tion of intramural programs in a variety of rehabilitation to all major joints and mus- tings, including health clubs, YMCAs, car- se t t i n g s . culature of the body. Includes a lab for diac rehabilitation programs, nutritional practice. Prerequisites: HHP 390 Care and centers, senior citizen centers, and commu- Prevention of Athletic Injuries, and HHP nity recreation programs. By permission HHP 384 Pharmacology in 394 Kinesiology. only, with application made one semester Athletic Training in advance of placement. 1 hour. Offered 2001-02. An emphasis on the knowledge, skills and values required of HHP 414 Therapeutic Modalities HHP 480 Tests and Measurements in an athletic trainer on pharmacologic appli - 2 hours. Offered 2001-02. Course will Physical Education cations, including indications, contraindica- examine the role of therapeutic modalities 2 hours. 2000-01. Emphasis is given to tions, precautions, interactions, and govern- of thermal and electrical agents, ultrasound, methods of evaluation in programs of phys- ing regulations relevant to the treatment of and mechanical modalities in the rehabilita- ical education. Testing procedures, standard injuries and illnesses of the physically tion of the injured athlete. Includes a lab tests, physical examinations and evaluation active. Prerequisite: BIO 221, 222 Human for practice. Prerequisite: HHP 390 Care activities are discussed. Anatomy and Physiology. and Prevention of Athletic Injuries. HHP 485 Selected Topics HHP 430 Exercise Physiology HHP 390 Care and Prevention 2-3 hours. A seminar dealing with various 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. Application of of Athletic Injuries topics, as announced, that represent current principles of physiology to physical activity. 3 hours. An introductory sur vey of athletic faculty interests and competencies. training. Emphasis will be on terminology, Special attention is given to the effect of exercise on the various body systems and injury evaluation, rehabilitation, and emer- HHP 490 Senior Seminar the construction of training programs. gency care procedures. Common taping 1 hour. Discussion of current issues in Prerequisite: BIO 221, 222 Human techniques also will be presented. health, physical education and athletics. Anatomy and Physiology. Senior thesis is required. HHP 394 Kinesiology HHP 440 Camp Administration 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. Application of HHP 495 Special Study 2 hours. Offered 2001-02. Designed to human anatomy and physical laws to the 1-3 hours. Individual research under the develop a basic understanding of program- explanation of movement activities. Special guidance of the faculty. Prerequisite: ming, business and leadership at an admin- emphasis is given to detailed analysis of var- Consent of the instructor. istrative level. A weekend camping trip is ious sports activities. Prerequisite: BIO 221, required. (Identical to CHM 440.) 222 Human Anatomy and Physiology. HPA 100-139/300-339 Human Performance Activities HHP 460 Physical Education for the 1 hour. Three hours of credit required for Exceptional Student graduation. (One hour of health education 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. This course con- may be applied to the required three siders the nature and etiology of disabilities hours.) Instruction in fundamental skills, and handicapping conditions, as well as the rules and strategy. Personal selection may be implications for and development of appr o- made from a variety of sports, recreational priate physical education programs. and leisure-time activities as they are sched - uled each semester.

88 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES HISTORY

HPA 125 Adapted Activities HST 310 Herbert Hoover and HST 350 Latin America 1 hour. Three hours of credit required for His Times 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. Latin American graduation. Offered to those students who 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. A seminar asso- countries from colonial times to the pre- are unable to partici-pate in regular physical ciated with the biennial Herbert Hoover sent, with an emphasis on the conditions education activities because of physical lim - Symposia at George Fox University, offer- that have led to the crises of recent years. itations. A statement from the student’s ing opportunities for topical reading and physician is required. research. HST 360 Modern Russia 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. A study of 20th- HPA 145/345 Intercollegiate HST 320 History of the Middle East century Russia and other former Soviet Athletics 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. Explores the republics, with emphasis on their current 1 hour. Two credits towa r d the physical edu- political, economic, social and religious significance in the world and the factors in cation general education req u i r ement may be developments in the Middle East from the their history that brought the Revolution of earned in athletics, but no more than one ancient to the modern era, with emphasis 1917 and the collapse of the Soviet Union. hour in any one sport may be counted on the latter period. tow a r d the req u i re m e n t . HST 370 Far East 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. Political and HST 330 The American West cultural developments of China and Japan. 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. Examines the relationship of the American West to the HST 380 The African-American rest of the nation through its exploration, Experience in the United States HISTORY settlement and development. Special atten- 3 hours. A study of Africans in an America tion is given to the Pacific Northwest and dominated by those of European descent. HST 110 Western Civilization to the Native American experience. to 1648 3 hours. A survey of Western civilization HST 390 Peace Research from the ancient world through the HST 331 England to 1688 1-3 hours. Directed research on peace sub- Reformation and religious wars, including 3 hours. Off e r ed 2001-02. The growth of the jects, both current and historical. Students attention to the origins and development of English nation from Roman times to the will normally write a major research paper. religious, political and economic life and Glorious Rev olution, with special attention (Identical to PSC 390.) ideas. gi v en to constitutional and religious devel o p - me n t . HST 401 Christianity in Histor y HST 120 Western Civilization 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. The develop- from 1648 HST 332 England Since 1688 ment of Christianity from its appearance 3 hours. A survey of European civilization 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. England within the Greco-Roman world through from early modern Europe to the present in the modern age, emphasizing the the medieval period, and its influence as a day. Special attention is given to the politi- response of its institutions to its rapidly base for culture in the West. (Identical to cal, economic, and religious developments changing role in the European and world REL 401.) which con-tinue to influence European communities. society and its role in world events.

HST 150 America and the World 3 hours. A study of the United States since 1756. Emphasis is on the development of democracy, the capitalist economic system, and the rise of the U.S. as a world power.

HST 220/420 War and Conscience in the United States 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. An exploration of American thought on the subject of war, both today and in past crises such as the American Revolution, Civil War, wars with the Indians, the world wars, Vietnam, and the Gulf War; a study of the official position major church bodies have taken in regard to war; and the experiences of individuals who refused to fight. (Identical to PSC 220/420.)

89 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES HISTORY

HST 402 Christianity in Histor y HST 457 The Colonial Experience, HST 470 Renaissance and Reformation 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. 1607-1763 3 hours. Off e r ed 2000-01. The political, Christianity’s development from the dawn 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. Studies social and religious life of Eur ope from the of the Protestant Reformation through its colonial life in the British colonies beginning of the Renaissance to the Peace of global spread during the modern era, of North America from the founding of Westphalia, with emphasis on the var i o u s observing its historical context and relation- Jamestown to the end of the French and reform movements and their impact on the ship to the surrounding cultures. (Identical Indian War. Emphasis is placed on religious modern world. to REL 402.) conflict and development, the growing sense of a unique American identity, and HST 475 Field Experience HST 410 Classical Greece the importance of community as opposed 2-10 hours. Supervised experiences in and Rome to the distant British government in the museums, historical societies and govern- 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. A sur vey of lives of everyday citizens. ment agencies. For upper-division history Classical Greece and Rome from 1600 B.C. majors only, by permission. through the collapse of the Roman Empir e HST 458 The Making of the American in the West in the fifth century A.D. Republic, 1754-1825 HST 485 Selected Topics Political, economic, and social develop- 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. Studies the 3 hours. Occasional special courses sched - ments are stressed, including the rise of world of the Founders. Emphasis is placed uled to fit the interests of students and fac- Christianity and the early Church. on the ideological, social and political ulty and the needs of a shifting society. A milieu which gave birth to the American course in presidential elections is offered in HST 419 Medieval Europe Revolution and Constitution. The course presidential-election years. 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. A survey of also considers the radical changes in American society the revolution set in Medieval Europe from the collapse of the HST 490 History Seminar motion. Roman Empire in 500 to the rise of 3 hours. Required of history and social Modern Europe in 1500. Special attention studies teaching majors. The course exam- is given to the important political, econom - HST 459 The Era of the Civil ines the methods professional historians use ic, and religious developments of this peri - War, 1825-1898 in writing history and the main currents in od. 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. Examines the American historiography through the read- causes of the Civil War. In addition, slavery, ing of America’s most influential historians. HST 421 Europe from the Age of Christianity, the westward movement, the Working closely with the instructor, stu- Enlightenment to 1890 struggle for power in Congress, Abraham dents are required to write a research paper 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. European politi- Lincoln, the rise of northern industrialism, based on primary sources. The paper will cal, economic, cultural, and intellectual and southern society are all studied in their be permanently retained by the history fac - developments from the late seventeenth own right and in relation to the conflict ulty. century through 1890. some historians call “the crossroads of our being.” HST 495 Special Study HST 422 Europe 1890-Present 1-3 hours. Independent study of subjects 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. Europe in the HST 468 America in the Time of the outside regular offerings. Guiding bibli- 20th century, with emphasis on the Two World Wars, 1898-1945 ographies are provided, and regular reading upheavals of the two world wars and the 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. Considers how reports and conferences are scheduled. For status of the European states today. economic growth and then depression chal- upper-division history majors only, by per- lenged the American government and peo- mission. ple to redefine the American Dream and to HST 430 The Vietnam Experience discover new avenues for achieving it. At 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. A study of the the same time, Europe confronted America culture and counterculture of the 1960s with two world wars which also changed and early 1970s, particularly as impacted by the nature of American society and the role the war in Vietnam; a study of patriotism of the U.S. in the world. and protest.

HST 469 Recent America, 1945 HST 440 History of Africa to the Present 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. A study of the 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. Studies America history and culture of Africa from the 15th as the leader of the western world during century to the present, with emphasis on the Cold War and how that role impacted the last 200 years. Native cultures are exam- the social, economic, intellectual and politi- ined, as is the role of European and Middle cal currents in American life. This course Eastern imperialism in the shaping of mod- also examines the rise of interest groups, the ern Africa. increased political prominence of ethnic and women’s groups, and the impact of these groups on American culture.

90 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES INTERNATIONAL STUDIES – LITERATURE

INS 350 International Trade and Finance INTERNATIONAL 3 hours. The theory and practice of interna- LEADERSHIP STUDIES tional trade, economic cooperation, forei g n STUDIES ex change, and international finance and INS 200 Cultural Geography and financial institutions. (Identical to ECO LDR 475 Leadership Experience Global Relationships 350.) Prer equisite: ECO 201 Principles of 1-2 hours. Designed to provide students 3 hours. A study of the world’s cultural Mic r oeconomics and ECO 202 Principles of with an opportunity to develop their lead- regions developed through the themes of Mac r oeco-nomics or consent of the instruc - ership skills through work or volunteer location, human environmental relation- to r . experience. All leadership experience pro- ships, movement, and regions, with empha- posals subject to the approval of the leader- sis on the interrelatedness of culture, physi - INS 440 World Religions ship studies program directors. Possible cal, economic, historical and political geog- 3 hours. A comparative study between placements might include leading a church raphy in creating the dynamic cultural Christianity and other prominent religions youth group, directing a social concern pr o- landscapes existing today. (Identical to of the world, such as Buddhism, Islam, ject, managing the campus radio station, or GEO 200.) Hinduism and contemporary kinds of alter - serving as a member of student govern- native religion. (Identical to REL 440.) ment. (Pass/no pass only.) INS 310 Cultural Anthropology 3 hours. A comparative study of world soci- INS 475 Culture-Oriented LDR 490 Leadership Seminar eties and their ways of life. (Identical to Field Work 1 hour per semester/4 semesters total. SOC 310.) 3-12 hours. Supervised experiences in a Int e g r a t i v e seminar linking leadership non-American culture. For upper-division practicum, course work and readings. Top i c s INS 330 Introduction to the international studies majors or minors only, include servant leadership, transformational World Christian Movement by permission. le a d e r s h i p , and leadership devel o p m e n t . 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. The biblical Occasional ret r eats and other off-campus basis and history of missions are considered, INS 490 International Studies Senior activities. (Pass/no pass only.) with a special focus upon the modern mis- Seminar sionary movement of the last 200 years. 3 hours. Required of senior international (Identical to REL 330.) studies majors, the course emphasizes the investigation of theoretical and current applications of interdisciplinary research in INS 340 International Relations international studies. Students with a signif- LITERATURE 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. Introduction to icant interest in international issues are wel - LIT 100 Introduction to Literature the principles and study of interstate rela - come, with the consent of the instructor. A 3 hours. An introductory course familiariz- tions in the contemporary world. Special research paper based upon primary source ing students with the major genres, themes attention is given to the problem of sover- materials is the main assignment of the and elements of literature. eignty, the United Nations, and interna- course. tional law. (Identical to PSC 340.) LIT 220 Great American Writers 3 hours. A brief survey of American literary history, combined with a close study of some of the most engaging works and writ- JAPANESE ers in the tradition. JPN 101, 102 First-Year Japanese 3 hours each semester. A study of the struc- LIT 231 Masterpieces of tures of the Japanese language, with prac- World Literature, Western tice in listening, speaking, reading and writ - 3 hours. An introduction to selected works ing. The culture of Japan is presented as an in Western literature from the classical to integral component of language study. modern periods, stressing those themes and forms that exemplify the ideals and con- JPN 201, 202 Second-Year Japanese cerns of our shared human condition. 3 hours each semester. A thorough review of Japanese language structures, with inten- LIT 232 Masterpieces of sive practice in reading, speaking and writ - World Literature, Non-Western ing. Language lab listening and interaction 3 hours. An introduction to selected works are required. Prerequisite: JPN 102 First- in non-Western literature, stressing those Year Japanese, or two years of high school themes and forms that exemplify the ideals Japanese, or by testing. and concerns of our shared human condi - tion.

91 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES LITERATURE

LIT 240 Understanding Drama LIT 327 American Literature, LIT 376 British Literature to 1660 3 hours. A study of significant plays from 1865 to 1914 3 hours. A selective look at the literature of the classical period to the present, both as 3 hours. A selective look at the literature of the British Isles, from the earliest texts literary works and staged productions, the the United States, from 1865 to 1914. through 1660. Particular attention is given goal being a deeper understanding and Par ticular attention is given to the masters of to the Anglo-Saxon, Medieval, and appreciation of drama as a symbolic form. realistic and naturalistic fiction, and to the Renaissance periods. Prerequisite: One 100- Primary focus is on literary values, with poets who most clearly influenced modern or 200-level literature course or consent of attention also given to the constraints and po e t r y. Prer equisite: One 100- or 200-level the instructor. interpretations embodied in the staging, li t e r a t u r e course or consent of the instruc t o r . acting and directing of a play. (Identical to LIT 377 British Literature, THE 240.) LIT 328 American Literature, 1660 to 1830 1914 to the Present 3 hours. A selective look at the literature of LIT 270 Great British Writers 3 hours. A selective look at the literature of the British Isles during the Restoration, the 3 hours. An introduction to British literary the United States, from 1914 to the pre- Neo-Classical, and the Romantic periods. history, combined with a close study of sent. Particular attention is given to the Particular attention is given to the emer - some of the most engaging works and writ- masterworks of Modernism, especially to gence of the novel and the poets who most ers in the tradition. those which have proven influential in con- clearly influenced the continuing develop- temporary literature. Prerequisite: One 100- ment of poetry. Prerequisite: One 100- or LIT 285/485 Selected or 200-level literature course or consent of 200-level literature course or consent of the Literary Topics the instructor. instructor. 3 hours. A course offered occasionally whereby professors and students may inves- LIT 340 Poetry LIT 378 British Literature, tigate interesting literary byways. Past selec- 3 hours. A study of poetry as a distinct lit- 1830 to the Present tions have included studies in science fic- erary form, including the major genres of 3 hours. A selective look at the literature of tion, the literature of human rights, the poetry and the strategies for reading and the British Isles during the Victorian, short story and the works of particular analyzing poems, including the use of figu- Modern and Contemporary periods. authors. rative language, scansion and symbolism. Particular attention is given to the literatur e The course will explore the interaction of of doubt and faith, the development of the LIT 326 American Literature form and content and the relationship novel, and post-colonial issues. Prerequisite: to 1865 of text to context. Prerequisite: LIT 100 One 100- or 200-level literature course or 3 hours. A selective look at early American Introduction to Literature, or consent of consent of the instructor. literature, from 1607 to 1865. A study of the instructor. the themes, movements and writers who LIT 385 Major Authors influenced and were influenced by the LIT 350 Literary Criticism 3 hours. A course that focuses on a major growth of the new nation. Prerequisite: 3 hours. A course that pr ovides students author or authors, changing from year to One 100- or 200-level literature course or with background information about schools year according to the professor’s expertise. consent of the instructor. of literary criticism. Students will practice The course considers the different phases of using different critical approaches to writ- the career and development of the author’s ing about literature. Recommended for art, as well as the appropriate contexts in sophomores and juniors. Prerequisite: Six which she or he wrote, and his or her lega- hours of literature courses or permission of cy for later writers. May be repeated for dif- the instructor. ferent authors. Prerequisite: LIT 100 Introduction to Literature, or consent of LIT 360 Values Through Story the instructor. and Myth 3 hours. A consideration of selected writers LIT 440 A Study of the and works that attempt to understand, Modern Novel explore and transmit values through narra- 3 hours. An examination of the modern tive. Works considered will range from fic - no vel as a distinct literary form. Dis c u s s i o n s tion to nonfiction, including essays, shor t of such issues as the relationship betwee n stories, film, poems and novels. The focus is no velistic struc t u r e and ideology, of social on issues related to gender, the environ- co n v entions, and conventions of fiction com- ment, and the social/political community as bined with the analysis of important world they reveal and define our contemporary writers. Prer equisite: LIT 100 Int r oduction to world and its cultural values structures. Li t e r a t u r e, or consent of the instruc t o r .

92 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES MANAGEMENT

LIT 495 Individual Research This course will explore system arch i t e c t u r e MHR 408 Human Resources 1-3 hours. Individualized study related to for networked computing systems. Administration the student’s needs and interests. Open to Management of telecommunications net- 3 hours. Values and perceptions of selected exceptional students at the discretion of a wo r ks and evaluation of connectivity options groups affecting social and economic life faculty member. ar e covere d . are explored. Students examine policies and practices regarding recruitment, selection, training and development, and compensation of employees. Attention is given to current regulatory employment issues. MA N A GEMENT MANAGEMENT & BUSINESS OF HUMAN MHR 495 Senior Research Project IN F O R M AT I O N RESOURCES 3 hours. Throughout the Management of Human Resources program, students plan, SY S T E M S MHR 404 Organizational implement and report on a sur vey research Communication project. The project examines a human MBS 411 Fundamentals of Information 3 hours. This course investigates the role resources issue in the student’s occupation Systems communication plays in creating a produc- or environment. Results are published and 3 hours. An introduction to systems and tive work environment. Course content presented at the conclusion of the program. development concepts, information tech- focuses on verbal and nonverbal communi- nology (IT), and application software. cation, effective listening, constructive feed- Explanation of how information is used in back, and assertiveness in communication. organizations and how IT enables improve- Negotiation strategies are covered through ment in quality, timeliness, and competitive readings and in-class simulations. advantage. MA N A GEMENT & MHR 406 Principles of Management ORG A N I Z ATI O N A L MBS 412 Personal Productivity with IS and Supervision LE A D E R S H I P Technology 3 hours. This course provides an overview 3 hours. This course enables students to of management and leadership theory and MOL 401 Dynamics of Group im p r ove their skills as knowledge worke r s examines the roles of first-line managers in and Organizational Behavior th r ough effective and efficient use of pack- fulfilling the mission and goals of an orga- 3 hours. Course content focuses on group aged software. It covers both individual and nization. A master simulation exercise behavior and how group functioning affects gr oup work. The emphasis is on prod u c t i v i t y places students in a managerial position organizational effectiveness. Emphasis is concepts and how to achieve them throu g h throughout the course. Students are expect- placed on effective decision making and use of the Internet and intranets. ed to apply management theory as they managing and resolving group conflict. make decisions to solve organizational Students learn strategies for developing MBS 413 Information Systems Theory problems during this simulation. Students high-quality and effective groups. and Practice examine their own management and leader- 3 hours. Provides an understanding of orga- ship skills through reflective exercises. The nizational systems, planning, decision MOL 402 Effective Writing course also examines fiscal procedures and pr ocess, and how information is used for 3 hours. This course is designed to develop tools that are used by the human resource decision support in organizations. Th i s and enhance general and professional writ- manager. course covers decision theory, information ing skills. Clean, concise, well-edited writ- th e o r y, and practice essential for provi d i n g ing is emphasized. Course content includes viable information to the organization. Th e selecting appropriate writing formats for course outlines the concepts of information specific situations and practicing various systems (IS) for competitive advantage, data writing strategies designed to promote clear as res o u r ce, IS and IT planning and imple- thinking and effective communi- mentation, project management and devel - opment of systems and end-user computing.

MBS 414 Hardware, Networks and Telecommunications 3 hours. Provides the hardw a re / s o f t w a r e technology background to enable management personnel to understand tradeoffs in computer arch i t e c t u r e for effective use in a business en v i r onment.

93 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES MATHEMATICS

cation. Life-learning essays and business MOL 407 Christian Faith writing assignments are included in course and Thought requirements. 3 hours. The roots and origins of the MATHEMATICS Christian faith are investigated, with specif- MTH 100 The World of Mat h e m a t i c s MOL 403 Organizational Theory and ic focus on how it relates to one’s world- 3 hours. An introduction to various topics Analysis view. The course also focuses on the history of modern mathematics from an elemen- 3 hours. This course provides an overview of Christianity, the influence of Christianity tary point of view so as to be understand- of the field of organization and leadership upon society, and how the Christian faith able to non-mathematics and non-science theory. It gives the student an understand- relates to managing people. majors and to foster an appreciation for the ing of the roles of management in fulfilling art, history, beauty and applications of the mission and goals of an organization. MOL 409 Values and Ethics in mathematics. Topics will be covered that The course includes principles of general the Workplace allow students to do the mathematics systems theory and their implications for 3 hours. Ethical theory and personal val u e s involved without needing a strong mathe- understanding organizations. ar e used to examine case studies from a var i - matical background. ety of organizational settings. Acc o u n t a b i l i t y MOL 404 Organizational in government, human rights, and business Communication ar e cover ed in readings and classroom discus- MTH 120 Intermediate Algebra 3 hours. This course investigates the role sions. 3 hours. A course for students who have had communication plays in creating a produc- an introd u c t o r y course in algebra or who tive work environment. Emphasis is placed MOL 410 Fiscal and Operational req u i r e further rev i e w before taking addi- on effective interviewing strategies. The Management tional courses in math or science. Top i c s course content also focuses on verbal and 3 hours. This course examines include the solving of linear equations and nonverbal communication, effective listen- fiscal information for managerial systems of equations, factoring of polynomi- ing, constructive feedback, and assertiveness purposes. The focus is on the relationship als, and an introduction to functions. in communication. Negotiation strategies between fiscal and operational functions are covered through readings and in-class and their interrelationship within an orga- MTH 190 Pre- C alculus Mat h e m a t i c s simulations. nization. Course content includes control 4 hours. A course for students who are tools and techniques, as well as discussion preparing to take calculus or other courses MOL 405A Introduction to Survey and application of the manager’s role in set- requiring a similar background. In addition Research Methods ting standards and controlling to studying the topics found in a college 1 hour. Students explore purposes for and organizational outcomes. algebra course, this course will focus on types of research. Attention is given to trigonometry and an introduction to expo - planning survey research, including identi- MOL 485 Saturday Seminars (6) nential and logarithmic functions. fying and stating a research problem. 3 hours. Contemporary trends and themes Prerequisite: MTH 120 Intermediate of special interest in management or the Algebra, or its equivalent. MOL 405B Survey Research Methods liberal arts are discussed. Leadership comes 3 hours. Methods for defining, res e a rc h i n g , from the George Fox University faculty, MTH 201, 202, 301 Calculus I, II, III analyzing and evaluating problems are business and industry, and public leaders. 4 hours each semester for MTH 201, 202; em p h a s i z ed. Course content includes identi- Themes include personal growth and fulfill- 3 hours for MTH 301. A study of differen- fying and measuring objectives, question- ment, advances in science and technology, tial and integral calculus, including func- na i r e construction, and applying descriptive conflict resolution in a competitive world, tions of more than one variable. Additional statistical proc e d u r es associated with data community service by persons and corpora- topics include vector geometry, infinite collection and analysis. tions, and Christian responses to current series and applications. Prerequisite: MTH issues. 190 Pre-Calculus Mathematics, or equivalent. MOL 406 Principles of Management and Supervision MOL 495 Senior Research Project 3 hours. This course provides an overview 3 hours. Throughout the Management and MTH 211 Innovations in Teaching Basic of management and leadership theory and Organizational Leadership program, stu- Mathematics examines the roles of first-line managers in dents plan, implement and report on a sur- 3 hours. A study of arithmetic struc t u r es of fulfilling the mission and goals of an orga- vey research project. The project examines mathematics, statistics, prob a b i l i t y , informal nization. A master simulation exercise an organizational problem in the student’s ge o m e t r y and applications of elementary places students in a managerial position occupation or environment. Results are mathematics, with particular focus on how throughout the course. Students are expect- published and presented at the conclusion these topics are taught. This course is ed to apply management theory as they of the program. designed only for the mathematics education make decisions to solve organizational student and does not apply for the mathe- problems during this simulation. Students matics major. (Identical to EDU 311.) examine their own management and leadership skills through reflective exercises. The course examines the important role man - agers play in fulfilling the human resource function in an organization. 94 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES MUSIC

MTH 240 Statistical Procedures MTH 310 Differential Equations MTH 350 Modern Geometry 3 hours. Statistical procedures for the social 3 hours. Offered 20 0 1 - 0 2 . A study of the 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. A rigorous study sciences. Emphasis on the development of a theory, methods of solution, and applica- of Euclidean geometry and an introd u c t i o n basic knowledge of the statistical tools avail - tions of ordinary differential equations. to non-Euclidean geometries. Prere q u i s i t e : able for the analysis of problems and issues Methods include series solutions and MTH 202 Calculus II and MTH 290 in the social sciences. (Identical to PSY 340 LaPlace transforms. Prerequisite: MTH 301 Mathematical Logic. and SOC 340.) Prerequisite: High school Calculus III. algebra or equivalent. MTH 410 Algebraic Structures MTH 320 Linear Algebra 3 hours. Offered 20 0 1 - 0 2 . A study of MTH 260 Discrete Mathematics 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. A study of groups, rings, integral domains, fields, poly- 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. An introduction matrices and their properties and applica- nomial rings and algebraic number systems. to discrete mathematics. Topics covered tion, linear transformations, and vector Prerequisite: MTH 202 Calculus II and include sets, functions, math induction, spaces. Prerequisite: MTH 301 Calculus MTH 290 Mathematical Logic. combinatorics, recurrence, graph theory, III. trees and networks. Prerequisite: MTH 190 MTH 485 Special Topics Pre-Calculus Mathematics. 1-3 hours. A class with topics in mathemat- MTH 331 Probability ics chosen to fit special needs or interests of 3 hours. Offered 20 0 1 - 0 2 . A study of sam- MTH 290 Mathematical Logic students, faculty or visiting professors. ple spaces, combinatory methods, discrete 3 hours. Off e r ed 2001-02. This course is Prerequisite: MTH 301 Calculus III. and continuous distributions, moment-gen- intended to facilitate a smooth transition erating functions, and the central limit the- fr om lower - l e v el, computation-oriented MTH 490 Senior Seminar orem. Prerequisite: MTH 301 Calculus III. math courses to upper-level, more theoret i - 2 hours. Offered 2000-01. A seminar for cal courses. Topics include symbolic logic, junior and senior math majors to explore MTH 332 Mathematical Statistics methods of proo f , set theory, etc. current topics selected by the instructor. 3 hours. Offered 20 0 1 - 0 2 . A study of statis- Prer equisite: MTH 201 Calculus I. Emphasis will be placed on significant stu- tical methods — including estimators, con- dent involvement in the classroom. fidence intervals, tests of statistical hypothe- MTH 300 Numerical Methods Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing. ses and correlation analyses — from a theo- 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. A study retical point of view, including applications. of numerical solutions of mathematical MTH 495 Special Study Prerequisite: MTH 331 Probability. problems, including nonlinear equations, 1-3 hours. Independent study of systems of linear equations, polynomial mathematical topics outside the regular MTH 340 Elementary approximations, root finding, integration offerings. Topics include advanced calculus, Number Theory and differential equa-tions. Computer pro- mathematical statistics, topology, real and 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. An introduction grams are written to solve these problems. complex analysis, and others. For upper- to the basic properties of whole numbers, Prerequisites: MTH 202 Calculus II, and division mathematics majors only, by per- including such topics as prime numbers, either CIS 201 Introduction to Computer mission. Euclid’s algorithm, Fermat’s Theorem, con- Science or EGR 200 Introduction to gruences and Diophantine equations. The Computer Programming for Engineers. course will emphasize historical develop- (Identical to CIS 300.) ment of the relevant topics. Prerequisite: MTH 202 Calculus II and MTH 290 MUSIC Mathematical Logic. ♦ APPLIED MUSIC

MUA 105/305 Applied Voice 1 or 2 hours. Study of proper voice production, with emphasis on posture, breathing and resonance. Studies from the standard repertoires, including English songs, Italian classics, German lieder, French art songs, oratorio and operatic arias, and selected contem-porary works.

95 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES MUSIC

MUA 105/305 Applied Piano MUA 105/305 Applied Brass MUA 125/325 Concert Choir 1 or 2 hours. Technical exer cises, scales and 1 or 2 hours. Instruction on trumpet, 1 or 1/2 ho u r . The Concert Choir is commit- arpeggios in various rhythms; etudes of var y- French horn, trombone, baritone and tuba. ted to excellent choral singing in a wide ing difficulty, such as those by Duve r n o y, Technical studies include tone production, variety of styles, including contemporary Bur g m u l l e r , Hel l e r , Czerny and Clementi. scales, and arpeggios with various articula- sa c r ed and gospel arrangements, spirituals, Rep e rt o i r e from the historical periods are tion. Works from the standard solo and and hymn settings. The choir’s combined studied, including selected contemporary orchestral repertoire are studied. commitment to excellence and ministry composers. A select group of concerti are finds expression in concerts given on cam- also studied. MUA 105/305 Applied Percussion pus and in churches throughout the 1 or 2 hours. Instruction on snare drum, Nort h w est. Rehearsals are held four days a MUA 105/305 Applied Organ tympani, the mallet instruments and drum week. Membership is by audition. 1 or 2 hours. Basic study of pedal and man- set. An in-depth study of all the percussion ual techniques. Standard works from the instruments used in the concert band and MUA 125T/325T Music Theatre Baroque, Classic, Romantic and Modern orchestra. 1 or 1/2 hour. Chorus members and leading periods. roles are selected by audition. Membership MUA 105/305 Applied Guitar also is open to all students interested in the MUA 105/305 Applied Strings 1 or 2 hours. Study of playing techniques, production aspects of theatre. This organi- 1 or 2 hours. Instruction on violin, viola, with emphasis on chordal knowledge and zation offers one major presentation each cello and string bass. Basic fundamentals, basic strums. Solos and ensemble pieces will spring. Works performed include Broadway posture, bow and arm techniques, shifting, be included for each student at his or her musicals, light opera, music reviews, and an and vibrato. Included are scale and arpeggio performance level. occasional opera. Orchestra accompaniment studies and works from the standard solo generally is used, and productions are com- and orchestral repertoire. pletely staged, choreographed, costumed ♦ ENSEMBLES and lighted. MUA 105/305 Applied Woodwinds 1 or 2 hours. Instruction on flute, clarinet, MUA 115/315 Festival Chorus MUA 135A/335A Chamber Singers 1/ oboe, saxophone and bassoon. Tone pro- 2 ho u r . The chorus is composed 1/2 ho u r . This ensemble sings a flexible rep e r - duction, scales, and arpeggios in various of members of the Uni v ersity touring choirs. to i r e ranging from Renaissance madrigals articulations. Includes technical studies and It also is open to all Uni v ersity students, th r ough contemporary vocal jazz settings works from the standard solo and orchestral Uni v ersity faculty and staff, alumni, and and Christian contemporary gospel. repertoire. community singers. The chorus, typically Members present concerts in the Port l a n d accompanied by orchestra, performs a signif- region and participate in various campus icant sacred choral work from the choral co n c e r ts. Member-ship is by audition. rep e rt o i r e each spring. Han d e l ’s Mes s i a h is performed every third year. MUA 135D/335D Dayspring 1/2 hour. This ensemble, composed of talented and versatile singers and instrumentalists, represents the University in churches, high schools, banquets, service clubs and University functions. Their repertoire includes Christian contemporary settings, arrangements of traditional hymns and spirituals, and vocal jazz. Membership is selected through interviews and auditions with representatives of the music, development and admissions departments.

96 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES MUSIC

MUA 135C/335C Crosslight MUA 145J/345J Jazz Ensemble ♦ THEORY AND LITERATURE 1/ 1/ 2 hour. Basic techniques of choral singing 2 hour. An ensemble organized to train The World of Music is offered under GED are learned. Sacred repertoire reflecting instrumentalists in the jazz repertoire. 110. both contemporary and traditional styles is Performances are usually for school events sung for chapel and occasional church and and some off-campus concerts. Members community functions. Membership is by who are music majors must also be enrolled MUS 100 Music Fundamentals audition. in the Concert Band. 2 hours. This course provides a fundamental understanding of music by considering the basics of musical construction, with MUA 155/355 Chehalem Symphony MUA 135B/335B Bel Canto Singers examples drawn from the history of music. 1 2 Orchestra ⁄ ho u r . Featuring women’s voices, this grou p A study of musical notation, inter val recog- 1 or 1/2 hour. (Strings 1 hour; winds and sings a varied rep e rt o i r e and performs in nition, elements of pitch and rhythm, scale percussion 1/2 hour.) The symphony orches- regional churches and on campus. and chord construction, essential concepts tra performs music by the master com - Membership is by audition. in harmony, and basic musical forms. The posers of the Baroque, Classical, Romantic student will be able to experience these fun- and Modern eras. Concertos featuring stu- MUA 135H/335H George Fox damental concepts at the piano. No musical dent soloists are often part of the annual University Handbell Ringers or keyboard experience is necessary. repertoire. Community and faculty musi- 1/2 hour. This musical ensemble shares its cians combine with University students to music with community agencies, churches form this ensemble. Performances include MUS 110 Understanding Jazz and University audiences. Open to all by fall and spring concerts, as well as accompa- 2 hours. A study of various aspects and audition. Limited to 12 ringers. niment of the Festival Chorus. Admission is types of jazz, from blues to jazz rock. by consent of the instructor. Students will discover the great jazz artists MUA 145/345 Concert Band and learn how to listen to a variety of jazz 1 or 1/2 hour. The Concert Band is a tour- idioms. ing ensemble that plays concerts through - MUA 165/365 Instrumental Ensemble 1 out the Northwest. A fall pops concert fea- /2 hour. An ensemble organized MUS 111, 112 Introduction to tures music from the classical pops to cur- to meet the needs of the instrumental Music Literature rent movie themes. The spring tour reper- music student who desires to explore litera- 2 hours each semester. A course to develop toire is played in schools, churches and for ture for the small ensemble, such as String music appreciation through extensive listen- chapel. This ensemble serves to train stu- Quartet, Brass Quartet or Woodwind ing to standard works. Study of vocal and dents for careers in instrumental conduct - Quintet. instrumental forms and styles of the various ing and performing. Admission is by con - periods. sent of the instructor.

MUS 121, 122 Theory I 3 hours each semester. A course designed to help the student systematically acquire basic information and interrelated skills that will be of value in future musical endeavors as performer, teacher or composer. Includes work in part writing, keyboard har-mony, analysis and creative writing. Corequisite: MUS 131, 132 Sight Singing and Ear Training.

MUS 125 Voice Class 1 hour. May be repeated for credit. A course designed for beginning singers who wish to understand, improve and enhance their individual voices. Classroom participation will include instruction in basic vocal technique and care of the voice. Students will learn a variety of song literature and vocal exercises.

97 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES MUSIC

MUS 131, 132 Sight Singing MUS 200 Basic Conducting MUS 230 String Techniques and Ear Training 11/2 hours. Int r oduction to the basic funda- 1 hour. Offered 20 0 1 - 0 2 . Elementary class 1 hour each semester (two class hours a mentals of conducting for the music major, instruction in the techniques of playing week). A lab experience designed to devel o p the music education major, and the future stringed instruments. Required of music pr oficiency in singing prep a r ed melodies, ch u r ch musician. Emphasis is placed upon education majors. melodies at sight, rhythmic patterns, and in the mastery of simple conducting patterns, taking basic melodic dictation. Music majors cues and expres s i v e gestures, and common MUS 250 Folk Guitar Techniques should register for this lab as a req u i r ed com- pr oblems in leading group singing and in 1 hour. This course offers elementary class ponent of MUS 121, 122 Th e o r y I, which di r ecting musical ensembles. instruction in the techniques of playing folk should be taken concurren t l y . guitar. Proper hand position, fingering, and MUS 210 Keyboard Literature strumming styles, and a reasonably broad MUS 135 Class Piano 2 hours. Through a variety of keyboard range of chords are presented. Emphasis is 1 hour. May be repeated for credit. music (harpsichord, piano, organ and syn- upon building a solid accompaniment to Elementary- to intermediate-level class thesizer), students will acquire an under- songs likely to be used in preschool through instruction in piano. This class is open to standing of diverse keyboard approaches secondary school grades. any student regardless of previous experi- from the Baroque through contemporary ence and does not require an instruction fee styles. Recommended for those especially MUS 260 Band Techniques in addition to the normal tuition cost. It is interested in keyboard music. 2 hours. Offered 2000-01. Elementary class required of all music majors who have not instruction in the technique of playing yet met the piano proficiency skill level. MUS 220 Vocal Techniques woodwind, brass and percussion instru- Students working toward achieving the 1 hour. Offered 20 0 1 - 0 2 . Fundamental ments to provide adequate teaching knowl- required piano proficiency may choose to instruction in understanding the basic tech - edge. study private applied piano with the niques of singing. Required for music edu - instructor’s consent rather than enroll for cation majors and recommended for those class piano. MUS 285 Selected Topics who seek to gain a basic understanding of 1-2 hours. Subjects are offered reflecting fundamental singing concepts. MUS 140 Organ for Pianists music faculty expertise on topics of interest 1 hour. Offered 2000-01. Group instruc- to students. tion in organ, its design, literature and per- MUS 221, 222 Theory II formance techniques. Designed for pianists 4 hours each semester. A continuation of MUS 310 Counterpoint of at least intermediate keyboard competen- Theory I. Includes chromatic harmonies 2 hours. Off e r ed on demand. Principles of cy with no previous experience in organ. and remote modulations. Introduction to 18 t h - c e n t u r y polyphony. Detailed study of 20th-century harmonic usage. Creative the works of J. S. Bach and his contempo- MUS 150 Keyb o a r d Acc o m p a n i m e n t work is required. Prerequisite: MUS 121, raries. Original composition req u i re d . 1 hour. This course provides “on-the-job 122 Theory I. Prer equisites: MUS 221, 222 Theory II. training” and special insights and skills in the art of accompanying. A wide range of repertoire is studied, from accompanying classical solo artists to accompanying choirs (both classical and gospel), small ensembles, and congregational singing.

MUS 180 MIDI (Musical Ins t ru m e n t Digital Int e r face) App l i c a t i o n s 2 hours. This course offers experience with the various music printing and sequencing software programs in current use and fos - ters the development of solid techniques in digital composition and arranging. May be repeated for credit.

98 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES PHILOSOPHY

MUS 311, 312 Music History MUS 460 Advanced Conducting 3 hours each semester. A study of the devel - 2 hours. Offered 2001-02. A course opment of music from antiquity through the designed to acquaint the student with PHILOSOPHY 20th century. Comparisons are made to the advanced choral and instrumental litera- de v elopment of the other arts. Concentrated ture. Basic conducting patterns are reviewed PHL 210 Int r oduction to Phi l o s o p h y study of music literature emphasizing the and adapted to all aspects of conducting: 3 hours. This introduction to philosophical change in musical styles during the differen t syncopation, cuing and expressive gestures. issues encompasses study of the human historical periods. Prer equisites: MUS 121, Prerequisite: MUS 200 Basic Conducting. quest to understand the meaning of knowl- 122 Th e o r y I. edge, art, nature, God, values and other vital interests. Lectures and reading will MUS 475 Field Experience introduce the student to the major systems 1-5 hours. Supervised experience in music MUS 320 Form and Analysis of philosophy developed by thoughtful per- apprenticeship as conductor, performer or 2 hours. Offered 20 0 1 - 0 2 . Detailed study sons over the centuries. of the structural components of music, composer. Prerequisite: Consent of music including the motive, phrase and period. faculty. Application to principal contrapuntal and PHL 230 Ethics homophonic forms of the Classic, MUS 485 Selected Topics 3 hours. Ethics consists of an analysis of the Romantic and Modern periods. 1-3 hours. A seminar lecture class con- ethical theories and systems by which per- Prerequisites: MUS 221, 222 Theory II. cerned with current faculty interests and sons make judgments and choices, with areas of research. Topics available are key- special attention to contemporary moral board pedagogy, piano technician, language issues and the modern revival of virtue the- MUS 340 Church Music orienta-tion for the singer, contemporary ory. (History and Administration) literature, MIDI lab, vocal pedagogy, con- 3 hours. Off e r ed 2001-02. A study of music ducting practicum, history of black music, within the church, viewed historically from PHL 260 Sociological Theory and chamber, symphonic and choral litera- the early centuries through the needs of the 3 hours. A critical study of some major ture. co n t e m p o r a r y church . social philosophers from Comte to the pr e- sent. (Identical to SOC 260.) Prerequisites: MUS 380 Keyboard Improvisation and MUS 491, 492 Senior Seminar, SOC 150 Principles of Sociology, and PHL Service Playing Recital/Lecture 210 Introduction to Philosophy, or permis- 2 hours. Offered 2000-01. A practical 1 hour each semester. Students prepare a sion of the instructor. course for pianists and organists seeking to project in cooperation with a faculty advi- discover creative approaches in program- sor. The project or recital is presented PHL 270 Aesthetics ming and leading the congregation in inspi- before an audience and filed permanently 3 hours. Offered 20 0 1 - 0 2 . An introduction rational worship and celebration. in the music department. to philosophical issues in the arts, such as art and morality, the nature of creativity, MUS 420 Composition MUS 495 Special Study and the relation of art to worldviews. 2 hours. Offered 2000-01. Detailed study 1-3 hours. Individual research under the of representative works in the contempo- guidance of the faculty. Prerequisite: rary musical idiom and creative writing Consent of music faculty. within the smaller forms. Prerequisites: MUS 221, 222 Theory II.

MUS 430 Instrumentation and Orchestration 2 hours. Offered 20 0 1 - 0 2 . A study of the instruments of the orchestra and band, including their ranges, characteristics and capabilities. Practical application of the principles of arranging and scoring for orchestral/band instrumental combinations. Prerequisites: MUS 221, 222 Theory II.

99 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES PHYSICS – POLITICAL SCIENCE

PHL 330 Philosophy of Religion PSC 210 American Government 3 hours. Examines classic topics in the field, 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. The theory and including theistic arguments, the problem PHYSICS practice of the federal government and the of evil, miracles, religious language, and PHY 150 Physics of Everyday Life study of key issues in government in gener- divine attributes. 3 hours. A relevant and practical introduc - al. tion to everyday physical phenomena PHL 340 Logic through a conceptual survey of various PSC 220/420 War and Conscience in 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. Logic involves a physics topics, including motion, energy, the United States study of Aristotelian forms of deductive rea - sound, light, electricity and relativity. No 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. An exploration soning, including the syllogism, inductive mathematical background is required. This of American thought on the subject of war, reasoning, fallacies, and some aspect of course meets the general education require- both today and in past crises such as the symbolic logic, including Venn diagrams ment and is designed for non-science American Revolution, Civil War, wars with and truth tables. Its goal is to facilitate majors. Two lectures and one labora-tory the Indians, and the world wars; a study of sound thinking that is both creative and period per week. the official position major church bodies critical. have taken in regard to war; and the experi- PHY 201, 202 General Physics ences of individuals who refused to fight. PHL 380 History of Philosophy Sur vey 4 hours each semester. Mechanics, thermo- (Identical to HST 220/420.) 3 hours. Offered 20 0 1 - 0 2 . A one-semester dynamics, electricity and survey of the history of Western philoso- magnetism, wave motion and optics, PSC 240 State and phy. Emphasizes the connections and con- and modern physics, using algebraic Local Government trasts between historical periods. methods for analysis. Prerequisite: MTH 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. The origins, 190 Pre-Calculus Mathematics. evolution, structure and present functions PHL 382 History of Philosophy of state, county and city government, with PHY 211, 212 General Physics Seminar particular reference to Oregon. Special with Calculus 3 hours. Offered 20 0 1 - 0 2 . Examines a par- attention is given to the rising problems of 4 hours each semester. Mechanics, thermo- ticular period in the history of philosophy urban government and regional planning. dynamics, electricity and magnetism, wave (e.g. Ancient, Medieval, Enlightenment, motion and optics, and modern physics, 19th Century). Choice of period deter - PSC 250 International Conflict using calculus methods for analysis. mined by student interest and professorial and Peace Prerequisite: MTH 201 Calculus I. competence. Prerequisite: A philosophy 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. An introduction course other than PHL 340 Logic, or to peace studies. Useful both as a founda- instructor’s consent. tion for other peace studies courses and as a single course to fit in with other majors. PHL 410 Contemporary Philosophers Includes exploration of the history of war- and Problems POLITICAL SCIENCE fare and peacemaking, and of nonviolent 3 hours. A study of significant 20th-century alternatives to war. (Identical to SOC 250.) PSC 150 Introduction to philosophers and selected philosophical Political Science issues in recent literature. Prerequisite: A PSC 260 Introduction to Law 3 hours. An introduction to the study of philosophy course other than PHL 340 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. A general study the use of political processes to decide pub- Logic, or instructor’s consent. of the role of law and the legal profession in lic policy and the distribution of resources American life, and a survey of the major within and among communities and topics addressed by the law. Attention also PHL 485 Selected Topics nations. Systems of government, and indi- is given to the values promoted by our legal 2 hours. A seminar on a topic chosen by vidual behaviors and informal political system and the Christian’s interaction with the professor. Open to upper-division processes within those systems, will be it. majors and others by permission. examined using examples from various parts of the world throughout histor y. In PHL 495 Special Study the process, students will begin to explor e PSC 285/485 Selected Topics 1-3 hours. Individual research. Open to the major questions of political philosophy, 1-3 hours. A seminar dealing with qualified students upon application. civic leadership, and Christian public various topics as announced that ethics. represent current faculty interests and competencies.

10 0 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES PSYCHOLOGY

PSC 310 Conflict Resolution PSY 275 Exploratory PSY 312 Human Development: Young 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. A study of com- Field Experience Adulthood to Old Age munication principles found useful in man- 2-3 hours. An opportunity to observe prof e s - 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. A study of phys- aging conflict productively. Focus is given sionals in the helping environ m e n t . ical, intellectual, personality, social and to conflict occurring in institutional and moral development from young adulthood organizational settings between individuals PSY 300 Group Dynamics to old age. This course continues the dis- and groups. Attention also is given to con- 3 hours. A study and application of princi- cussion begun in PSY 311 Human flict in social, national and international ples and techniques invol v ed in interaction of Development: Infancy to Adolescence. settings. (Identical to COM 310.) individuals within various groups. (Ide n t i c a l Prerequisite: PSY 150 General Psychology. to SOC 300.) Prer e-quisite: PSY 150 Gen e r a l PSC 340 International Relations Psyc h o l o g y . PSY 313 Human Development Lab 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. Introduc- 1 hour. Offered 2000-01. Students will tion to the principles and study of interstate PSY 310 Lifespan Human Development gain experience with a variety of method - relations in the contemporary world. 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. A study of phys- ological approaches used in developmental Special attention is given to the problem of ical, intellectual, personality, social and research by conducting studies on a variety sovereignty, the United Nations, and inter- moral development from infancy to old of age groups. Must be taken concurrently national law. (Identical to INS 340.) age. (Identical to SWK 310.) Prerequisite: with PSY 311 Human Development: PSY 150 General Psychology. Infancy to Adolescence. Prerequisite: PSY PSC 390 Peace Research 340 Statistical Procedures and PSY 390 1-3 hours. Directed research on peace sub- Research Methods. PSY 311 Human Development: Infancy jects, both current and historical. Students to Adolescence will normally write a major research paper. PSY 320 Introduction to Neuroscience 3 hours. A study of physical, intellectual, (Identical to HST 390.) 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. This course pro- personality, social and moral development vides an overview of the neuro-psychologi- from the prenatal period to adolescence. cal basis for mental functions including PSC 410 Community Mediation (Identical to FCS 311, SWK 311.) motor control, object recognition, spatial 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. A study Prerequisite: PSY 150 General Psychology. of mediation skills and their uses in com- reasoning, attention, language, memory, munity disputes, including neighborhood and emotion. Methods of neuropsychologi- conflicts, public policy issues, and as court- cal research are explored. Philosophical, annexed alternatives to litigation. Students mathematical, and computer-related issues also will examine the impact of mediation relevant to neuroscience and cognitive sci- on democratic political theory, on the theo- ence are also presented. ry underlying our adversarial legal system, and on Christian views of conflict in the public arena.

PSC 475 Field Experience 2-12 hours. Sup e r vised experiences in var i e d go vernment agencies. For upper-division students only, by permission.

PSYCHOLOGY PSY 150 General Psychology 3 hours. An introduction to the scientific study of human behavior. Major topics include the biological bases of behavior, sensation, perception, thinking, learning, mem- or y, emotion, motivation, personality, social interaction, and abnormal behavior. One section of the course will be available for students who know they want to major in ps yc h o l o g y . The section for majors will co ver the same major topics but will prep a r e students to engage these topics on a prof e s - sional level. Prer equisite to all other psychology courses. 10 1 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES PSYCHOLOGY

PSY 330 Personality Theories PSY 371 Cognition Lab PSY 401 Psychometrics Lab 3 hours. A survey of the major theorists of 1 hour. Offered 2000-01. Students 1 hour. Students will computer-analyze test personality and their theories. Included are will explore the experimental methods used development projects and develop their psychoanalytic, dispositional, phenomeno- in each of the major areas of cognition by own test focusing on its psychometric prop - logical and behavioral theories. An integra - replicating significant studies in those areas. erties. Reliability and validity measures will tive approach will involve synthesis of Understanding how these research findings be emphasized, along with current test important elements of theory and build theories in cognition will also be development techniques. Must be taken Scripture. Prerequisite: PSY 150 General emphasized. Must be taken concurrently concurrently with PSY 400 Psychometrics. Psychology. with PSY 370 Cognition. Prerequisite: PSY 340 Statistical Procedures and PSY 390 PSY 410 Sensation and Perception PSY 340 Statistical Procedures Research Methods. 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. Using 3 hours. Applied statistics for the social and psychophysical techniques, students will behavioral sciences. Emphasis is placed on PSY 381 Counseling study sensory systems, including vision, statistical logic and decision making. 3 hours. A study of theory and technique of audition, olfaction, taste, touch and kines- (Identical to MTH 240 and SOC 340.) person-centered counseling. The course is thesis. Classic and current theories of per- Prerequisites: PSY 150 General Psychology, designed to teach basic theoretical postu- ception and sensation will be discussed. and high school algebra or equivalent. lates and to focus on effective intervention Prerequisite: PSY 150 General Psychology. skills for those anticipating future work PSY 350 Social Psychology in Christian ministries, teaching or mental PSY 411 Sensation and 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. A study of the health settings. Open to sophomores and Perception Lab social and psychological processes of human above. (Identical to CHM 381.) 1 hour. Offered 2001-02. Students will interaction. Major topics to be covered Recommended as a prerequisite for field measure sensory thresholds, as well as study include conformity, aggression, self-justifi- experience work (PSY 475). Prerequisite: perceptual phenomena such as illusions, cation, persuasion, prejudice, attraction and PSY 150 General Psychology. and the impact experience and values hav e interpersonal communication. (Not identi- Recommended: PSY 330 Personality on perception. Must be taken concurrently cal to SOC350.) Prerequisite: PSY 150 Theories. with PSY 410 Sensation and Perception. General Psychology. Prerequisite: PSY 340 Statistical Procedures PSY 382 Advanced Counseling and PSY 390 Research Methods. PSY 360 Learning 1 hour. In this course, students will practice 3 hours. Off e r ed 2001-02. A survey of learn- basic listening and therapeutic skills (includ- PSY 420 Abnormal Psychology ing theories and the basic res e a r ch questions ing empathy, confrontation, connecting, 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. A study of the being asked in this important field. Spe c i a l etc.) from a person-centered theoret i c a l nature, causation and treatment of the emphasis will be placed on translating exper- stance. Prer equi-site: PSY 381 Counseling. major psychiatric and behavioral disorders. imental theory into practical methods. Recommend-ed: PSY 330 Per s o n a l i t y Prerequisite: PSY 150 General Psychology. Cur r ent approaches to learning, and the Th e o r i e s . impact of computer models on learning the- PSY 440 Psychology of Religion or y, also will be explored. Prer equisite: PSY 390 Research Methods PSY 150 General Psyc h o l o g y . 3 hours. This course will cover topics such 3 hours. An introduction to methods of as the human experience of the Divine, the psychological research. Students will be psychology of religious development, the PSY 361 Learning Lab involved in designing and conducting psychology of dogmatic beliefs, ritual reli- 1 hour. Offered 2001-02. Students will experimental research. This course is funda- gious psychopathology, the psychology of replicate classic experiments that highlight mental preparation for students planning conversion, and the psychology of faith. the difference between Operant and graduate work in psychology or related The course will also discuss and critique the Classical conditioning, and explore shaping, fields. Prerequisites: PSY 150 General body of research on religious behaviors. blocking, higher-order conditioning and Psychology, PSY 340 Statistical Procedures. Prerequisite: PSY 150 General Psychology. transfer of learning. Must be taken concurrently with PSY 360 Learning. Prerequisite: PSY 400 Psychometrics PSY 340 Statistical Procedures and PSY 3 hours. Students will develop skills 390 Research Methods. in understanding and critically eval u a t i n g educational and psychological tests (measures PSY 370 Cognition of ability, achievement, personality and voc a - 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. Traditional areas tional interest). Also, modern principles of of study in cognitive psychology will be dis- “ps yc h o m e t r i c s ” — data-based analysis of test cussed. These areas include perception, items, scores and interpretations — will be attention, memory, reasoning, problem em p h a s i z ed, particularly the reliability and solving and language. Traditional views as validity of items and scales. Students will well as current trends will be discussed. ha v e hands-on experience with various tests Prerequisite: PSY 150 General Psychology. and will computer-analyze sample data from test development projects. Prer equisite: PS Y 390 Res e a r ch Met h o d s . 10 2 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES RELIGION

PSY 450 Systems of Psychology are provided, and regular reading reports REL 270 History and Doctrine of 3 hours. The history of the various schools and conferences are scheduled. For upper- ______(Selected Churches) of psychology, their origins, distinguishing division psychology majors only, by permis- 2 hours. Offered upon sufficient demand characteristics, major contributions, theo- sion. by denominational leaders, who supply the retical positions and contemporary issues appropriate course descriptions. are investigated. Required for psychology majors and minors. Prerequisite: PSY 150 REL 330 Introduction to the General Psychology. World Christian Movement RELIGION 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. The biblical PSY 460 Physiological Psychology basis and history of missions are considered, with a special focus upon the modern mis- 3 hours. Off e r ed 2001-02. This course will REL 230/430 Sociology of Religion sionary movement of the last 200 years. in t r oduce students to the fundamental prin- 3 hours. A sociological examination to the (Identical to INS 330.) ciples of neuroa n a t o m y , psych o b i o c h e m i s t r y, meaning and function of religion in human and the physiological basis of behavior. A so c i e t y . Giv es attention to the devel o p m e n t biobehavioral approach to the understanding of religious organization, the relationship of REL 360 Cross-Cultural of behavior will be explored. Prere q u i s i t e : religion to class and politics, the nature of Christian Outreach PSY 150 General Psyc h o l o g y . the sacred, dimensions of rel i g i o s i t y , and 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. Cross-cultural denominational diversity in the Uni t e d communication in Christian ministry, PSY 475 Field Experience States. (Identical to SOC 230/430.) focusing on the concepts of identification, 2-10 hours. Supervised experiences in help- mutuality, the process of cultural change from a biblical perspective, and strategies ing activities in mental health agencies and REL 250 Great Moments, for cross-cultural outreach. institutions. A maximum of three hours Key Persons in Christianity may be applied toward a psychology major. 2 hours. An introduction to the major For upper-division majors only, by permis- events and personalities, Western and non- REL 380 Christian Beliefs sion. Recom-mended: PSY 381 Counseling. Western, that have shaped the development 3 hours. As an introduction to Christian the- of Christianity from the time of Jesus to the ol o g y , this course considers the basic doctrines PSY 485 Selected Topics present. The thought and contributions of of the Christian faith and their application to 1-3 hours. A course dealing with various individual men and women will be co n t e m p o r a r y living. topics, as announced, that represent current explored in historical context. Significant faculty interests and competencies and stu- doctrines will be examined in relation REL 401 Christianity in Histor y dent interest. Previous offerings have to persons and events. 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. The develop- included advanced counseling, biological ment of Christianity from its appearance psychology, psychology of religion, and psy- REL 260 History and Doctrine within the Greco-Roman world through chology of gender. Prerequisite: PSY 150 of Friends the medieval period, and its influence as a General Psychology. 2 hours. This course explores the rich her- base for culture in the West. (Identical to itage of the Quaker movement in its histor- HST 401.) PSY 490 Senior Seminar ical, social and religious settings. The dis- 1 hour. Integration of Christianity and psy- tinguishing beliefs of Friends and contem- REL 402 Christianity in Histor y chology is emphasized. In addition, stu- porary trends also will be studied, with par- 3 hours. Off e r ed 2001-02. Christiani- dents make preparations for careers in psy - ticular interest in how to apply timeless ty ’s development from the dawn of the chology. Required for all psychology truths in timely ways. Protestant Reformation through its global majors. Prerequisite: Senior standing. sp r ead during the modern era, observing its historical context and relationships to the su r r ounding cultures. (Identical to HST PSY 495 Special Study/Research 40 2 . ) 1-3 hours. Independent study of subjects outside regular offerings and/or supervised research under the direction of faculty. REL 440 World Religions Guiding bibliographies 3 hours. A comparative study between Christianity and other prominent religions of the world, such as Buddhism, Islam, Hinduism and contemporary kinds of alternative religion. (Identical to INS 440.)

10 3 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES SOCIOLOGY

REL 460 Issues in SOC 260 Social Theory Contemporary Missions 3 hours. A critical study of some major 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. Selected move- SOCIOLOGY social philosophers from Comte to the pre- ments, trends and leaders of contemporar y sent. (Identical to PHL 260.) Prere q - u i s i t e : Christian missions are studied. Lectures, SOC 150 Principles of Sociology SOC 150 Principles of Soc i o l o g y . readings and learning activities are chosen 3 hours. An introduction to the study of Prer equisite for PHL 260: SOC 150 to provide tools and methods for continu- society, including the study of the shared Principles of Sociology or PHL 210 ing education in missiology. relationships that create social organization Int r oduction to Phi l o s o p h y . Req u i r ed for and social processes of society. Required for sociology and social work majors. REL 470 Christian Classics sociology majors and for admission into the 2 hours. Certain Christian writings have social work major. SOC 275 Exploratory Agency en d u r ed the test of time and have been Experience found to be a rich source of spiritual nour- 3 hours. An opportunity to participate in a SOC 200 Social Issues ishment. A rep re s e n t a t i v e sampling of these variety of activities within a social servi c e 3 hours. A study of the most pressing issues significant works representing the life and agency for the purpose of testing interes t s from both a national and international per- thought of Christians from the second to and talents. By permission. spective. Focus will be upon urbanization, the mid-20th century will be considered. racial and ethnic relations, and the natural SOC 280 Marriage and the Fam i l y environment. The structural, historical and REL 480 Spiritual Formation 3 hours. A study of marriage and the family cultural roots of these issues will be dis- 2 hours. An exploration of how people fr om a sociological perspective, including cussed. grow and change spiritually. The study inte- historical, cross-cultural and economic back- grates biblical insights, classic Christian gr ounds. A Christian faith perspective will spirituality, developmental theory, and con- SOC 230/430 Sociology of Religion em p h a s i z e the worth of persons, the impor- temporary individual and corporate practice 3 hours. A sociological examination to the tance of the family as a place of nurtu r e, and in spiritual formation. It will critically meaning and function of religion in human the gift of marriage. (Identical to FCS 280 explore how spirituality relates to vocation, society. Gives attention to the development and HEA 280.) relationships, and the demands of daily liv- of religious organization, the relationship of ing. religion to class and politics, the nature of SOC 285 Selected Top i c s the sacred, dimensions of religiosity, and 1-3 hours. A seminar dealing with topics of denominational diversity in the United special interest to students and current facul- REL 485 Selected Topics States. (Identical to REL 320/430.) ty . 2 hours. A seminar on a topic chosen by the professor. Open to upper-division majors and others by permission. SOC 250 International Conflict and Peace 3 hours. Off e r ed 2000-01. An introd u c t i o n REL 490 Contemporary to peace studies. Useful both as a foundation Religious Life for other peace studies courses and as a sin- 2 hours. The movements, trends, and lead- gle course to fit in with other majors. ers of contemporary Christianity are stud - Includes exploration of the history of warfa r e ied in their social setting. Lectures and and peacemaking, and of nonviolent alterna- readings are chosen to provide tools and ti v es to war. (Identical to PSC 250.) methods for thoughtful and continuing interpre-tation of religious life.

REL 495 Special Study 1-3 hours. Individual research. Open to qualified students upon application.

10 4 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES SPANISH

SOC 300 Group Dynamics SOC 390 Research Seminar SOC 495 Special Study 3 hours. A study and application of princi- 3 hours. Emphasis is given to the develop- 1-3 hours. Independent study of subjects ples and techniques involved in interaction ment of research skills applied in the survey, outside regular offerings. Guiding bibli- of individuals within various groups. community survey, and/or program evalua- ographies are provided, and regular reading (Identical to PSY 300.) Prerequisite: SOC tion research design. Students will complete reports and conferences are scheduled. For 150 Principles of Sociology. a research project. Prerequisites: SOC 150 upper-division majors only, with permis- Principles of Sociology, SOC 260 sion. SOC 310 Cultural Anthrop o l o g y Sociological Theory, SOC 340 Statistical 3 hours. A comparative study of world soci- Procedures. Required for sociology and eties and their ways of life. (Identical to INS social work majors. 31 0 . ) SOC 410 Juvenile Delinquency SPANISH SOC 320 Men and Women 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. A study of the in Society causes and nature of juvenile delinquency, Note: Placement testing is generally req u i r ed of 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. A study of how the development of the juvenile court, pro- all students prior to reg i s t r a-tion for their first societies construct gender similarities and bation and other rehabilitative programs. Spanish course at GFU. Placement tests are differences. The impact of gender upon Prerequisite: SOC 150 Principles of typically administered during orientation. Sociology, or permission of the instructor. individuals and social institutions, as well as SPN 101, 102 Elementary Spanish the implications of a sociological under - 3 hours each semester. An integrated intro- standing of gender for the Christian faith SOC 450 Aging in Society du c t o r y study of Spanish. Listen-ing, speak- will be explored. 3 hours. Off e r ed 2001-02. A study of the ing, reading and writing are all integral to adult aging process in its diverse social learning the language. Cultural aspects of SOC 340 Statistical Proc e d u re s dimensions. An exploration of the aging net- Spain and Latin America are also presented as 3 hours. Applied statistics for the social and wo r k and its various services and prog r a m s essential components. Language lab is behavioral sciences. Emphasis is placed on will be a secondary focus of study. (Ide n t i c a l req u i r ed. At the end of SPN 102, students statistical logic and decision making. A to SWK 450.) Prer eq-uisite: SOC 150 should have intermediate low proficiency as req u i r ed course for majors recommended for Principles of Sociology or permission of the defined by the American Council of the fall semester of the junior yea r . (Identical to in s t ru c t o r . Teaching of For eign Languages (ACT F L ) . PSY 340 and MTH 240.) Prere q u i s i t e s : Placement test req u i re d . SOC 150 Principles of Soc i o l o g y , and high SOC 475 Field Experience school algebra. Req u i r ed for sociology and 6-12 hours. Supervised experiences in pri - SPN 201, 202 Intermediate Spanish social work majors. vate and public social agencies for upper- 3 hours each semester. A prof i c i e n c y - c e n t e re d division majors only. A minimum of six ap p r oach to the study of Spanish, with exten- SOC 350 Social Psyc h o l o g y semester hours of SOC 275/475 Field si v e practice in listening, speaking, rea d i n g 3 hours. Off e r ed 2000-01. A study of the Experience is required of majors. By per- and writing. At the end of SPN 202, stu- theories and methods of social interactions mission. dents should have intermediate and prof i - in the development of personal and grou p ciency as defined by ACTFL. Prere q u i s i t e : be h a v i o r . The major aim is to encourage an SOC 485 Selected Topics Placement test or SPN 102 Ele m e n t a r y ap p r eciation of the relationship between per- 1-3 hours. A special-interest course that Spa n i s h . sonal and situational determinants of social addresses current topics in the field of soci- be h a v i o r . Prer equisite: SOC 150 Pri n c i p l e s ology. Course offerings depend on current of Soc i o l o g y , or permission of the instruc t o r . faculty competencies and student interest. Limited to upper-division majors. Previous SOC 360 Crime and Deviance offerings have included a Christian response 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. An intro-duc- to the contemporary family, criminal jus- tion to the study of deviance and criminol- tice, cross-cultural education, death and ogy, including theoretical and paradigms dying, Native American cultures, sociology and research. of religion, sociology of adolescence, and sociology of literature. Prerequisite: SOC 150 Principles of Sociology. SOC 380 Race, Ethnicity, Gender, and Class I 3 hours. Off e r ed 2000-01. An interdi s c i p l i - na r y study of the history, problems and present status, social attitudes, and generalist practice issues invol v ed in working with persons of differing racial, ethnic, gender and class backgrounds in the United Sta t e s . Prer equisites: SOC 150 Principles of Soc i o l o g y , or by permission.

10 5 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES SOCIAL WORK

SPN 275/475 Field Experience SPN 375 Field Experience: 1-10 hours. Supervised experience in a situ- Study Abroad ation demanding extensive use of Spanish. 2 hours. A journal and a paper are required SOCIAL WORK Admission and credit hours determined by as part of the study abroad experience. instructor. Taken concurrently with SPN 490 Study SWK 180 Introduction to Abroad. By permission. Required for Social Work Spanish majors. 3 hours. An introduction to the historical SPN 285/485 Selected Topics development and current practices of gener- 2-4 hours. Occasional special courses cho- alist social workers. Examination of the sen to fit the needs and interests of students SPN 410 Introduction to Spanish knowledge base, values, skills, practices, and faculty. Literature ethics, settings, educational and career 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. A one-semester oppor-tunities of the profession. Emphasis SPN 301, 302 Advanced Spanish introduction to Spanish peninsular litera- upon developing awareness of the scope of 3 hours each semester. A thorough review ture. This course introduces students to the profession using a scientific, analytic of Spanish to develop inter-mediate high selected masters and periods of Spanish lit- approach to service delivery and evaluation; proficiency, as defined by ACTFL. erature and reflects on matters of faith as relating generalist social work and social Activities include reading authentic texts, revealed in the policies studied. Students welfare systems; economic and social jus- writing in a variety of styles, and develop- continue to develop skills toward advanced tice; and work with diverse, oppressed, and ing strategies for communication. proficiency, as defined by ACTFL. Taught at-risk populations. Course includes com- Prerequiste: SPN 202 Intermediate Spanish, in Spanish. Prerequisite: SPN 302 munity service opportunities and/or social or placement by exam. Advanced Spanish, or instructor’s consent. agency tours. Required for admission into the social work major. SPN 340 Spanish Culture SPN 420 Introduction to Latin and Civilization American Literature SWK 285 Selected Topics 3 hours. An introduction to the cultures 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. This course 1-3 hours. A special-interest class offered on and civilizations of the Spanish peninsula. introduces students to selected masters and a one-time basis addressing a subject in the Students continue to develop skills towa r d periods of Latin American literature and field that is of general interest to the ad v anced prof i c i e n c y , as defined by ACT F L . reflects on matters of faith as revealed in the University community. By permission. Activities include reading authentic texts pieces studied. Students continue to devel- and listening to native speakers. Areas of op skills toward advanced proficiency, as SWK 310 Lifespan Human study may include history, art, music, the defined by ACTFL. Taught in Spanish. Development role of religion, governmental systems, and Prerequisite: SPN 302 Advanced Spanish, 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. A study of phys- gender differences. Taught in Spa n i s h . or equivalent. ical, intellectual, personality, social and Prer equisite: Concurrent enrollment in SPN moral development from infancy to old 301 Adv anced Spanish, or instruc t o r ’s con- SPN 490 Study Abroad age. (Identical to PSY 310.) Prerequisite: se n t . 16 hours minimum. A one-semester over- PSY 150 General Psychology. Required for seas experience. Students take university majors. SPN 350 Latin American Culture and courses while living abroad in Spain or SWK 320 Child Abuse and Civilization Latin America. Application and junior Family Violence 3 hours. An introduction to the cultures standing or above required. All programs of 3 hours. Offered 2000-01. A multi- and civilizations of Latin America. Students study subject to the approval of the Spanish disciplinary approach that considers continue to develop skills toward advanced faculty and the Director of Overseas Study. causation, incidence and treatment of fami- proficiency, as defined by ACTFL. Majors must also enroll in SPN 375 Field lies and children experiencing physical and Activities include reading authentic texts, Experience: Study Abroad. emotional violence in the family. Basic field trips, and listening to native speakers. principles of child welfare, victim assis- Areas of study may include histor y, art, SPN 495 Individual Research tance, protective shelters and supporting music, the role of religion, governmental or Field Work services will be explored. Prerequisites: PSY systems, and gender differences. 1-4 hours. Individual study under the guid- 150 General Psychology and SOC 150 Taught in Spanish. Prerequisite: SPN 302 ance of a faculty member, as determined by Principles of Sociology, or permission of Advanced Spanish or concurrent enroll- student needs and faculty availability. instructor. ment in SPN 302, or instructor’s consent. Students must have permission of the faculty member to enroll.

10 6 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES SOCIAL WORK

SWK 330 Human Behavior in SWK 392 Social Work Practice II SWK 450 Aging in Society the Social Environment 3 hours. A study of mezzo-level 3 hours. Off e r ed 2001-02. A study of the 3 hours. Examines human behavior and generalist social work practice with families adult aging process in its diverse social interpersonal relationships within social sys- and groups. Attention is given to a systems dimensions. An exploration of the aging net- tems: families, organizations, communities, framework of generalist social work prac- wo r k and its various services and prog r a m s voluntary and subcultural groups. Applies tice, with a particular focus upon assess- will be a secondary focus of study. (Ide n t i c a l theoretical information from biology, soci- ment and development of appropriate to SOC 450.) Prer e-quisite: SOC 150 ology, anthropology, psychology and theol- intervention strategies. A prerequisite for Principles of Sociology or permission of the ogy to situations encountered by social SWK 476 Field Experience/Practicum II. in s t ru c t o r . workers and other helping professionals. Prerequisites: SWK 391 Social Work Includes examples from culturally, racially Practice I. Required for majors. This class is SWK 461 Social Policy I and ethnically diverse populations. open to declared social work majors only. 3 hours. The policies of contemporary Prerequisites: PSY 150 General Psychology, social programs are considered from SOC 150 Principles of Sociology, SWK SWK 393 Social Work Practice III a national, state and local perspective. 180 Introduction to Social Work, PSY 310 3 hours. An overv i e w of generalist social Policy development and analysis are empha- Lifespan Human Development, or permis- wo r k methods practiced with organizations sized. Prerequisites: SWK 180 Introduction sion of instructor. Required for majors. and communities. Atten-tion is given to to Social Work, SOC 200 Social Issues, assessment, planning, implementation, and PSC 210 American Government or PSC SWK 391 Social Work Practice I ev aluation of macro- l e v el systems. A prere q - 240 State and Local Government, SWK 3 hours. A study of generalist social work uisite for SWK 477 Field Exp e r i e n c e / 475 Field Experience/Practicum I. Required practice with individuals. Mic ro - l e v el theo- Practicum III. Prer equisites: SWK 392 Soc i a l for majors. ry, skills, and intervi e wing techniques are Wor k Practice II. Req u i r ed for majors. Th i s applied to generalist social work. The course class is open to declared social work majors SWK 462 Social Policy II will cover theory and techniques of person- on l y . 3 hours. This course provides an in-depth ce n t e r ed counseling which are specifically analysis of how human needs and values are applicable to work with individuals. SWK 400 Child Welfare Services translated into social policy on both the A prer equisite for Field Exp e r i e n c e / 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. Basic principles national and international levels. Special Practicum I (SWK 475). Prer equisites: PSY of child welfare, with emphasis upon the attention is given to the ways in which val- 150 General Psyc h o l o g y , SOC 150 services needed and available for families ues and power interests influence the Principles of Soc i o l o g y , SWK 180 Int ro - and children needing various types of sup - creation of social policy. Examination of duction to Social Wor k, and formal admis- port. Focus is on developing a knowledge selected policies and programs in the areas sion into the social work program. Req u i re d and understanding of child welfare and of income, health, housing, human rights, for majors. This class is open to declared supporting services. Prerequisites: SOC 200 employment, education, etc. Special atten- social work majors only. Social Issues and SWK 180 Introduction to tion is given to affirmative action, housing, Social Work. homelessness, feminization of poverty, and policy analysis and formulation both at the state and federal levels. Implications for generalist social work services will be explored. Prerequisites: SWK 361 Social Policy I and SWK 476 Field Experience/ Practicum II. Required for majors.

SWK 475 Field Experience/ Practicum I 3 hours (150 practicum hours in the agency). Recommended spring of the junior year. The first course of the field experience/practicum sequence will emphasize micro-practice concepts and address orientation to the agency environment; student roles and responsibilities; agency roles and responsibilities; confidentiality issues; nature and process of supervision; establishing goals and objectives; models of integrat - ing classroom learning with the field practicum; person-in-environment; inter-

10 7 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES THEATRE

viewing techniques; identification of SWK 485 Selected Topics research and policy issues; work with special 1-3 hours. A special-interest class that populations and injustices; process record- addresses a relevant subject in the field of THEATRE ings; research methods in the agency; and social work. Previous and projected subjects ethical conduct/NASW code of ethics. include, but are not limited to, administra- THE 120 Introduction to Acting Prerequisite: SWK 391 Social Work tion and community planning; cognitive 3 hours. Study of basic principles of acting, Practice I. Required for majors. This class is and behavioral theories; crisis and trauma including survey of acting theories, perfor- open to declared social work majors only. recovery; current issues in social work; mance of scenes, and critical observation medical and mental health services; sys - and analysis of productions. SWK 476 Field Experience/ temic and ecologic theories; social policy; Practicum II and treating addictive behaviors. THE 125/325A,B,C 3 hours (150 practicum hours in the Prerequisites: SOC 200 Social Issues and Theatre Laboratory agency). Ideally, SWK 476 and 477 will SWK 180 Introduction to Social Work. 1-2 hours. The practical application occur in a full-year practicum during the of theatre techniques in connection with student’s senior year. The second course in SWK 490 Senior Seminar dramatic productions. Open to any student the field experience/practicum sequence 3 hours. A req u i r ed course for majors to be taking part in a production. “A” denotes will build upon knowledge and experience taken during the spring semester of the acting, “B” directing, and “C” technical acquired in SWK 475 and emphasize senior yea r . The course will focus on consoli- options. May be repeated for a maximum mezzo-practice concepts. Course topics will dating substantive knowledge reg a r ding 1) of eight hours total. include work with small groups, families; social wel f a r e policies and services, 2) human integrating research and evaluation methods behavior in the social environment, 3) the THE 160/360 Improvisational Theatre in the field experience/practicum; agency st ru c t u r e and function of communities and Workshop evaluation and analysis; referral processes; human service organizations, 4) methods of 2 hours. Focus on development of improvi- work with special populations/injustices; inducing change across the micro-, mezzo - , sational skills through structured and ethical dilemmas; ethical conduct/NASW and macro- l e v els, and 5) methods of scientif- directed psychological, physical and social code of ethics; agency recording process; ic inquiry necessary to assess human prob - exercises. May be repeated once for credit. and development of a student portfolio of lems and the effectiveness of prof e s s i o n a l practicum projects and skills. Prerequisites: in t e r ventions. Focus also will be upon the THE 165/365 George Fox Uni ve r s i t y SWK 475 Field Experience/Practicum I, integration of social theories with faith and Pla y ers: Drama Touring Trou p e SWK 392 Social Work Practice II, and learning. Prer equisite: SWK 392 Soc i a l 1 hour each semester. Participation in the- SOC 340 Statistical Procedures. Required Wor k Practice II. Req u i r ed for majors. atre’s traveling ensemble. Entrance to the for majors. This class is open to declared course by audition and invitation. Students social work majors only. SWK 495 Special Study must remain with the troupe the entire 1-3 hours. Independent study of subjects year. May be repeated to a maximum of SWK 477 Field Experience/ outside regular offerings. Guiding bibli- four hours credit. Practicum III ographies are provided, and regular reading 3 hours (150 practicum hours in the reports and conferences are scheduled. For agency). Ideally, SWK 476 and 477 will upper-division majors only, by permission. occur in a full-year practicum during the student’s senior year. The third course in the field experience/practicum sequence will provide further depth and integration of theory, classroom learning and experience within the student’s field experience/ practicum, building on concepts developed in SWK 476 and emphasizing macro-practice concepts. Additional topics will include work with agency boards, communities, governmental systems; implementation of a research project in the agency; community analysis; termination with clients and the agency; addressing social inequities in the student’s field experience/practicum; work with special populations and injustices; policy issues; and ethical conduct/NASW code of ethics. Prerequisites: SWK 476 Field Experience/Practicum II, SWK 393 Social Work Practice III, and SOC 390 Research Seminar. Required for majors. This class is open to declared social work majors only.

10 8 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES WRITING

THE 220 Oral Interpretation THE 340 Theatre as Ministry WRI 200 Interpreting Literature of Literature 3 hours. Off e r ed 2000-01. A consideration 3 hours. An approach to writing as a tool 3 hours. Introduction to the aesthetic bases of theatre skills as tools for meeting human for discovering aspects of meaning in fic - of speech communication through the needs in essentially non-theatrical environ - tional, nonfictional, dramatic and poetic analysis and performance of various genres ments. Focus on drama as a service medium texts. Emphasis will be on careful interpre- of literature. Attention given to perfor- rather than as strictly an entertainment veh i - tation and develop-ment of an effective mance of biblical literature, literature of cl e . writing style. Prerequisite: WRI 110 diverse cultures, and the art of storytelling. Freshman Composition, or equivalent, or THE 495 Individual Research SAT score of 670. THE 240 Understanding Drama in the Theatre 3 hours. A study of significant plays from 1-3 hours. Open to exceptional students WRI 210 Practical Grammar and Edi t i n g the classical period to the present, both as who want to explore a specific area in 3 hours. This course will help those who literary works and staged productions, the greater depth. Entrance at the discretion of want to understand and to be able to goal being a deeper understanding and a faculty member. explain to others what can be done to make appreciation of drama as a symbolic form. writing correct, clear, and precise. Focuses Primary focus is on literary values, with on constructing, editing, and correcting attention also given to the constraints and sentences and paragraphs. This is not a interpretations embodied in the staging, remedial course. Recommended for human- acting and directing of a play. (Identical to ities secondary education majors. Students LIT 240.) WRITING may need WRI 095 English Skills as a prerequisite. WRI 095 English Skills THE 255/455 Technical Theatre 1-3 hours. Offered fall semester as a regular 3 hours. Offered 2001-02. A study of class and other times as individualized WRI 230 Int r oduction to Jou rn a l i s m major areas of technical theatre, with study. Focuses on spelling, reading, compo- 3 hours. A course designed to give funda- emphasis on set design and construction, sition and research skills necessary for effec- mental knowledge and experience in report- lighting design, and sound as applicable to tive college learning. ing, writing and editing news for the print educational, professional and church media. Prerequisite: WRI 110 Freshman drama. Composition, or equivalent, or SAT score WRI 110 Freshman Composition of 670. 3 hours. A course concentrating on exposi- THE 275/475 Field Experience tory writing, with an introduction to basic 1-10 hours. Offered summers only. research methods. Technical and argumen- WRI 250 Biography Supervised experience with off-campus pro- tative writing also are introduced. and Autobiography fessional, community, church, or camp the- 3 hours. An approach to writing and litera- atre productions or drama programs. The ture using personal experience to explore experience may include acting, directing, events, places and people through recollec- technical production, publicity, manage- tions, interviews, diaries, journals and the ment, therapy, or any combination thereof. personal essay. Selected writers, ancient to Enrollment by permission of the professor. contemporary, will be studied as representative models of the form within the genre. THE 285/485 Special Topics Prerequisite: WRI 110 Freshman Compo- 3 hours. Special courses offered occasionally sition, or equivalent, or SAT score of 670. to meet the needs and interests of students, professors, and visiting professors, specifically including technical theatre. Characteristically offered as part of May Term.

THE 320 Advanced Approaches to Acting 3 hours. Off e r ed 2000-01. Problems of characterization, styles and characteristics of acting in various dramatic media; emphasis on im p r ovisations, instruction in movement and timing, and presentation of scenes of var i o u s types. The course req u i r es additional outside- of-class time for rehearsal and performance of selected plays. Prer equisite: Permission of the in s t ru c t o r .

10 9 UNDERGRADUATE COURSES WRITING

WRI 285/485 Special Topics WRI 330 Writing for Publication 3 hours. Occasional special courses chosen to 3 hours. A workshop approach to the writ- fit the needs and interests of faculty, visiting ing of nonfiction articles and other shorte r pr ofessors and stude n t s . nonfiction forms for periodical magazines. Stu d e n t - p r oduced material will be submitted WRI 310 Professional Writing to various magazines as part of course expec- and Desktop Publishing tations. Special attention will be given to 3 hours. Course centers on the study and Christian periodical markets. Prere q u i s i t e : practice of writing utilized by communica - WRI 110 Freshman Composition, or tion-writing professionals and others in in s t ru c t o r ’s permission. organizational contexts. Particular emphasis is on desktop publishing and promotional WRI 360 Writing Fiction types of writing, including design and pro- 3 hours. A workshop approach to the writ- duction of brochures, newsletters, news ing of fiction. Students will write and pre- releases, memos, position papers, and other pare for publication original works. promotional pieces. Prerequisite: WRI 110 Prerequisite: WRI 110 Freshman Compo- Freshman Composition, or instructor’s per- sition, or instructor’s permission. mission. WRI 370 Writing Poetry 3 hours. A workshop approach to the writing of poetry. Students will write and prepare for publication original works. Prerequisite: WRI 110 Freshman Composition, or instructor’s permission.

WRI 495 Individual Research 1-3 hours. Individualized study related to the student’s needs and interests. Open to exceptional students at the discretion of the faculty.

11 0 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS ACADEMIC REGULATIONS ACADEMIC SESSIONS AND CREDITS – CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS

•Sophomores: Students who have completed 31 semester hours ACADEMIC SESSIONS AND CLASSIFICATION CREDITS OF STUDENTS • Juniors: Students who have com-pleted 62 semester hours The academic year at George Fox Univer- Classification is based upon the student’s •Seniors: Students who have completed sity is divided into two semesters of 15 academic standing in terms of hours and 93 semester hours weeks, including a four-day examination grade points at the beginning of the semes- period, plus orientation and registration. In ter. New students will be classified as regu - addition, George Fox sponsors a May Term, lar or provisional students when entrance Special Stu d e n t s a limited summer program for undergradu - requirements have been met and official ates. Seminary classes and graduate courses transcripts have been received and evaluat- This classification includes non-degree stu- in teacher education, business administra- ed. dents generally enrolled for less than 12 tion, psychology, counseling, and marriage semester hours. Any special student wishing and family therapy are offered during sum- to enter a degree program must fulfill regu - mer semester. Occasional short courses and Ful l - T ime Stu d e n t s lar admissions requirements. overseas study experiences also are offered. Full-time students are enrolled for a mini - mum of 12 hours in a standard semester for The unit of credit is the semester hour, Probation and Provi s i o n a l the undergraduate program. Generally, only which normally is granted for the satisfacto- full-time students may represent the Stu d e n t s ry completion of a course meeting one peri- University in an official capacity, may hold A student whose cumulative grade point od (50 minutes) per week for one semester. a major office in an organization, or may average falls below the level established for Credit for all courses is indicated in semes- live in University housing. academic progress (see “Academic Progress ter hours. All student requirements, and Eligibility,” page 115) will be classified advancements, and classifications are based as a probation student. A student placed on on these units. Regular Stu d e n t s probation status may continue to receive Students who have satisfied entrance financial aid. An applicant who does not requirements and are following a pro-gram meet expectations for admission may be leading to a degree are called regular stu - admitted as a provisional student. CLASS ATTENDANCE dents. They are classified as follows: Provisional undergraduate students are generally required to participate in the George The responsibility rests with the • Freshmen: Students who have completed Fox University Academic Success Program student to maintain good standards invol v - fewer than 31 semester hours (see page 23). ing satisfactory scholarship. Regular class attendance is expected of each student in all courses. Class work missed because of absence may be made up only in the case of pr olonged or confining illness, death of rel a - ti v es, or similar emergencies. Excuses for a pr olonged illness are obtained through the Health and Counseling Center and will be issued only if the student contacted the medical staff during the illness and the illness pre v ented class attendance for more than th r ee days. Excuses for family emergencies ar e obtained through the Reg i s t r a r ’s Off i c e . Permission for absence from class for parti c i - pation in co-curricular Uni v ersity activities must be granted by the Academic Affairs Office. Other absence arrangements are be t w een the student and the instruc t o r .

11 2 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS SERVICES TO DISABLED STUDENTS – ACADEMIC LOAD

Undergraduate students admitted provi s i o n - ally may not enroll for more than 14 or 15 hours in the first semester and must include ACADEMIC ADVISING ACADEMIC LOAD at least one semester of WRI 095 Eng l i s h New freshmen may have received The student’s load will be determined in Skills. At the completion of a term, the initial academic advisement by an admis- co n f e r ence with the student’s advisor. Six t e e n Academic Standing Rev i e w Committee con- sions counselor. However, all new freshmen hours per semester is a normal Uni ve r s i t y siders each provisional student’s achievem e n t are assigned a freshman advisor as part of load. Students who carry fewer hours are to determine that sufficient prog r ess has the Freshman Seminar Program. This advi- adding considerably to the cost of education been made for continuance. sor will serve as the academic advisor for by extending the time invol v ed to earn their the freshman year and will also teach a sec- de g r ee. Ordi n a r i l y , the first-semester fres h - tion of the Freshman Seminar course. man will register for no more than 16 hours. Freshmen will select a faculty advisor in Provisional students will be limited to 14 or SE R VICES TO DISABLED their area of interest prior to their sopho- 15 hours. No student may enroll for more more year. than 20 hours, except by special permission ST U D E N T S of the faculty advisor and the Reg i s t r a r . Each returning, transfer and readmit full- Instructional assistance for disabled stu- time student is assigned a faculty advisor to The following is suggested as a satisfactory dents is available through the learning labo- provide guidance in planning an academic relationship between the student’s academic ratory. Where necessary, course require- program. This advisor may be changed by load and his or her on- or off-campus work: ments are reasonably adjusted based on stu - request as a student develops an interest dents’ requests and appropriate documenta- area and forms natural lines of helpfulness Academic Load Work tion. and acquaintance. Other teachers and 15-17 semester Not more than administrators may serve as resource per- Disabled students needing accommodations hours 18 hours sons in guidance and counseling. should contact the Enrollment Services and 12-14 semester Not more than Student Life offices well in advance of It is the responsibility of the student to hours 24 hours attendance so that specific attention can be become familiar with policies and proce- made to assist in providing living arrange- dures outlined in the Catalog. For example, 10-12 semester Not more than ments and learning accommodations. many upper-level courses are offered in hours 30 hours alternate years, but this should be no problem if there is advance planning and if courses are taken in the proper sequences. AUDITORS Advisors will aid as requested, but students must be responsible for their own pro- Subject to instructor approval, any regular grams. or special student may audit courses from which he or she wishes to derive benefit without fulfilling credit requirements. Auditors may enroll on a space-available basis. Enrollment for audit must be established with the Registrar at time of registration. Class attendance standards are to be met. Auditors pay a reduced tuition rate, generally one-half regular tuition. Students’ cost may exceed the block-rate tuition if the audit causes them to exceed the 18- hour maximum.

REGISTRATION

All students are expected to register on the days designated on the University calendar and to begin classes on the first day. The Registrar annually publishes a class schedule booklet with specifics for registration. In addition, each student should be aware of the regulations that appear under the title “Course Numbering System” on page 30. 11 3 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS COURSE ADDITIONS – THE GRADING SYSTEM

FRESHMEN: All freshmen are expected to •Withdrawal from a course (with a “W”) Points Per register for WRI 110 Freshman Compo- must be completed within the first nine Le t t e r Sem e s t e r sition, in the first year. In addition, all weeks of the semester. Beyond this date, a Grad e Mea n i n g Hou r freshmen are expected to register for GED petition to the Vice President for Academic ASup e r i o r 4 101, 102 Literature of the Old and New Affairs is required, and cause (emergency A- 3. 7 Testaments, physical education, and other conditions) must be established. B+ 3. 3 general education courses in the first year. See calendar in this Catalog. BGoo d 3 A common “rule of thumb” is to anti-cipate B- 2. 7 th r ee hours of study for each hour of class. C+ 2. 3 Classes that meet more frequently per wee k C Aver a g e 2 than the credit given will demand less out- OFFICIAL WITHDRAW C- 1. 7 side study. PROCESS D+ 1. 3 D Passing but inferior 1 If a student wishes to officially withdraw FFai l i n g 0 from all course work at George Fox IInc o m p l e t e 0 COURSE ADDITIONS University either during or at the end of a W Official withdrawal 0 semester/enrollment period, the student X No grade rep o rt e d 0 • After classes begin, a late admission to must notify the Registrar’s Office directly by instruc t o r class must have the approval of the (verbally or in writ-ing). The student may P Pass (average or above) 0 Registrar and consent of the instructor contact the Registrar’s Office in person, by NP Not passing 0 involved on a form available in the fax, phone or on the Internet. An official L Lo n g - t e r m 0 Registrar’s Office. withdraw begins when a student submits a Plus ( + ) and minus ( – ) grades may be completed withdraw form to the Registrar’s • The last day to add courses or to exerc i s e designated by a professor and will be Office. Additional information is available a pass/no pass option is established in the entered on the transcript. Points will be cal- on page 140 in the “Compliance with calendar in this Catalog. See inside back culated for the student’s grade point average Federal Laws and Regulations” portion of co ver . accordingly. the catalog. The grade “I” is allowed if a student incurs illness or unprev entable and unfores e e a b l e ci r cumstances that make it impossible to COURSE WI T H D R A WAL S THE GRADING SYSTEM meet course req u i r ements on time. Req u e s t for an “I” grade is initiated with — and • A student wanting to drop or withdraw Semester grades are determined by the ap p r oved by — the Reg i s t r a r . A contract from a class or from the University must instructor’s evaluation of the student’s daily sh o wing the work to be completed and the secure the proper form from the Registrar’s participation in class, performance on peri - completion date is prep a r ed in consultation Office. Without the form, an “F” is record- odic tests, work on research papers and with the instructor and filed with the ed for all courses involved. There is a fee of class projects, and achievement on final Reg i s t r a r . An “I” not completed by the date $10 for a course withdrawal. examinations. Grade points are assigned for indicated or within one semester will be each hour of credit earned according to the changed to the grade assigned on the incom- following system: plete form. An “L” grade (long-term grade) designates satisfactory progress in a course whose objectives continue for more than one semester. The “L” will be replaced by either a “P” grade or a point-receiving grade. This is not an incomplete or “I” grade. An “X” grade indicates the instructor did not rep o r t a grade to the Reg i s t r a r ’s Off i c e . If a student repeats a particular course, the University counts the course credits only once towards graduation requirements. Only the second grade will count in the cumulative GPA, but the original grade will remain on the student’s transcript.

11 4 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS ACADEMIC PROGRESS AND ELIGIBILITY

The Dea n ’s List participate in intercollegiate athletics, a stu- Academic Good Sta n d i n g dent must be in academic good standing Those who achieve and maintain a 3.5 To remain in good academic standing, a and maintain satisfactory academic grade point average or above on 12 or more student must not be on academic probation progress. hours of graded work completed by the end and must have successfully completed at of the semester are eligible for the Dean’s A student is on probation when his or her least 24 semester credits during the two List. cu m u l a t i v e grade point average falls below most recent semesters. Students must be in the following standard: 1-15 hours, 1.7; 16- good standing to be eligible to participate 31 hours, 1.8; 32-47 hours, 1.9; and 2.0 in intercol-legiate athletics sponsored by the Pas s / N o Pass Pol i c y th e re a f t e r . The student is given one semester University. See Academic Progress and A student who has a cumulative GPA of of proba-tion to achieve above the standard. Eligibility section for warning, suspension, 2.00 or better and who has completed 62 Beginning freshmen not admitted provi s i o n - and probation policies. semester hours may choose to take one ally may be allowed two or three semesters of course per semester on a pass/no pass basis academic experience before suspension is from elective courses outside his or her ad m i n i s t e r ed. Sat i s f a c t o r y Academic Prog re s s major and the University’s general educa- Satisfactory academic progress toward a tion requirements. An application form Wh e n e v er the GPA for a given semester is degree as a full-time student is defined as must be filed with the Registrar no later be l o w 2.00, but the cumulative GPA is at or completion at a rate not to exceed 150 per- than the published deadline for exercising ab o ve the req u i r ed minimum, the student cent of the published length of the program the pass/no pass option. rec e i v es an academic warning. This warning while maintaining a cumulative grade point is not a part of the student’s permanent average of 1.7 (1-15 hours), 1.8 (16-31 The teacher submits a regular grade to the rec o r d, but it does alert the student of poten- hours), 1.9 (32-47 hours), and 2.0 there- Registrar, who converts the regular grade of tial difficulties. The student is encouraged after. “C” or above into “pass.” A grade below to “C” becomes a “no pass,” and the course contact the academic advisor, who will assist must be repeated on a satisfactory level to in the development of improved study plans receive credit. and encourage better use of reading and li b r a r y skills. Courses offered only on a pass/no pass basis are field experience (e.g., 275/475); WRI In addition to satisfactory grades, for finan- 095 English Skills; cial aid purposes the student also must show THE 165/365 George Fox University that a degree program will be completed in Players; EDU 375/475 Student Teach-ing I, six years or less given full-time attendance. II; and Juniors Abroad. (GED 130 This means that in addition to enrolling for Freshman Seminar is pass/fail.) at least 12 credits each semester, the student must also successfully complete a minimum Honors Colloquium (GED 271, 272, 371, number of credits each semester. 372) will be graded pass/no pass. All other courses in the Uni v ersity rec e i v e grades. A student not achieving reasonable progress, as determined by the Aca- demic Standing Review Committee, may be given academic suspension. After one or more semesters have elapsed, the student ACADEMIC PROGRESS AND may apply for readmission, and if admitted, ELIGIBILITY reenter provisionally. The Academic Standing Review Committee also may rec- A student on regular, warning, or ommend academic dismissal. Students who provisional status is considered to be mak- are dismissed may not apply for readmis - ing reasonable academic progress. A stu - sion to George Fox University. dent’s semester grades, with a semester GPA and a new cumulative GPA, are posted on The University may suspend or dismiss any the grade report given to the student within student who fails to earn a GPA of at least two weeks following the close of each 1.00 during a semester, regardless of classifi- semester. The GPA is based on George Fox cation or number of hours completed, or University credits only. any students who become so indifferent that they no longer benefit themselves or To be eligible for student go vernment posi- the University community. tions, a student must maintain a GPA of 2.25 or better.To be eligible to

11 5 ACADEMIC REGULATIONS GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS – ACADEMIC HONESTY

Academic App e a l s whose first year in a cooperating engineer - extracurricular activities, with the exception ing school may not be completed at the of prescheduled intercollegiate athletic Academic actions can be appealed to appro- time of the George Fox University com- events. Students wishing to apply for priate University authorities and an mencement. change of final exam time must apply by Academic Appeals Board. Appeals are taken the end of the 10th week of classes. to be good faith actions that request reex- amination of academic decisions. All Second Deg re e appeals must be made within limited time frames depending upon the action being A student wishing to receive a second or concurrent degree must meet the following appealed. Additional information is avail- ACADEMIC HONESTY able in the Academic Affairs Office. requirements: 1. Complete a minimum of 30 semester It is assumed that students at George Fox hours for the “second” degree above the University will endeavor to be honest and minimum 126 hours required for the “first” of high integrity in all matters pertaining to degree; their college life. A lack of respect and GRADUATION integrity is evidenced by cheating, fabricat- REQUIREMENTS 2. Meet the major and general education ing, plagiarizing, misuse of keys and facili- requirements for each degree; ties, removing books and other property A student wishing to rec e i v e a Bachelor of not one’s own, defacing and altering, and Ar ts or a Bachelor of Science degree must 3. Be in attendance the last two semesters the disruption of classes. meet the following req u i re m e n t s : or 30 hours preceding the awarding of the “second” degree; and Cheating is defined as “intentionally using 1. Accumulate at least 126 semester hours or attempting to use unauthorized materi- with a minimum cumulative and major 4. Pay an additional $20 graduation fee if als, information or study aids in any acade- grade point average of 2.00. The GPA is participating in one ceremony; otherwise, mic exercise.” It is assumed that whatever is computed on work taken at George Fox pay an additional $50 graduation fee for submitted by a student is the work of that University only; the “second” degree. student and is new work for that course. Fabrication is “intentional and unautho- 2. Accumulate at least 42 upper-division rized falsification or invention of any infor- semester hours (courses numbered 300 or Graduation Hon o r s mation or citation in an academic exer cise or above); Summa cum laude is awarded to students form.” Plagiarism is “intentionally or know- 3. Complete the general education requir e- with a cumulative grade point average of ingly rep r esenting the words or ideas of ments; 3.90-4.00, magna cum laude to those with a another as one’s own in any academic exer - 3.70-3.89 GPA, and cum laude to those cise.” One who facilitates any of the above is 4. Complete a major in a chosen area with with a 3.50-3.69 GPA. Transfer students equally responsible with the primary violator. no grade below a “C–” in upper-division must have completed at least 60 hours at courses; George Fox University to be eligible for Penalties may include restitution, an “F” on honors at graduation. an individual paper or exam, loss of campus 5. Complete at least 30 semester hours in position or employment, an “F” on a residency (20 hours must be in senior year; Honors in the commencement program are course, disciplinary probation, removal 20 of the last 30 hours must be completed computed on grades through the fall semes - from extracurricular or athletic activities, at George Fox University); ter for spring graduation, and through the and suspension. previous spring semester for fall graduation. 6. Complete at least 10 hours of one’s Honors on the final record and transcript major in residency; are based on all grades received at George 7. File an Application for Degree form not Fox University. later than completion of 93 semester hours toward graduation (normally two semesters before expected graduation); and

8. Pay in full all accounts at the Business FINAL EXAMINATIONS Office. Students are required to take final examina- In order to participate in commencement tions as specified in course syllabi. The final and baccalaureate ceremonies, a student examination schedule covers the last four must have completed all degree require- days of each semester. The schedule is ments. Exceptions include a student regis- printed in the class schedule book each tered for a post-commencement May Term year. Finals for evening classes take place course that is part of the degree program, during the final class period of the semester. and a fourth-year engineering student eligi - The entire last week of each semester will ble for the B.S. degree in applied science be kept free of institutionally sanctioned

11 6 ADMISSIONS ADMISSIONS BASIS OF UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION – ADMISSION PROCEDURES FOR TRANSFER STUDENTS

2. Complete the Application for 7. By June 1, a tuition deposit of $300 Admission and return it to the Admissions should be submitted by each new full-time BASIS OF Office. Include a non-refundable applica- student. This deposit reserves housing and a UNDERGRADUATE tion fee of $40. place in the registration sequence, so the ADMISSION The priority application date is February 1. deposit should be submitted as soon as possible following notification of acceptance. 3. Request a transcript of academic credit Until May 1, it is refundable by written The University admits applicants who evi- from the secondary school last attended. dence academic interests and ability, moral request. The spring semester tuition deposit character and social concern, and who 4. Hav e the two recommendation forms in deadline is December 15 and is not refund- would most likely profit from the curricu - the application packet completed and sent to able after that date. lum and Christian philosophy of George the Admissions Off i c e . 8. A health history form is sent to each Fox University. These qualities are eval- 5. Submit entrance examination scores. student who has paid a tuition deposit. uated by consideration of each applicant’s The Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) [GFU This must be completed personally and academic record, test scores, recommenda- code is 4325] or American College Test sent to the address on the form. tions, writing sample, and participation in (ACT) [GFU code is 3462] will be accept- Registration will not be considered com - extracurricular activities. ed. Tests should be taken in your junior plete without the questionnaire. year or early in your senior year. Contact Admission is possible for fall or spring Immunizations must be documented as your high school principal or counselor for semester. indicated on the Certificate of information concerning these tests. Immunization Status form. George Fox University reserves the right of Soon after the admissions file is completed, the admission or readmission of any student at applicant is notified of the Admissions its discretion. Committee’s decision. The University does not discriminate on 6. If applying for financial aid, a Free ADMISSION PROC E D U R E S the basis of age, sex, race, color, national Application for Federal Student Aid AND POLICIES FOR origin, or handicap in its educational pro- (F AFSA) must be submitted to the approp r i - grams or activities. ate financial aid service as soon after Jan u a r y TRANSFER STUDENTS 1 as possible. Forms may be obtained from high school counseling offices or by writing to the Financial Aid Office at George Fox Proc e d u re s ADMISSION PROC E D U R E S Uni ve r s i t y . After students have been accepted 1. Write to the Office of Und e r g r a d u a t e for admission, they are considered for finan- Admissions, George Fox Uni ve r s i t y , 414 N. FOR FRESHMEN cial assistance. To permit maximum consid- Meridian, Newberg, Oregon 97132, for eration for financial aid, it is rec o m m e n d e d information and admissions forms. In order to provide a solid foundation for that the application process be completed by college-level work, it is recommended that Mar ch 1. the applicant present the equivalent of 16 academic units from an approved high school. The following units are suggested: English, 4; social studies, 2; science, 2; mathematics, 2; foreign language, 2; and health and physical education, 1.

Approximately 90 percent of the freshman class come with an “A” or “B” high school grade average. The Admissions Committee may offer provisional admission to students with low high school grades and low entrance examination scores.

Procedures 1. Write to the Office of Undergradu-ate Admissions, George Fox University, 414 N. Meridian, Newberg, Oregon 97132, for information and admis-sions forms.

11 8 ADMISSIONS HOME SCHOOL STUDENTS – INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS

2. Complete the Application for Admission 9. A health history form is sent to each Each student must complete a minimum of and return it to the Admissions Office. student who has paid a tuition deposit. 30 semester hours in residence for the bach- Include a non-refundable application fee of This must be completed personally and elor’s degree. Twenty hours must be in the $40. sent to the address on the form. senior year. Additionally, transfer students Registration will not be considered com- must complete at least 60 hours at George 3. Request an official transcript from each plete without the questionnaire. Fox University to be eligible for honors at college where previously registered. An Immunizations must be documented as graduation. applicant may also be asked to furnish a indicated on the Certificate of high school transcript. Immunization Status form. 4. Transfer students applying for admission during the first year out of high school should submit entrance examination scores. Policies HOME SCHOOL STUDENTS Students who have completed work at other The Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or Students who attended home school during educational institutions may be entitled to American College Test (ACT) will be their high school years may be admitted to advanced standing by presenting official accepted. the Uni v ersity by following the admissions transcripts. George Fox University applies pro c e d u r es for freshmen. Home school stu- 5. Hav e the two recommendation forms in the accepted credits toward the general edu - dents are considered for performance grants the application packet completed and sent to cation requirements, electives, and the stu- and scholarships. Add i t i o n a l l y , home school the Admissions Off i c e . dent’s chosen major. students mu s t submit either ACT scores, A A student must be free from academic or Certain criteria are involved in the evalua - GED certificate, or other approved “Abi l i t y behavioral probation or suspension at all tion: to Ben e f i t ” test. colleges previously attended to be eligible The Admissions Office strongly rec o m m e n d s for admission to George Fox University. 1. Only course work with a “C–” or better the ACT . grade will be accepted. (The grade point Soon after the admissions file is completed, the average does not transfer. A student’s GPA applicant is notified of the Admissions is computed on work at George Fox Committee’s decision. University only.) 6. If applying for financial aid, a Free INTERNATIONAL 2. A maximum of 64 semester hours may Application for Federal Student Aid STUDENTS (FAFSA) must be submitted to the appro- be transferred from community colleges. priate financial aid service as soon after Each course from community college pro- George Fox Uni v ersity is authorized under January 1 as possible. Forms may be grams, except for courses completed for the federal law to enroll non-immigrant alien obtained from your college financial aid Oregon Transfer Associate of Arts (OTAA) students. Pros p e c t i v e students who are not office or by writing to the Financial Aid degree, is evaluated by the Registrar for United States citizens are encouraged to Office at George Fox University. After stu- application to George Fox University apply early. To be considered for admission, dents have been accepted for admission, requirements. an international student must complete all they are considered for financial assistance. 3. The Oregon Transfer Associate of Arts general admissions proc e d u r es req u i r ed of To permit maximum consideration for degree will satisfy all general education American students and submit a Dec l a r a t i o n financial aid, it is recommended that the requirements except Bible and religion proof Finances form or demonstrate adequate application process be completed by March vided students complete 93 quarter hours funds by a certified bank statement. 1. (62 semester hours) of transferable credit Immunizations must be up-to-date and documented. 7. Hav e the financial aid office at each col- graded “C–” or better. The OTAA degree lege previously attended complete a Fin a n c i a l may not necessarily meet school, depar t- International students (F-1 visa students or Aid Transcript and return it to the Fin a n c i a l ment or major requirements with regard to J-1 visa students) must show proficiency in Aid Office at George Fox Uni ve r s i t y . Th e courses or GPA. the English language by posting a score on the paper-based Test of English as a Foreign Financial Aid Transcript must be completed 4. A maximum of 40 semester hours of Language (TOEFL) of at least 500 or on whether or not aid was rec e i v ed at these Bible and Christian ministries may be the computer-based TOEFL of at least 173 in s t i t u t i o n s . applied on a degree in a major other than and a score on the Test of Written English Bible and Christian ministries. 8. By June 1, a tuition deposit of $300 of at least 4. Students with a score between must be submitted by each new full-time 5. A maximum of 15 semester hours of 500 and 550 (paper-based TOEFL) or student. This deposit reserves housing and a approved correspondence work may be between 173 and 213 (computer-based place in the registration sequence. Until applied toward a degree program. TOEFL) will be provided a one-hour tutor- May 1, it is refundable by written request. ial during their first semester at George Fox The spring semester tuition deposit dead - Any evaluation of transfer credit is to be University to improve their ability to write line is December 15 and is not refundable considered tentative until the student has in English and to develop more effective after that date. completed one semester of no less than 12 study strategies. Students not show-ing pro- hours. ficiency at the above-described levels may apply for admission to the George Fox University English Language Institute (see page 42). 11 9 ADMISSIONS READMISSION OF FORMER STUDENTS – EARLY ADMISSION OF HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS

READMISSION OF FORMER PART-TIME STUDENTS OLDER ADULTS

STUDENTS Individuals who would like to take less than Any person 62 years of age or older may To apply for readmission after an absence a full-time load (1-11 hours) may apply as a en r oll in traditional undergraduate courses of one or more semesters, a student should part-time student. Application forms and for credit or audit without a tuition charge. request an Application for Readmission counseling regarding courses are available in A service fee of $20 per semester is req u i re d , from the Admissions Office. If two or more the Registrar’s Office. Applicants are plus a fee for materials if such are essential to years have elapsed, he or she must meet any required to pay the nonrefundable $40 the course. A small charge may be necessary new or revised graduation requirements and application fee, and tuition is based on the for continuing education courses in which may be asked to go through regular admis- current per-credit-hour rate. the primary enrollment is older adults. sion procedures. By June 1, a $300 tuition Unless limited by space, equipment or essen- deposit must be submitted by each rea d m i t - tial background, all courses are open. ted student. Until May 1, it is ref u n d a b l e . Application is through the Reg i s t r a r ’s Off i c e . A one-time application fee of $40 is The spring semester tuition deposit deadline HIGH SCHOOL is December 15 and is not refundable after req u i r ed. that date. NONGRADUATES Counseling in reg a r d to courses is avai l a b l e in the Reg i s t r a r ’s Office. Students who drop out to attend another An adult whose high school preparation is This privilege does not apply to enrol l m e n t pr ogram risk acceptance of that credit on incomplete may be admitted on the basis of in the management and organizational lead- return unless such has been approved by the the General Education Development Test, er s h i p , management of human res o u r ces, or Registrar prior to leaving. provided the average standard score is at management and business information sys- least 53 with no one score below 48. A high tems programs, nor in graduate courses. school or two-year college counseling center can supply details.

EARLY ADMISSION AUD I TO R S OF HIGH SCHOOL ST U D E N T S Subject to the approval of instructor and the Reg i s t r a r ’s Office, it is possible to audit classes An early admissions program is available to on a space-available basis. Auditors pay a qualified high school students. This permits reduced tuition fee, generally one-half reg u l a r study at George Fox University while a stu- tuition. Students do not complete course dent completes a high school program. req u i r ements, and no college credit is earned. Eligibility Requirements • An applicant must have completed the sophomore year of high school.

• An applicant who has completed the senior year of high school is not eligible.

• Early admission students must receive grades of “C” or better to remain in the program.

12 0 AD M I S S I O N S AD VANCED PLACEMENT — HONORS PROGRAM – ADMISSION PROCEDURES FOR CONTINUING EDUCATI O N

Application Procedures for Early Admission AD VANCED PLACEMENT — ADMISSION 1. Contact the Admissions Office for the HONORS PROG R A M PROCEDURES admission form. Past learning and present ability may rec o m - AND POLICIES 2. Complete the Application for Early mend that course work begin at an advan c e d FOR DEPARTMENT Admission and return it to the Registrar’s le v el. This may invol v e granting of credit or Office with the $40 application fee and OF CONTINUING waiving certain prer equisites or Uni ve r s i t y indicate your choice of courses. req u i r ements. See “Exemptions and EDUCATION STUDENTS 3. Only one course of no more than four Wai v ers,” page 30; “Course Challenge Programs,” page 18; and “Intensified Stu d i e s hours may be taken during any regular Procedures semester. Program,” page 24. 1. Obtain from George Fox University an application packet by calling or writing one Cost and Credit of our admissions offices. • Early-admission students may take a CAMPUS VISITATION • Oregon Office: DCE Adm i s s i o n s , maximum of 12 semester hours of work George Fox Uni v ersity Por tland with a tuition charge of $40 per credit Students interested in enrolling at Geo r g e Ce n t e r , 12753 S.W. 68th Ave., hour. Fox Uni v ersity are encouraged to visit the Por tland, OR 97223, 888-888-0178, campus, preferably when classes are in ses- dc e @ g e o r g e f ox . e d u • Credit during early admission may be sion. A visit provides an opportunity to applied to degree programs at George Fox ob s e r ve classes, see the campus facilities, and • Boise Office: George Fox Uni v ersity – University without additional charge. talk with students and professors. It also will Boise Center, DCE Admissions, 8660 W. Emerald St., Suite 112, Boise, ID 83704, 1- • Credit earned during early admission gi v e Uni v ersity personnel an opportunity to 800-749-4369, (208) 375-3900, may be transferred to other colleges or uni- get to know the student better. When possi- dc e b o i s e @ g e o r g e f ox . e d u versities upon payment of regular tuition ble, visits should be arranged five days in ad v ance through the Admissions Off i c e , and fees in effect at the time the course was Applications are also available at the Geo r g e which is open on weekdays, 8:00 a.m. to taken. Fox Web site (www.g e o r g e f ox . e d u ) . 5:00 p.m., and on Sat u r days, 10:00 a.m. to Ins t r uctions for the online application • After the completion of 60 semester 1:00 p.m . pr ocess are explained there. hours (two years) at George Fox University, a student may transfer the hours taken dur- 2. Complete the application for admission ing early admission without an additional and return to the DCE Admissions Office payment. with a non-refundable application fee of $40.

Admission Following 3. Request that official transcripts be sent Participation in the di r ectly to George Fox Uni v ersity from each Early Admission Program college or university attended. (See application for request forms.) A high school student taking courses in the Early Admission Program and wishing to be admitted to the Uni v ersity as a regular student must complete all application proc e - du r es for admission to the Uni ve r s i t y . See page 118. Since an Early Admission parti c i - pant has already paid an application fee, an additional fee will not be req u i re d .

12 1 ADMISSIONS SPOUSE ENROLLMENT PROGRAM

4. Have two letters of recommendation To graduate with a bachelor’s degree, stu- completed and sent to the DCE dents must complete a total of 126 semes- Admissions Office. (See application.) ter hours as follows: SPOUSE ENROLLMENT PROGRAM 5. Complete a one- to two-page writing MOL/ MBIS sample, to be evaluated by George Fox MHR/ Spouses of full-time undergraduate and University faculty. Required entry credit 62 62 graduate George Fox University students may take traditional undergraduate courses, 6. After acceptance into a DCE program, Approved portfolio credit* without credit, at a reduced rate. After and at least two weeks prior to the first or Additional transfer completing a part-time application form class session, a tuition deposit of $150 is credit 30 28 and paying a $40 fee, the spouse may take required for registration. Department of Continuing up to two courses per semester for $15 Education Program 34 36 a course.

Policies Total 126 126 If the spouse would like credit for Admission into DCE programs is based on the class at a later date, the prevailing *If a student enters the program with less the following criteria: tuition charge for the courses at the time than 92 semester hours, academic credit they were taken would need to be paid. •Minimum of 62 transferable semester can be earned through the portfolio hours (93 quarter hours) consisting of 35 process. Credit may be awarded for college- general education hours and 27 elective level learning through personal growth and hours from accredited colleges or universi- professional development or by writing life- ties. learning essays. In the MOL or MHR program, a maximum of 30 semester hours of •Minimum of five years qualifying work credit may be granted through portfolio experience documented in a résumé. assessment. In the MBIS program, a maxi- •Official transcripts indicating a cumula- mum of 28 semester hours is allowed. tive grade point average of 2.0 or higher.

•Two letters of recommendation (one personal and one professional) from persons qualified to assess academic or professional competency.

•Writing sample, assessed by George Fox University faculty, that demonstrates competency needed for success in the program.

• Completed application and $40 non-refundable application fee.

12 2 FINANCES FINANCES COSTS – TUITION, FEES AND EXPENSES

George Fox Uni v ersity maintains high educational standards at the lo west possible cost. The individual student pays about 74 percent of the actual cost of education. The remainder of the cost is underwr i t t e n TUITION, FEES AND EXPENSES by gifts from alumni, friends, churches, businesses and institutions. An (2000-01) ex t e n s i v e financial aid program assists students in meeting univer s i t y co s t s . Tuition — Undergraduate The Board of Trustees reserves the right to adjust charges at any 1 to 11 1/2 credit hours per semester, per hour...... $535 time, after giving due notice. No changes will be made during a 12 to 18 credit hours, per semester...... $8,650 semester, nor, unless special circumstances make such action neces- More than 18 credit hours per sary, will changes be made during a given academic year. semester, for each additional hour...... $475 May Term, per credit hour...... $268 Early admission, per credit hour...... $40 Older adults (62 and older), service fee per semester...... $20 COSTS ESL students (20-hr. maximum), per semester...... $6,125 Audit (per credit hour)...... $267.50 Estimated Cash Outlay for Typical Entering Undergraduate Student, 2000-01 (two semesters) Department of Continuing Education Fall Spring MOL/MHR Oregon...... $11,950 Semester Semester Total MOL Boise...... $12,150 Tuition MBIS ...... $13,100 (12 to 18 hours) $8,650 $8,650 $17,300 Student Body Fee 100 100 200 Student Body Membership Activities Fee 10 10 20 Students registered for 12 hours or more Health Fee 50 50 100 each semester...... $100 per semester Continuing Deposit ______100 ______— ______100 Students registered for 5-111/2 hours Total $8,910 $8,810 $17,720 each semester...... $50 per semester Board and Room This fee covers the cost of student activities, class dues, social events, (Complete food service and residence hall room, the Student Union Building, and subscriptions to Associated Student double occupancy) $2,775 $2,775 $5,550 ______Community publications. Total, resident students $11,685 $11,585 $23,270 These costs do not include travel, books, and personal expenses, Activities Fee which will vary widely among students. Costs All students registered for 5 hours of books can be expected to average about $200 to $300 or more each semester...... $10 per semester per semester, depending on courses taken. Entitles students to attend basketball games and some drama/music theatre events free of charge.

Deposits and Admission Fees for 2000-01 Application Fee (nonrefundable, submitted with application for admission)...... $40

Tuition Deposit (required of all new full-time students and non-refundable after May 1, this deposit insures housing priority and registration privileges based on date of receipt; used as credit on first-semester bill)...... $300

Continuing Deposit (required of all full-time students; charged on first-semester bill and held on deposit until departure)...... $100

12 4 FINANCES TUITION, FEES AND EXPENSES

Registration, Records and Major Medical Insurance Graduation Fees George Fox Uni v ersity req u i r es full-time students to carry medical Late Registration Fee (applicable if registration insurance and provide proof of coverage annually. Students who do is not made prior to the first day of classes not document coverage are generally req u i r ed to enroll in the each semester) ...... $25 Uni ve r s i t y ’s Student Major Medical Insurance Plan. Information on this plan can be obtained from the Enr ollment Ser vices Offices or the Change of Registration Fee, per change form submitted Health and Counseling Center. after the last day to change registration ...... $10 The premium is subject to change each year by the underwriter but Examination Fee, for credit by examination, is about $600 for 12 months, payable on the first-semester billing. challenge, or exemption from specific Coverage is available for students only and is not available for spouse requirement...... $40 per course or dependents. Graduation Fee...... $105

Official Transcripts, per copy Parking Fees/Fines (student account must be paid in full)...... $3 Student vehicles must be registered with the Security Office, and a Unofficial Transcript...... $1 non-refundable parking fee must be paid. Rushed Official Transcript...... $10 Per semester...... $30 Placement File Setup Fee...... $10 Annual...... $50 Placement File, per set...... $7 Parking violations (maximum per violation)...... $50 Additional sets with same order...... $3

Departmental Fees Room and Board Room and board is furnished to resident students as indicated in the Chemistry/Biology Fees...... $10-160 following. Residence hall rooms are double occupancy; two-room Communication/video production courses...... $10-50 suites are occupied by four students; houses and apartments (for Off-campus physical education activity, upperclassmen) house from two to 12 persons. There are four single- per semester*...... $10-370 occupancy residence hall rooms (two for men, two for women). An Private music lessons, per semester additional charge of $200 per semester will be charged for those (includes one half-hour lesson per week rooms. and use of practice room)...... $215 All freshman and sophomore students must participate in the full Other: Several classes require an extra fee to cover special facilities, continuous dining program. Juniors may choose between continu- equipment, transportation, etc., ranging from $10 to $100 per class, ous dining or 14 meals per week. Seniors may choose between con- although some specific courses may be higher. Class fees are printed tinuous dining, 14 meals per week, seven meals per week (plus $175 in the course schedule book. flex spending per year), or full exemption. *Students pay a fee of $10-$370 to cover costs of facilities, equipment, Breakdown of Costs: Room and Board and transportation for any physical education course conducted off campus, such as swimming, bowling, golf, skiing and canoeing. Personal Semester Year rackets are required Room: for tennis. Residence hall* $1,415 $2,830 Suites* 1,460 2,920 Apartments and houses Late Payment Fees with phone 1,415 2,830 Account Service Charge: Open accounts (other than approved without phone 1,390 2,780 installment plans) are subject to a one-percent- per-month service charge on the unpaid balance. Full Board $1,360 $2,720

Returned check fee, per check...... $25 A limited amount of housing is available for married students. Billing service charge (for late payment of fines)...... $5 Information may be obtained from the Student Life Off i c e . *Telephone charge included Health/Counseling Fee Health/counseling fee, per semester...... $50

This fee provides unlimited free access to the physicians, nurse and counselors in the Health and Counseling Center.

12 5 FINANCES SCHEDULE OF REQUIRED DEPOSITS – FINANCIAL ARRANGEMENTS

Students may be asked to leave at any time during a semester if appropriate arrange - SCHEDULE OF REQUIRED FINANCIAL ments have not been made at the beginning DEPOSITS ARRANGEMENTS of the semester or if the student becomes delinquent on installment payments. New full-time students are generally All charges made by the Uni v ersity required to pay a $300 tuition deposit by ar e due prior to the beginning of each June 1. This deposit will be applied against semester or may be made on an installment Restrictions the first-semester tuition and is non-refund- basis by either annual or semester plans The University will withhold transcript of able after May 1. th r ough Tuition Management Sys t e m s records and diploma until all university All new full-time students are req u i r ed to pay (TMS). Students receiving scholarships, bills have been paid. Students will not be a continuing deposit of $100 at reg i s t r a t i o n . grants or loans must complete all necessary permitted to attend for a new semester, This deposit is designed to cover student- arrangements well in advance of reg i s t r a t i o n . including May Term, Juniors Abroad and caused damage, fines, etc., and will be held Students who are securing a loan from finan- summer field experience, until all bills are 30 to 60 days past the end of the semester in cial institutions or agencies (e.g., a federally paid for the previous session. which the student graduates or withdraws, in s u r ed bank loan) that may still be pending at the time of registration must have a letter pending receipt by the Student Acc o u n t s The Return of the Title IV and Office of any fines, penalties, or other of commitment from the lender acceptable charges. If there is an outstanding balance on to the Uni ve r s i t y . Ser vice charges will be Institutional Financial Aid the student’s account, the deposit refund will made on unpaid accounts even though Funds and the George Fox be applied to that balance. financial aid and loans are pending, so the University Institutional Refund application process should be started early. Policy Housing Deposit for Returning Earnings from work-study jobs are paid These policies generally apply to students Students directly to the student. These jobs are not who withdraw entirely from George Fox guaranteed, therefore the earnings cannot University or to students who are asked to 1. All students, except graduating seniors, be credited to a student account in advance. withdraw for academic, disciplinary or who will live in University-owned housing Interest will be charged on accounts being financial reasons. during the upcoming year will be required paid from work-study earnings. to pay a $100 housing deposit to secure their housing assignment. Payment for May Term and summer tuition 2. This deposit will be payable to the is due in full when billed. Student Accounts Office by the first week in March. (Students will be notified of the Students who choose to reduce their date by the Student Life Office.) course load, and who do not completely withdraw from the University, will gener- 3. The deposit is refundable if notice is ally not receive a refund of tuition, made by July 15 for fall semester and prior course fees, and other associated fees to January 1 for spring semester. In the case unless the changes takes place prior to that a student returns to George Fox in the the last day to change registration, also fall and occupies University-owned hous- known as the end of the add/drop peri- ing, the deposit will be credited toward his od, which is published in the University’s or her account for the fall semester. academic calendar and class schedule In the case that a student does not return to book. George Fox and/or does not occupy University-owned hous-ing, the deposit will be forfeited.

At the time the housing deposit is paid, students must be current on their payment arrangements to be eligible to participate in housing sign-ups for the following year. Please see the Student Accounts Office if you have questions about your account.

12 6 FINANCES FINANCIAL ARRANGEMENTS

Note: Both The Return of the Title IV and The “enrollment period” is defined as the • After 60 percent of the period has tran- Institutional Financial Aid Fund Policy and period in which a student is enrolled. spired, there is no return. the George Fox University Institutional Refund Policy must be considered when deter- The “payment period” is defined as the To estimate the amount that will be mining the financial impact of withdrawing. loan payment period for which the student returned to either federal or institutional is eligible. The payment period is used only financial aid programs: when calculating the return of funds for ♦ EXPLANATION OF TERMS academic programs that have two loan dis - (a) Divide the days transpired by the total number of days in the period. (See The term “Title IV Funds” refers to federal bursement periods within one academic Withdraw Date and Refund Calculation financial aid programs authorized under the period, such as the Department of Period above.) Higher Education Act of 1965 (as amend- Continuing Education MOL and MBIS ed). At George Fox University, these pro- programs. (b) Convert this number to a percentage grams include Unsubsidized Direct Stafford A “Post Withdrawal Dis b u r s e m e n t ” is a by moving the decimal point two places to Loans, Subsidized Direct Stafford Loans, financial aid or loan disbursement that the the right and round to one decimal place. Perkins Loans, Direct PLUS Loans, student was eligible for prior to withdrawal, This equals the percentage of aid retained. Pell Grants and SEOG. Federal Work- but had not yet rec e i ve d . Study wages are not included. (c) Subtract the percentage of aid retained from 100 percent. This is the percentage The term “Institutional Financial Aid ♦ RETURN OF TITLE IV AND that will be returned. Funds” refers to George Fox University INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS financial aid dollars, including grants and (E xample: If a student’s withdraw date is scholarships. • Federal law requires that all Title IV funds established as the 21st day of a period that is disbursed to the school be included in the 111 days long, 21 days would be divided by The “Return” of funds, either Title IV or return calculation, including funds in excess 111 days to equal .1892, which conver ts to institutional, refers to the amounts removed of the student account balance that the 18.9 percent. This is the amount of aid from the student account. institution has forwarded to the student ret a i n e d . 100 percent minus 18.9 perce n t and eligible funds pending disbursement. equals 81.1 percent of aid that must be The term “Refund” refers to the reversal of (See Post Withdrawal Disbursement.) ret u rn e d . amounts charged on the student account. • The percentage of Title IV and institu- A copy of the worksheet used for this calcu- The “withdraw date” is the date established tional funds returned is based on the num- lation can be requested from the George by the Office of the Registrar in accordance ber of calendar days that the student was Fox University Student Accounts Office. with the Official Withdraw Process. (See enrolled, including the established with- Official Withdraw Process, page 114.) In accordance with federal regulations, the draw date. return of Title IV funds is made in the fol- The “period” used in calculating the return lowing order: of Title IV and institutional funds is either the payment period or the enrollment peri- • Unsubsidized Direct Stafford Loans od, depending on the academic program • Subsidized Direct Stafford Loans involved. Both periods are based on calen- • Perkins Loans, Direct PLUS Loans dar days. They include weekends but • Pell Grants exclude scheduled breaks of five days or • SEOG more. The period used in calculating • Other Title IV programs refunds is always the enrollment period. The order that institutional financial aid is returned is at the discretion of the Financial Aid Office.

♦ RETURN OF TITLE IV FUNDS BY THE STUDENT When the Return of Title IV Funds calculation results in the student (or parent for a PLUS Loan) having a repayment responsibility, the George Fox University Student Accounts Office will notify the student of his or her responsibility.

12 7 FINANCES FINANCIAL AID

♦ POST WITHDRAWAL • A student whose withdraw date is within week three receives a 25 percent refund. DISBURSEMENT FINANCIAL AID When a Post Withdrawal Disbursement is • A student whose withdraw date is within available, the institution may, without the week four, or later, receives no refund. student’s or parent’s permission, credit the Basis of Student Aid Refunds of May Term tuition will generally late disbursement to the student account to Each family should expect to make ever y be calculated as follows: cover allowable institutional charges. When reasonable financial adjustment to provide loans are applied to the student’s account, • A student who withdraws prior to day as much support as possible for college the student is notified of the disbursement. one of the enrollment period receives a full expenses. Financial aid to supplement the If the student (or parent for a PLUS Loan) refund. family’s efforts will be offered under three wishes to cancel all or a portion of a loan, basic conditions: (1) in consideration of the they must do so, in writing, to the • A student who withdraws on day one student’s/family’s financial need as demon - Financial Aid Office within two weeks of receives a 50 percent refund, regardless of strated by a uniform method of analysis; (2) receiving notice of the disbursement. attendance. in consideration of a student’s academic potential, personal interests and abilities, When the Post Withdrawal Disburse-ment • A student who withdraws on day two or and promise for future leadership; and (3) results in excess funds being available to the later will not receive any refund. availability of University funds. student, or when pending disbursements Refunds of room and board will generally are needed to cover minor non-institutional With few exceptions, students be calculated as follows: charges: must be enrolled full time (at least 12 credits per semester) to receive financial • Authorization from the borrower is • Students withdrawing from housing dur- aid. They must also meet eligibility requir e- required. ing the first week in the enrollment period will receive a prorated refund. After the first ments of the programs from which they • Authorizations on file remain in effect. week there is no refund. receive assistance. Such requirements include maintaining satisfactory academic • If the borrower has not signed an autho- • Students withdrawing from the meal plan progress toward a degree, maintaining a rization, the institution will request the during the first two weeks in the enroll- minimum grade point average, having needed authorization either electronically or ment period will receive a prorated refund. financial need, and other specific condi- in writing. After the second week there is no refund. tions of federal, state or University regulations. • The borrower will be advised that no late After the second week of the enrollment disbursement will be made for these pur- period, there is generally no refund for poses unless authorization is received within Health Insurance, Student Body Fees, Awards Based Upon Financial 14 days of the date the institution sent the Health Counseling Fees, Activity Fees, Need notification. Parking Permit Fees and course fees. (Refunds of course fees will be considered if Financial need is determined by a uniform the student submits faculty approval show- method of analysis of information the fami- ♦ INSTITUTIONAL CHARGES ing that the institution did not incur costs ly provides on the Free Application for REFUND CALCULATION as a result of the student’s anticipated par- Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). The need Refunds of tuition, excluding May Term, ticipation in activities and/or that supplies analysis helps the University determine the will generally be calculated as follows: were not issued.) contribution the family is expected to make. The difference between this family • In the case of cancellation of pre-registra- Generally, there is no refund of Ministry expectation and the cost of attendance at tion, the lesser of $100 or 5 percent will be Assessment Fees, Graduate Education the University is the “need” that financial charged by the University to cover the costs Student Body Fees, Add/Drop Fees and aid attempts to fill. of registration and processing. To avoid this interest. minimum charge, notification must be Financial assistance awarded by George Fox made to the Registrar’s Office by July 15; Note: No transcripts will be released until the University takes the form of scholarships, for spring semester, notification must be student’s account is paid in full. This includes grants, loans and employment. “Need- made prior to January 1. current charges, balances that are the result of based” financial assistance comes from the financial aid funds returned, fines that may state or federal government and from the • A student whose withdraw date is day one be assessed after the student leaves, and com- University. of the enrollment period receives a 90 per- puter buy-out fees. cent refund. These policies are in compliance with the • A student whose withdraw date is after Higher Education Reauthorization Act. For day one but within week one receives a 75 refund examples, please stop by the Student percent refund. Accounts Office or call 503-554-2290.

• A student whose withdraw date is within week two receives a 50 percent refund.

12 8 FINANCES FINANCIAL AID

Students awarded federal and state aid are ♦ UNIVERSITY GRANTS The Duke Scholarship is awarded to acad- subject to the laws regulating those pr o- The University awards funds to needy stu- emically talented students who also have grams. For instance, all federal and state dents to supplement funds provided by the outstanding leadership capabilities. The assistance requires signed statements from federal and state programs. If eligible on scholarship of $7,000 maximum is given to the recipient attesting that the funds will be the basis of financial need, a student with students with a predicted GPA of at least used only for educational purposes, that the insufficient state or federal funds may 3.50 based upon high school GPA and SAT student is not in default on any govern- receive a George Fox University grant. or ACT scores. Continuation requires a ment loan nor owing a refund on any gov- cumulative 3.20 GPA. ernment grant, and that the student has registered with the Selective Service or that ♦ MERIT SCHOLARSHIPS The Elizabeth Carey Minas Scholarship is awarded to academically tal- he or she is not required to do so. Honors scholarships are granted each acad- ented returning students who received the emic year to a limited number of qualified The total financial aid package — includ- Ed and Linda Stevens Scholarship in the students. Financial need is not a criterion ing all grants, scholarships and loans — previous year. The annual scholarship is up for any of the honors scholarships. may not exceed the amount of need when to $5,000 maximum. Continuation federal program funds are included. The Presidential Scholarship is a $10,000 requires a cumulative 3.20 GPA. Vir tually ever y student in the Uni v ersity who renewable scholarship awarded to freshmen The Ed and Linda Stevens Scholar-ship is can demonstrate need is awarded funds who are either National Merit semifinalists for incoming students who have a predicted (grants, loans and/or employment) to assist or students with a predicted grade point GPA of 3.25 or above. The annual scholar- in meeting the cost of attendance. average (PGPA) of 4.0 or above. ship is $5,000. Continuation requires a The PGPA is based on the high school 3.20 GPA. Awards Based on Academic GPA and SAT or ACT scores. Continuation of the award is based on a The Honors on Entrance Scholarship is Potential, Personal Interests minimum cumulative GPA of 3.40 and an aw a r ded to incoming freshman students with and Qualities, and Promise annual interview with the Scholarship a predicted grade point average of at least a of Future Leadership Committee. 3.0. The annual scholarship is $2,500. Many awards for potential academic and Continuation generally req u i r es a 3.0 cumu- The Benson Scholarship is an $8,000 other performance abilities, and for person- la t i v e GPA. maximum renewable scholarship first pro- al qualities and affiliations, may be given vided in 1973 through a trust from Mr. without considering the financial need of and Mrs. Thomas Benson. Recipients are ♦ COMPETITIVE recipients. Many scholarships are available incoming freshmen who have a predicted to students who have proven ability in col- SCHOLARSHIPS GPA of 3.75 or above. Continuation in the lege. Others, such as the honors scholar - The Jim and Lila Miller Awa r d is for stu- program requires a cumulative GPA of ships, are awarded to both new and return- dents with a minimum GPA of 3.0 who 3.40. ing students. ha v e demonstrated exceptional characteristics th r ough co-curricular activities, student government, or in the local church or commu- Scholarships, Grants, Loans ni t y . The scholarship may be of vary i n g and Student Employment amounts. Continuation of the Miller Awa r d generally req u i r es a cumulative GPA of 3.0. ♦ FEDERAL AND STATE GRANT PROGRAMS The Federal Pell Grant and the Oregon State Need Grant programs award funds to students on the basis of eligibility standards set by federal and state regulations. The Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant is funded by the federal government and awarded to students according to eligibility standards set by both the government and the University. Funds from these programs are available only to students who can demonstrate rela - tively high need.

12 9 FINANCES FINANCIAL AID

The George Fox University Science ♦ SPECIAL GRANTS ♦ FAMILY DISCOUNTS Scholarship is a $3,500 maximum renew- A limited number of grants are offered to Tuition discounts equal to approximately able scholarship for science majors who encourage and enable special groups of stu - five percent of tuition will be granted to have a predicted GPA of 3.5 out of high dents to attend George Fox University. second and additional family members school. Candidates are recommended by Grants of $1,500 each are awarded to when more than one member of the same the Admissions Office and approved by the dependents of active ministers and mission- family is enrolled at the University at the science department. The application process aries. Any entering freshman student from same time. includes SAT scores, seven-semester tran- California with a high school GPA of at script, and a letter of recommendation from least 3.0 may receive a grant of $1,400. ♦ a high school science teacher. Continuation Any student from a Friends or Evangelical SPECIAL SCHOLARSHIPS requires a 3.4 GPA. Church of North America church with a AND GRANTS high school GPA of 3.0 or a combined SAT A portion of the University’s endowment ♦ DRAMA, MUSIC, AND score above 1000 may receive a grant of fund is designated for the scholarship pro- FORENSICS SCHOLARSHIPS $1,400. These grants are based upon finan- gram. The scholarships and grants listed cial need. Stipends may be reduced some- below are funded by endowments provided A limited number of awards are made each what for students who are eligible for more by friends of the University. Except as year to talented students who show prom i s e than one of these grants. Continuation of noted, these scholarships are awarded to of achievement in drama, music, and foren - the California Student Grant or the returning students only. Amounts may vary sics. To be eligible, applicants must have sat- Friends/ECNA Student Grant requires a from year to year. Financial need is general- is f a c t o r y academic rec o r ds and unusual cumulative college GPA of at least 3.0. ly a consideration for the following awards: pr oficiency in one or more of the above fields. Auditions or personal intervi e ws usually are req u i r ed of applicants. ♦ CHURCH/UNIVERSITY Financial Aid Office FELLOWSHIP AWARDS The J. Caroline Ankeny Memorial ♦ MINORITY GRANTS The Uni v ersity has established Church / Scholarships totaling $2,800 are awarded University Fellowship Awards to assist annually to international students from African-American Student Awards and churches in encouraging their young people India, Africa, Bolivia or Peru. Need is con- Hispanic-American Student Awards of to attend George Fox University. The sidered. $2,500 are offered to students who meet church may make a gift of any amount to academic qualifications and maintain a the University for credit to a specific stu- The Austin Scholarship is intended for cumulative GPA of 2.5. Applicants of other dent’s account. The University will then academically superior students from selected minority groups (as well as African- match up to $500 ($600 for Friends stu- Newberg. The $1,550 award is renewable if Americans and Hispanic-Americans who do dents) of the gift for any full-time students, the student is active in college programs not receive the above awards) may receive and up to $600 for juniors and seniors who and leadership and maintains a 3.0 GPA. the $1,000 Minority Student Award. ar e preparing for Christian service. Gifts may Financial need is not required. be made for any number of students from a ch u r ch. In addition, there is a George Fox Uni ve r s i t y / No rt h w est Yearly Meeting partnership that may provide additional assistance for students from those churches in the Yearly Meeting that participate in the Ch u rc h / Un i v ersity Match Program. Th e gifts must be an official act of the church rather than from individual church members. The deadline is October 1. Applications will be supplied upon req u e s t .

13 0 FINANCES FINANCIAL AID

The Richard H. Beebe Memorial The Joanne Brougher Summers The Elver Voth Scholarship provides $500 Scholarship provides $900 for a graduate Memorial Scholarship of $800 is awarded annually to a junior or senior majoring in of Crow High School (Eugene, Oregon). annually to an international student or biology or life sciences. Preference is given Students from Eugene Friends Church may Alaskan Eskimo who has ability to succeed to a student with a GPA of 3.5 or better, also be considered. Recipients must in college. Financial need is required. but 3.0 is minimum. Students planning to have a 2.5 GPA. Financial need is consid- teach biology or life sciences also may be ered. considered. Department of Biology The W.B. Brandenburgh Memorial and Chemistry Scholarship, with a stipend of $500, is for Department of Business The John and Esther Brougher Mem o r i a l a student who regularly attends a Newberg- Pre-medical Scholarship of $600 is provi d - and Economics area Friends Church and has a minimum ed to a student majoring in a pre- m e d i c a l The Florence A. Butler Memorial 3.0 GPA. pr ofessional program. Financial need is not Scholarship of $350 is awarded annually to The David P. Earhart Memorial req u i re d . a junior or senior student majoring in busi- Scholarships range from $100 to $600. ness/economics. Financial need may be The M. Lowell and Mar g a r et W. Edw a rd s Students must be members of, or regularly considered. Health Science Scholar-ships ranging from attend, a Friends church (or hold pacifist $500 to $2,000 The Ira and Frieda Compton Busi-ness beliefs similar to the Quakers) and be par- ar e awarded annually to students majoring in Scholarship of $800 is awarded annually to ticipating in the Church/University Award science. Pref e r ence will be given to students a sophomore, junior or senior majoring in Program. with a minimum GPA of 3.4 who are business/economics. Financial need is not The Esther M. Klages Scholarships pro- pr eparing for health-related prof e s s i o n s . required. vide funds to deserving students, with pref- Financial need may be considered . The Farmer Family Business/ erence to international students who intend The Haisch Family Natural Science Marketing Scholarship of $700 is offered to return to their native countries to serve Scholarship of $600 is awarded annually to to a business/marketing major. Financial in Christian ministries. Renewable for one seniors who are members of the Friends need is considered. year. Church and who are training for a profes- The Roy and Fern Gage Scholarship of The Mildred Lancaster/Denair Friends sion in natural science. Minimum GPA of $600 is awarded annually to assist a student Church Scholarship is given annually to 2.5 is required. Financial need is not con- with need. assist a student who is a member or regular sidered. attender of Denair Friends Church, or any The Alvin Roberts Memorial Scholarship The Charles F. Head Memorial northern California Friends church. The of $1,000 is awarded to a Friends student Scholarship is given to juniors or seniors annual stipend is $1,350. with a minimum 3.0 GPA. Preference is who are international studies majors with at least a 3.0 GPA. The annual stipend is The Nard and Sis McGrath Scholarship given to pre-medical or science majors. $1,000. of $3,450 is awarded annually to an incom- Financial need is not required. ing Newberg High School graduate. The Science Scholar Award will The John Dee Hodgdon, Sr., Memorial Financial need is not required. provide an annual award of $1,000 Scholarship of $1,000 is awarded annually to Friends students to help meet their edu- The McPhee Memorial Grant of $900 is to students majoring in the sciences, prefer- cational costs. awarded annually to a dependent of mis- ably in pre-medicine. The recipient must be sionaries actively serving the church in a a junior or senior with at least a 3.0 GPA. The Howa r d E. Kershner Business and country other than the United States. The Laurence and Rose Mae Skene Economics Scholarship of $2,150 is award- Financial need is required. Science Scholarship is awarded to students ed annually to students majoring in business and economics. Financial need is not a con- The Mock Family Scholarship majoring in biology or chemistry. The si d e r a t i o n . of $900 is awarded annually to a student recipients must be sophomore level or from Banks School District #13. Financial above. Financial need is not a requirement. The L. B. and Thelma Martin need may be considered. Award amounts are between $1,000 and Business/Economics Scholarship $3,500. of $1,000 is awarded annually to a junior The Fred C. Neumann Memorial or senior majoring in business/economics. Scholarship of $850 is awarded annually to The Mary C. Sutton Memorial Financial need is not required. A 3.0 mini- a Quaker student who lives in Colorado . Scholarship of $150 is awarded annually to mum GPA is required. First preference will be given to a student a financially needy Quaker student major- from Denver. Financial need is not ing in Christian education or biology. A required. minimum GPA of 3.0 and financial need are required.

13 1 FINANCES FINANCIAL AID

Department of The Richard Tippin Memorial Music The Herbert Hoover Scholarship in Communication Arts Scholarship of $150 is awarded annually to History of $550 is awarded annually to a a member of the Friends Church (prefer- student majoring in history. Financial need The Stephen Crisp Communica- ably of the East Whittier Friends Meeting) is required. tion Arts Scholarship of $550 is awarded pursuing a degree in music. Financial need annually to a student of at least sophomore is not a consideration. The Hazel Steinfeldt Peace Studies standing majoring in communication arts. Scholarship is awarded to students who Financial need may be considered. have demonstrated a commitment to a vocation of peacemaking or benefitted from The Delbert E. Replogle Telecom-muni- Department of Health and Human the peacemaking education opportunities cations Scholarship of $650 Performance available at George Fox. Students must have is awarded annually to an upper-division The Chris and Diane Walter Davis a 3.0 GPA. The total amount awarded student majoring in communications/video Memorial Scholarship of $1,600 is award- is $9,800. production. Financial need is considered. ed annually to a female student who is at least a sophomore and has a minimum The Mary Minthorn Strench Scholarship GPA of 3.0. of $900 is to assist a student furthering his Department of Mathematics, or her education at George Fox University. The Health and Human Perf o rm a n c e Computer Science, and Sc h o l a r s h i p is awarded annually to Engineering The Robert and Vivian Terrall an Oregon resident majoring in health and The Gerald Edwards Computer Science Scholarship is to assist a needy student human performance with a minimum 2.0 Scholarship of $950 is awarded to a with a Christian background. The stipend GP A. Financial need is not a req u i re m e n t . deserving junior or senior student majoring is $700. The award is $1,450. in computer information science. The George and Dorothy Thomas The Debbie Larson Memorial The George Fox University Engineering Language Study Scholarship Grant of $200 is awarded annually to a stu- Scholarship is offered to a junior or senior provides $350 to a sophomore with at least dent. Financial need may be considered. engineering major with at least a 3.0 GPA. two years of high school foreign language The stipend is for $1,200. Financial need is study with a 3.0 grade point average. preferred but not required. Preference is given to students who intend Department of History to pursue language study at George Fox. The Laura Smith Haviland Social Studies The Paul G. and Ruth R. Palmer Teaching Scholarship of $1,400 is award- Scholarship of $800 is awarded to a junior or senior majoring in the sciences with a Department of Fine Arts ed annually to a student majoring in social studies teaching. Financial need is required. minimum GPA of 3.0. The Ethel D. Ankeny Memorial Drama Scholarship of $250 is awarded to a student active in drama with a minimum Department of Psychology grade point average of 3.25 at George Fox The Leona and J.D. Baker Stu d e n t University. Financial need is not required. Sc h o l a r s h i p pr ovides $650 to a sophomore, junior or senior who has a 3.0 or higher The Barbara Armstrong Memorial Music GP A and financial need. Scholarship provides $800 for an upper- division female vocal music major. The Ethel Cowgill Memorial Scholarship of $600 is awarded The J. Stewart Carrick Memorial annually to a financially needy dependent Scholarship is an award of $750 to a stu- of a pastor of one of the Northwest Yearly dent majoring in music. Meeting of Friends churches. The Alfred and Pauline Dixon Memorial The Bill and Jim DeLapp Scholar-ship of Music Scholarships $1,200 is awarded annually to a student of $500 assist students majoring in music. who resides in one of the 13 western states. Financial need is not required. Financial need is required. The Joe and Pearl Reece Memorial The George H. Moore Memorial Scholarship provides $150 to assist a fresh- Scholarship of $800 is awarded annually to man Friends student studying vocal music. a student majoring in psychology with at least a 3.0 GPA. Financial need is required.

13 2 FINANCES FINANCIAL AID

Department of Religious Studies The Arthur and Fern Roberts Tuition The Levi T. Pennington Memorial The Robert Barclay Tuition Scholarship Grant of $1,400 is awarded annually to a Scholarship of $300 is awarded annually to of $1,400 is funded by Arthur and Fern freshman or sophomore Quaker student. a financially needy student majoring in Roberts. Appli-cants must be upper-divi- Financial need is required. Recommen- sociology/social work who maintains a 3.0 sion Quaker students majoring in religion dation by the Admissions Office may be GPA. considered. or philosophy. The student’s home church The Isaac and Esther Smith Memor-ial must provide a supporting statement. The Robertson Family Missionary Scholarship of $2,150 is awarded to a stu - Financial need and a minimum GPA of 2.5 Scholarship of $350 is awarded annually to dent with financial need. are required. a son or daughter of an active missionary family. Financial need is not required. The Valerie Tursa Memorial Scholarship The Russel and Olivia Gainer Christian of $1,000 is awarded to a junior or senior Ministry Scholarship Recommendation by the Admissions Office may be considered. majoring in social work and/or sociology of $950 is awarded to a Christian ministries who maintains a 3.0 GPA. Financial need is major, with financial need preferred. The Alice and Milo Ross Scholar-ship in required. The Haisch Family Christian Ministry Leadership is awarded annually to a Quaker student who has been active in The John Woolman Social Issues and Scholarship of $600 is awarded annually to Research Scholarship of $550 is awarded seniors who are members of the Friends church leadership positions. The recipient must be a junior or senior with at least a annually to a student majoring in sociolo- Church. Student should be training for gy/social service or psychology with a mini - local church ministry, anticipating attend- 3.0 GPA. The amount of the award is $650. Financial need is not required. mum GPA of 3.0. The recipient must read ing seminary preferred. Minimum GPA The Journal of John Woolman and write of 2.5 is required. Financial need is not The Mr. and Mrs. Fordice W. Stebbins a reflective paper. Financial need is not considered. Scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to required. The Ed Kidd Memorial Scholarship of a son or daughter of missionaries who is planning to pursue a career in Christian $950 is awarded to a student, sophomore or Department of ab o ve, with an interest in writing or min- service. Financial need may be considered. Teacher Education is t r y. Financial need is req u i r ed. App l y The Jack L. Willcuts Memorial The Viola D. Barkman Memorial th r ough the Dep a r t-ment of Wri t i n g / Scholarship offers $1,000 to a Educational Scholarship is a two-year Li t e r a t u r e in odd-numbered years (2001-02) student preparing for ministry in the $2,400 scholarship for elementary educa- and through the Dep a r tment of Rel i g i o u s Friends Church or Christian journalism. tion majors. The recipients must be resi- Studies in even - n u m b e r ed years (2000-01). Preference is given to students from dents of Oregon, juniors, and have financial Northwest Yearly Meeting of Friends The Mills Family Christian Serv i c e need. Applications for the scholarship will Church. The student must have achieved at Sc h o l a r s h i p honors the family of Paul Mil l s , be made in the spring semester of the least sophomore standing with a 3.0 GPA who was an instructor in the Dep a r tment of sophomore year to the Director of Teacher or higher. Financial need may be consid- Religious Studies at George Fox for 25 yea r s . Education, with the final approval granted ered. The stipend of $2,600 is given to students by the Scholarship Committee. who are preparing for full-time Christian ser- The Mona Hadley Teaching vi c e . Department of Sociology/ Scholarship of $250 is offered to an educa- The Osburn Grant provides funds for stu- Social Work tion major with a GPA of at least 3.0. Need dents who would otherwise be eligible for The Chehalem Center Community is considered. May be renewable. the Oregon State Need Grant but disqualify Sc h o l a r s h i p , with a stipend of $2,400, because they are Christian ministries annually assists a social work/sociology stu- The Haisch Family Education Major majors. dent from Newberg or the Chehalem Val l e y . Scholarship is awarded annually to a stu - dent majoring in education. The award is The Glen and Mildred Rinard Memorial Financial need is req u i re d . $200. Scholarship of $350 is awarded annually to The David O. Moberg Scholarship a Friends student majoring in Christian of $1,400 is awarded annually to a student The Lynn Hampton Memorial Education ministries or religion. The recipient must majoring in psychology or sociology. Scholarship of $300 be preparing for Friends pastoral ministry. Financial need is required. is awarded annually to aid a senior student Students with junior or senior status are majoring in elementary education with a given preference. Financial need is not The Edward L. and Ella M. Morse minimum GPA of 3.25. Financial need is required. Memorial Scholarship of $200 is awarded considered but not required. to a deserving student who has financial need.

13 3 FINANCES FINANCIAL AID

The Clarence and Sue Johnson Department of Writing/Literature ♦ DESIGNATED Scholarship of $1,450 is awarded to a stu- The Ed Kidd Memorial Scholarship of Friends of the University give generously to dent who has financial need. $950 is awarded to a student, sophomore or provide additional scholarships. The follow- The Alida Macy Memorial Educa-tion ab o ve, with an interest in writing or mining scholarships and grants are funded in Scholarship of $1,400 is awarded annually is t r y. Financial need is req u i r ed. App l y this manner. Except as noted, these scholar- to a student of sophomore standing or th r ough the Dep a r t-ment of Wri t i n g / ships are awarded to returning students above majoring in elementary education Li t e r a t u r e in odd-numbered years (2001-02) only. The amounts of the awards may var y with a minimum GPA of 3.0. Financial and through the Dep a r tment of Rel i g i o u s according to the annual gifts of the donors. need is required. Studies in even - n u m b e r ed years (2000-01). Applications are accepted by the department the award is listed under. The Virginia Millage Memorial The Language Arts Teaching Scholarship Scholarship provides $600 to financially of $1,400 is awarded annually to a student assist a junior or senior elementary educa- majoring in language arts teaching. Financial Aid Office Financial need is required. tion major. Financial need is required. The Chevron Merit Award is a $10,000 scholarship distributed equally over four The Win i f r ed Woo d w a r d San d o z The Henry A. Nagl and Eddie Daniel years. Academic achievement, leadership Memorial Scholarship of $500 assists edu- Memorial Scholarship Fund of $1,000 is potential, and school or community cation majors who have achieved junior or awarded annually to help deserving stu - involvement are factors taken into consider- senior standing with a GPA of 2.5 or higher. dents meet college costs. Financial need ation in awarding the scholarship. A stu- Financial need is considered . must be considered. dent must plan to major in business or the The Arthur and Gwen Winters The William Penn Writing Scholar-ship of sciences to be eligible. A statement of edu- Scholarship of $800 is awarded annually to $500 is awarded annually to an upper-divi- cational purpose, three references, and a Quaker student from Northwest Yearly sion student majoring in writing/literature or a history of the student’s employment Meeting of Friends Church. Financial need communication arts. Financial need may be become part of the application. Only high is required. co n s i d e r ed. Submit a portfolio of pub- school seniors are eligible to apply. lished/unpublished writing to the depart- Applications are available through high The Ezra and Amanda Woodward me n t . schools. Financial need is not required. Scholarship provides $700 for an elemen- Available every other year (next new appli- tary education major with special needs. cants: 2001-02). Financial need is considered. Miscellaneous The J. Ver non Rice and Maude The Pearl Crow Memorial Scholar-ship is The Glenn Zurcher Scholarship Fund R. Rice Scholarships of $100 to $1,200 are awarded annually to students majoring in provides tuition assistance to financially dis- aw a r ded to a limited number of students sociology/social work. Incoming freshmen advantaged students with a high degree of with financial need. Pri m a r y consideration is must have a minimum 3.25 GPA. scholastic aptitude and achievement. The gi v en to Idaho students who attend Ida h o Returning students must have a minimum total amount awarded is $15,000. Friends churches participating in the 3.0 GPA. The maximum award is $1,000 Ch u rc h / Un i v ersity Fel l o wship Prog r a m . per academic class. Financial need may be considered. Graduates of Christian high schools preferred. The award may be renewed. Freshmen apply through the Admissions Office, and returning students apply through the Department of Sociology/Social Work.

The Faith Award is a $1,000 scholarship awarded annually to a student who would otherwise not be able to attend George Fox. The recipient must maintain a GPA of 2.75-3.00.

The Minthorne Family Grant of $500 is awarded to a freshman son or daughter of a Friends pastor or missionary. Financial need may be considered.

13 4 FINANCES FINANCIAL AID

The Muscutt Married Student Department of Business The Kristine Dicus Memorial Scholarship Scholarship of $600 is annually awarded to and Economics of $500 is awarded to an outstanding fres h - a sophomore or above married student with man student who plans to major in music. The Farm e r s ’ Insurance Grou p a 3.0 or above GPA and financial need. Financial need is req u i r ed. Rec o m m e n d a t i o n Sc h o l a r s h i p s ar e awarded annually by the Admissions Office may be considered . The PGE Merit Award of $2,500, renew- to upper-division students preparing able annually, is awarded to an Oregon for careers in insurance, mathematics, busi- The Rob e r ta Mitchell Jansen Mus i c high school senior with high academic ness, personnel, or computer science. Sc h o l a r s h i p is awarded to a student for four achievements and community involvement. Recipients must prep a r e a brief biographical years. The $500 award is given to a student Applications are available through high sketch for Far m e r s ’ Ins u r - ance. Fin a n c i a l specializing in music conducting, with a schools. Application must be made by need may be considered . minimum 3.0 GPA. Pref e r ence will be given March 30. first to students from Polk County, then to Oregon high school graduates. The Frank D. Roberts Family Department of Scholarship of $200 is awarded Communication Arts annually to the valedictorian of the senior Department of Health and Human The Crisman Brothers Grant of class of Greenleaf Academy, located in $300 is awarded annually to a financially Performance Greenleaf, Idaho. Student must have a min- needy student. The Physical Education Grant imum high school GPA of 3.4. Financial of $600 is awarded annually to an upper- need is not required. division student planning to teach physical The West Linn High School Scholar-ship Department of Family education or serve in the recreation field. A of $500, funded by Dea and Lois Cox, is and Consumer Sciences 3.0 minimum GPA is required. Financial awarded to a graduating senior from West The Orpha Puckett Larrance Mem-orial need may be considered. Linn High School to aid in attending Scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to George Fox University. a student of sophomore, junior or senior Department of History and standing majoring in family and consumer Political Science sciences or elementary education. A GPA of Department of Biology 3.0 or higher is required. Financial need The Kerry E. and Vickie D. Irish and Chemistry may be considered. Scholarship in History is awarded annually to a history major with a minimum 3.5 The Dr. Claude Lewis Scholarship GPA. Financial need is not a requirement. is awarded to a student from southern The annual award is $750. Oregon who is interested in dentistry as a Department of Fine Arts profession. The student must have a mini- The Culver High School Scholar-ship is mum 3.5 GPA in sciences and should be given annually by the Culver High School Department of Mathematics, from Jackson County, with Central Point as scholarship committee to assist a Culver Computer Science, and first priority. The award will go to one stu- High School graduat-ing senior. Engineering dent for four years. The Farmers’ Insurance Group Scholarships are awarded annually to upper-division students preparing for careers in insurance, mathematics, business, personnel, or computer science. Recipients must prepare a brief biographical sketch for Farmers’ Insurance. Financial need may be considered. The Math Faculty Scholarship is a $1,200 scholarship awarded annually to a student majoring in math or math teaching. The student must be sophomore level or above. The award may be renewed. Financial need is not a requirement.

13 5 FINANCES FINANCIAL AID

Department of Religious Studies Miscellaneous ♦ EMPLOYMENT The Crecelius Family Christian Ministry The Alumni Scholarship/Alumni Awards On-campus employment constitutes Scholarship of $500 is awarded annually to are given annually to 11 students who are a significant res o u r ce for students a student majoring in Christian ministr y direct descendants (parents or grandpar- who have documented financial need. Work - and planning to prepare for full-time ents) of George Fox alumni who attended study is offered by the Financial Aid Off i c e Christian service. Financial need is George Fox University for at least one year, based mostly on need and the availability of required. including the MHR/MOL/MBIS pro- funds. Most student employment is subsi- grams. di z ed through the Federal College Work - The Hanson Quaker Leadership Study Program. Scholarship was established to assist a The Madras High School Scholar-ship is If eligible, a student must submit a work- junior or senior Quaker student who sees given annually by the Madras High School study application supplied by the Hum a n the Friends Church as an avenue for future scholarship committee to assist a Madras Res o u r ces Office. The Uni v ersity is req u i re d ministry. The stipend of $1,000 is not lim- High School graduating senior. to spend some of its federal subsidy for off- ited to future pastors. Financial need is campus community service positions. This required. May be renewed for a second It is the hope of the University that recipi- is coordinated through the Hum a n year. ents of these funds will someday desire to Res o u r ces Office and selected academic add to the scholarship endowment fund de p a r tments. A limited number of employ- and designate gifts for this purpose. Department of Sociology/ ment positions are given to students who do Social Work not qualify for federal funds. These positions ♦ LOANS usually go to returning students who have The Allen Scholarship and Social Science been specifically requested by their supervi - Awa r d for $1,000 is given to a sociology/ The Federal Per kins Loan (previously the so r . social work major with a 3.0 minimum GPA National Dir ect Student Loan) is awarded by who is a junior or senior and considering the the Financial Aid Office based on demon- fields of aging, the homeless, or lower - strated need and availability of funds. ♦ GOVERNMENTAL FUNDS Because of the limited funds, this is usually income populations. Financial need is consid- AND PROVISIONS ere d . aw a r ded to those students who have exce p - tional need. Prospective and enrolled students may The Pearl Crow Memorial Scholar-ship is request and receive information from the awarded annually to students majoring in The Uni v ersity participates in the Fed e r a l financial aid staff concerning available sociology/social work. Incoming freshmen Dir ect Student Loan program for the Fed e r a l financial assistance and student consumer must have a minimum 3.25 GPA. Sta f f o r d Loan, the Federal Uns u b s i d i ze d information. Returning students must have a minimum Sta f f o r d and the Federal Par ents Loan for 3.0 GPA. The maximum award is $1,000 Undergraduate Students (PLUS). Eli g i b i l i t y Financial res o u r ces are supplied by the feder- per academic class. Financial need may be for the Sta f f o r d and the Uns u b s i d i ze d al government through Title IV of the considered. Graduates of Christian high Sta f f o r d is determined by filling out the Free Higher Education Act of 1965 as amended. schools preferred. The award may be Application for Federal Student Aid, as This aid includes the Fed-eral Pell Gra n t s , renewed. Freshmen apply through the well as by student status. Par ents wishing to Federal Sup p l e m e n t a r y Edu c a t i o n a l Admissions Office, and returning students bo r r ow through the PLUS program may Opp o r tunity Grants, the Federal Perk i n s apply through the Department of request an application through the Fin a n c i a l Lo a n / Di r ect Loan Pro-gram, the Fed e r a l Sociology/Social Work. Aid Off i c e . Guaranteed Student Loan Program, Fed e r a l Par ents Loan for Undergraduate Stu d e n t s , When other funds are not available, loans and the Federal College Work - St u d y Department of Teacher Education place the responsibility for financing higher Program. Other grants are contributed by The Roberta Mitchell Jansen Scholarship education on the student or parent. the state of Oregon for eligible residents and is a $500 award for four years to assist a Families are encouraged to be cautious by the Uni v ersity through its general fund student majoring in math education. The when applying for loans but to consider the and private donors. Students may inquire student must have a minimum 3.0 GPA. value of receiving financial assistance when about eligibility for aid, criteria for selection, Preference will go to a high school graduate needed and of paying some of the cost of aw a r d amounts, and rights and res p o n s i b i l i - from Polk County, with second preference education later when they are better able to ti e s . going to a high school graduate from do so. The University expects loans to be a Oregon. Financial need is not a require- significant part of the usual financial aid ment. award, but the family must decide whether the loans are necessary based upon their financial situation.

13 6 COMPLIANCE WITH FEDERAL LAWS & REGULATI O N S COMPLIANCE WITH FEDERAL LAWS AND REGULATI O N S

the health or safety of students or other Students may restrict the release of their persons. All these exceptions are permitted directory information to third parties by COMPLIANCE WITH under the Act. annually submitting a signed and dated FEDERAL LAWS AND statement to the Registrar’s Office within Students are afforded the right to consent to REGULATIONS the first two weeks of fall semester. di s c l o s u r es of personally identifiable infor- Otherwise, all photographs and informa- mation contained in the student’s education George Fox Uni v ersity does not discriminate tion listed above are considered as “directo- rec o r ds, except to the extent that FERPA in its educational programs or activities, ry information” according to federal law. au t h o r i z es disclosure without consent. One including employment, on the bases of age, Non-directory information, notably grade ex ception that permits disclosure without sex, handicap/disability, race, color, national records, are released to third parties only on consent is disclosure to school officials with or ethnic origin, or other statuses prot e c t e d written request of the student, or otherwise legitimate education interests. A school offi- by applicable nondiscrimination laws. required by law (e.g., subpoena). cial is a person employed by the Uni ve r s i t y The Uni v ersity also is in compliance with in an administrative, supervi s o r y, academic The law provides students the right to the Family Educational Rights and Pri va c y or res e a r ch, or support staff position (cam- inspect and review information contained Act of 1974. pus security, personnel and health servi c e s in their education records, to challenge the The following offices may be contacted for st a f f ); a person serving on the Board of contents of their education records, to have information regarding compliance with leg- Trustees; or a student serving on an official a hearing if the outcome of the challenge is islation: committee, such as a disciplinary or griev- unsatisfactory, and to submit explanatory ance committee, or assisting another school statements for inclusion in their files if they Director of Admissions: student consumer official in performing his or her tasks. A feel the hearing panel’s decisions are unac- information school official has a legitimate educational ceptable. Additional information regarding Vice President for Finance: wage and hour in t e r est if the official needs to rev i e w an edu- the hearing procedures will be provided to regulations, The Civil Rights Act of 1964 cational rec o r d in order to fulfill his or her the student when notified of the right to a (race, color, or national origin), and age dis- pr ofessional res p o n s i b i l i t y . Upon request, the hearing. crimination Uni v ersity may disclose educational rec o rd s without consent to officials of another Vice President for Student Life: Title IX school in which a student seeks or intends to (nondiscrimination on the basis of sex) en ro l l .

Director of Financial Aid: Title IV (Higher At its discretion, George Fox Uni v ersity may Education Act of 1965 as amended), stu- pr ovide “di re c t o r y information” in accor- dent consumer information, the Pell dance with the provisions of the Act . Program, Supplementary Educational Dire c t o r y information is defined as that Opportunity Grants, the Perkins information which would not generally be Loan/Direct Loan Program, the Stafford co n s i d e r ed harmful or an invasion of privac y Loan Program, the Parents Loan for if disclosed. The Uni v ersity construes the Undergraduate Students Program, and the fo l l o wing information to be “di re c t o r y infor- Supplemental Loans for Students Program ma t i o n ”: paren t s ’ names and addresses, the st u d e n t ’s name, permanent address, local Registrar: Rehabilitation Act of 1973, veter- ad d r ess, temporary address, e-mail addres s , ans’ benefits, Immigration and telephone number, date and place of birth , Naturalization Act, and the Family par-ticipation in officially rec o g n i z ed activi- Educational Rights and Privacy Act. ties and sports, major, dates of attendance, full-time and part-time status, degrees and Family Educational Rights and aw a r ds rec e i v ed, class yea r , the most rec e n t pr evious school attended, and for members Privacy Act of athletic teams, height, weight and position George Fox University accords all the rights pl a y ed. The Uni v ersity also considers pho- under the Family Educational Rights and tographs to be Dire c t o r y Information. As Privacy Act (FERPA) to students who are such, release of photographs also is permit- enrolled. No one shall have access to, nor te d . does the institution disclose any informa - tion from, students’ education records without the written consent of students except to personnel within the institution with direct educational interest, to persons or organizations providing students’ financial aid, to accrediting agencies carrying out their accreditation function, to persons in compliance with a judicial order, and to persons in an emergency in order to protect 13 8 COMPLIANCE WITH FEDERAL LAWS AND REGULATI O N S

The Registrar’s Office at George Fox Disabled Students Harassment due to race, color, sex, marital University has been designated by the insti- status, religion, creed, age, national origin, The Enr ollment Ser vices Office coordi n a t e s tution to coordinate the inspection and citizenship status, worker’s compensation se r vices for disabled students. The Off i c e review of procedures for student education status, physical or mental disability, veter- also promotes campus awareness of issues records, which include admissions, personal an’s status, or any other status protected and needs of disabled students. Sup p o rt i v e and academic files, and academic, coopera- under applicable local, state, or federal law se r vices can be provided, depending on the tive education, disciplinary records, and is prohibited. na t u r e of the disability and availability of placement records. Students wishing to res o u r ces. Documentation of an existing dis- review their education records must give a A person may commit criminal harassment ability generally will be req u i re d . written request to the Registrar listing the if he or she intentionally harasses or annoys item or items of interest. Only records cov- Specific courses on career exploration, study another person by: skills, and writing development are avail- ered in the Act are made available within • subjecting another person to offensive able. Special adaptive physical education 45 days of the request. Education records physical contact; do not include student health records, classes for students with disabilities are employment records, alumni records, or offered through the Health and Human • publicly insulting another person with records of instructional, administrative and Performance Department. abusive words or gestures in a manner educational personnel that are the sole pos - Interested students should contact the intended and likely to provoke a violent session of the maker and are not accessible Enrollment Services Office and provide response. or revealed to any individual except a tem- documentation of disability and informa- porary substitute. Health records, however, tion concerning desired accommodations. A. Sexual Harassment may be reviewed by physicians of Students are encouraged to contact the Vice the student’s choosing. President for Enrollment Services as early as Unwelcome sexual advances, requests for possible to make arrangements for necessar y sexual favors, and other verbal or physical Students may not inspect and review the support services. conduct of a sexual nature may constitute following as outlined by the Act: financial sexual harassment when: information submitted by their parents; confidential letters and recommendations Disclosure of Uses for Social (1) submission to such conduct is made associated with admissions, employment or Security Numbers either explicitly or implicitly a term or con- job placement, or honors to which they Providing one’s social security number is dition of an individual’s employment or have waived their rights of inspection and voluntary. If a student provides it, the academic status; review; or education records containing University may use his or her social security information about more than one student, (2) submission to or rejection of such con- number for keeping records, doing research, in which case the institution permits access duct by an individual influences employ- and reporting. The University does not use only to that part of the record which per- ment or academic status decisions affecting the number to make any decision directly tains to the inquiring student. the individual; or affecting the student or any other person. A (Adapted from: “A Guide to Postsecondary student’s social security number is not given (3) such conduct has the purpose or effect Institutions for Implementation of the Family to the general public. Students who choose of interfering with an individual’s work per- Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974,” not to provide their social security numbers formance or creating an intimidating, hos- American Association of Collegiate Registrars and are not denied any rights as a student. tile or offensive working, academic, or stu - Admissions Officers, 1990.) A statement in the class schedule describes dent life environment. how social security numbers are used. Drug-Free Environment Providing one’s social security number means that the student consents to use of George Fox University is concerned about the number in the manner described. the intellectual, physical, psychological and spiritual well-being of all its students and employees. The community recognizes the Anti-Harassment Policy danger to one’s physical and psychological George Fox Uni v ersity students work well-being presented by the use of certain in an environment where the dignity of each products. Therefore, members of the com- individual is respected. Demean-ing gestures , munity are prohibited from using tobacco th r eats of violence, or physical attacks direc t - in any form, alcoholic beverages, and illicit ed towa r d another person are not tolerated. or non-prescribed drugs and substances This includes hazing or other initiations or (including marijuana or narcotics). Under any actions that may be hazardous, dehu- no circumstances are the above to be used, manizing, harassing, or humiliating to com- possessed or distributed on or away from munity members. Also included is the use of campus. Community members are also telephones, United States or campus mail, or expected not to abuse the use of legal sub- e-mail for the purpose of issuing obscene, stances. For information concerning disci- harassing or threatening messages. Also, van - plinary actions, please refer to the student dalism of prop e r ty is unacceptable. and employee handbooks. Students and employees are provided annually a resource guide concerning drug and alcohol issues. 13 9 COMPLIANCE WITH FEDERAL LAWS AND REGULATI O N S

Sexual harrassment may take many other Official Withdraw Process • For during-semester withdraws, students forms. The conduct prohibited may be ver- generally lose enrollment privileges five If a student wishes to officially withdraw bal, visual, or physical in nature. It includes working days after the official withdraw fr om all course work at George Fox unwelcome sexual advances, requests for date established by the Registrar’s Office. Uni v ersity either during or at the end of a sexual favors, physical touching, or the These services may include, but are not se m e s t e r / e n r ollment period, the student granting or withholding of benefits (e.g., limited to, e-mail, library, student activities, must notify the Reg i s t r a r ’s Office direc t l y pay, promotion, time off, grades) in food service, on-campus housing, health (v erbally or in writing). The student may response to sexual contact. More subtle and other related services associated with contact the Reg i s t r a r ’s Office in person, by forms of sexual harassment may include, enrolled student status. The University fax, phone or on the Internet at but are not limited to, innuendoes, jokes, reserves the right to remove privileges ht t p : / / c i s . g e o r g e f ox . e d u / Re g i s t r a r / i n d e x . h t m l offensive or sexually oriented posters, car - immediately upon official withdraw notifi- . An official withdraw begins when a student toons, caricatures or comments when these cation. submits a completed withdraw form to the things contribute to an intimidating, hos - Reg i s t r a r ’s Off i c e . tile, or offensive environment. ♦ RESCIND NOTIFICATION OF ♦ PROCEDURES INTENT TO WITHDRAW B. Complaint Procedure for Harassment • The Registrar’s Office is designated by the If a student wishes to cancel his or her offi- If any employee or student believes he or institution as the contact for all withdraws: cial withdraw from the institution, that stu- she has witnessed or been discriminated part-time, during-semester, or complete dent must submit to the Registrar’s Office, against or has witnessed or been subjected withdraws. in writing, his or her intent to complete the to sexual or other forms of harassment, the current term of enrollment. This rescinds employee or student should immediately • The student must pick up a withdraw the student’s notification of intent to with - notify the following: form at the Registrar’s Office or Enrollment draw. Services counter (also available on the 1. If the alleged incident involves student to Internet), obtain signatures or approval ♦ student, faculty member to student, or from the Financial Aid Office and the UNOFFICIAL WITHDRAW employer to employee harassment or dis- Student Accounts Office, and return the If a student fails to follow the official with- crimination, contact a school dean, the form to the Registrar’s Office. (This process draw process, he or she will be considered Vice President for Academic Affairs, the may be completed via the phone working to have unofficially withdrawn. If the stu - Vice Presi-dent for Student Life, the Dean with the Registrar’s Office.) dent unofficially withdraws, the institution of Students, or the Vice President for will generally use the 50 percent point of Enrollment Services. • Generally the student will be awarded term or a documented earlier or later date “W” grades for all courses affected by an of academic activity or attendance as the 2. If the alleged incident involves supervisor official withdraw. official withdraw date. Generally, the stu- to supervisor, or faculty member to staff • The student is then considered to be offi- dent will be awarded “F” grades for all member, or student in the work-study pro- courses affected by an unofficial withdraw. gram for the University, contact a supervi- cially withdrawn. sor or manager, the Director of Human ♦ Resources, the Assistant Vice President for ♦ GENERAL INFORMATION APPEAL Financial Affairs, or the Vice President for • The student is responsible to return all An appeal of the established withdraw date Financial Affairs. institutional property to the appropriate is to be submitted in writing to the Registrar’s Office within 60 days from the All complaints are promptly and thorough- office or department, such as library books, established withdraw date. ly investigated and corrective action taken keys, athletic equipment, lab equipment, as determined appropriate by the etc. Students are financially responsible for University. No one will suffer retaliation for all items not returned. reporting concerns about discrimination or • The student will be notified by the harassment. Student Accounts Office of financial obliga- Retaliation against an individual for good tions when the withdrawal calculation is faith initiation or participation in the com - completed. For a copy of or examples of the plaint procedure is strictly prohibited. refund policy, please contact the Students Violation of this policy subjects an individ- Accounts Office. ual to disciplinary consequences up to and • The official withdraw date is established by including termination and dismissal. the Reg i s t r a r ’s Office. Gen e r a l - l y , the withdraw date is the date the withdraw form is completed and submitted to the Reg i s t r a r ’s Office or the date established on the withdraw form.

14 0 DIRECTORIES DIRECTORIES FACULTY

Grace A. Bal w i t , Associate Professor of Irv A. Brendlinger, Professor Education, Dir ector of the Master of Arts in of Religion. B.A., Asbury College; M.Div., FACULTY, 2000-01 Teaching Program. B.S., Eastern Naz a re n e Asbury Theological Seminary; M.Ed., This register includes those teaching half College; M.A., Ed. S pec., Nor thern Mic h i g a n University of Oklahoma; Ph.D., University time or more under regular faculty con- Uni v ersity; Ph.D., Uni v ersity of Wis c o n s i n . of Edinburgh. George Fox University tracts, as well as certain administrative offi - George Fox Uni v ersity 1994– 1993– cers with faculty designation. Listed are Dir k E. Barram, Professor of Business. B.A., Daniel L. Brunner, Associate Professor of those contracted at the time of printing. Gor don College; M.Ed., Kent Sta t e Church History and Pastoral Studies, Uni v ersity; Ph.D., Michigan Sta t e Wayne V. Ada m s , Professor of Psyc h o l o g y . Director of the Graduate Department of Uni ve r s i t y . George Fox Uni v ersity 1986– B.A., Houghton College; M.A., Ph. D . , Ministry. B.A., Northwest Christian College; M.Div., Fuller Theological Syracuse Uni ve r s i t y . George Fox Uni ve r s i t y Stephen R. Bearden, Assistant Professor of Seminary; Ph.D., University of Oxford. 19 9 9 – Marriage and Family Therapy. B.A., Olivet George Fox University 1996– Nazarene University; M.Div., M.A., Fuller Michael A. Allen, Professor of Soc i o l o g y . Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Oregon State B.S., M.S., Illinois State Uni ve r s i t y . Geo r g e Robert E. Buckler, Professor of University. George Fox University 1996– Fox Uni v ersity 1976– Psychology. A.B., University of California, Deborah L. Berhó, Assistant Professor of Los Angeles; M.P.H., Johns Hopkins Ri c h a r d E. Allen, Associate Professor of Spanish. B.A., Nort h w est Naz a r ene College; University; M.D., Georgetown University Management and Health and Hum a n M.A., Ph.D., Uni v ersity of New Mex i c o . School of Medicine. George Fox University Per formance, Assistant Dir ector of George Fox Uni v ersity 1997– 1990– Continuing Education. B.S., Seattle Pac i f i c Uni v ersity; M.S., Uni v ersity of Oreg o n . Virginia D. Birky, Assistant Professor of Rodger K. Bufford, Professor of George Fox Uni v ersity 1969– Education. B.S., Goshen College; M.S., Psychology, Director of Integration Ohio State University. George Fox for the Graduate School of Clinical Paul N. Anderson, Professor of Biblical University 2000– Psychology. B.A., The King’s College; and Quaker Studies, Chair-person of the M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois. George Department of Religious Studies. B.A., Teresa L. Boehr, Associate Professor of Fox University 1990– Malone College; B.A., Trinity Lutheran Family and Consumer Sciences, Seminary; M.Div., Earlham School of Chairperson of the Department of Family Gary R. Buhler, Artist in Residence. B.S., Religion; Ph.D., Glasgow University. and Consumer Sciences. B.S., Oregon State Western Oregon State College; M.F.A., George Fox University 1989-98, 1999– University; M.A., Linfield College. George University of Arizona. George Fox Fox University 1985– University 1989-90, 2000– Mar k E. Ankeny, Associate Professor of John D. Bowman, Professor of Music. Education, Dir ector of the Doctor William C. Buhrow, Jr., Director B.M., Houghton College; D.M.A., of Education Program. B.A., George of Health and Counseling Services, University of Cincinnati. George Fox Fox Uni v ersity; M.S., Por tland Sta t e Assistant Professor of Psychology. A.A., University 1980– Uni v ersity; Ph.D., Uni v ersity of Oreg o n . Baptist Bible College; B.A., George Fox Uni v ersity 1991–

Rebecca Thomas Ankeny, Professor of English, Dean of Faculty Develop-ment. B.A., George Fox University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Oregon. George Fox University 1988–

Patrick L. Bailey, Assistant Professor of Health and Human Performance. B.S., University of Idaho; M.Ed., University of Oregon. George Fox University 1995–

Robin E. Baker, Vice President for Academic Affairs, Professor of History. B.A., Grand Canyon University; M.A., Hardin-Simmons University; Ph.D., Texas A&M University. George Fox University 1999–

Tara L. Bak e r , Assistant Professor of Bio l o g y . B.S., Ph.D., Iowa Sta t e Uni ve r s i t y . George Fox Uni v ersity 1998–

14 2 DIRECTORIES FACULTY

Cedarville College; M.A., Dallas Wesley A. Cook, Associate Professor of William R. Essig, Assistant Professor of Theological Seminary; M.A., Psy.D., Health and Human Performance. B.A., Business. B.A., Miami University; Dep. George Fox University. George Fox University of Northern Colorado; M.A.T., C.S., Regent College; M.P.A., Harvard University 1994– Lewis and Clark College. George Fox University. George Fox University 1995– University 1987– George J. Byrtek, Assistant Professor of Gary K. Fawver, Professor of Outdoor Management. B.S., University of Caitlin C. Corning, Assistant Professor of Ministries. B.A., Wheaton College; M.Div., Wisconsin, Stevens Point; M.S., National History, Chairperson Gordon-Conwell Theological Seminary; Louis University; Ph.D., Walden University. of the Department of History and Political D.Min., Western Seminary. George Fox George Fox University 1991– Science. B.A., Seattle Pacific University; University 1974– M.A., Ph.D., University of Leeds. George Clark D. Campbell, Associate Professor of Fox University 1996– James D. Foster, Dean of Graduate and Psychology, Chairperson of the Department Adult Programs, Professor of Psychology. Jonas A. Cox, Assistant Professor of Psychology. B.A., Wheaton College; B.S., Seattle Pacific University; M.A., of Education. B.S., Oregon State M.A., Ph.D., Western Seminary. George Ph.D., The Ohio State University. George University; M.A.T., Lewis & Clark College; Fox University 1991– Fox University 1980– Ph.D., University of Iowa. George Fox Douglas G. Cam p b e l l , Professor University 1997– Stanley M. Frame, Associate Professor of of Art. B.A., Florida State Uni ve r s i t y ; Management, Director Victoria L. Def f e rd i n g , Assistant Prof e s s o r M. F .A., Pratt Institute; Ph.D., Ohi o of the Boise Center. B.A., La Verne of Spanish. B.A., Uni v ersity of Oreg o n ; Uni ve r s i t y . George Fox Uni v ersity 1990– College; M.A., Chico State University; M.A., Por tland State Uni ve r s i t y , George Fox Ed.D., New Mexico State University. Uni v ersity 1989– Kevin M. Carr, Assistant Professor of George Fox University 1996– Education. B.S., University of Oregon; Stephen Del a m a rt e r , Associate Professor of M.S., Ph.D., University of Idaho. George Old Testament. A.A., Wenatchee Val l e y Kathleen A. Gathercoal, Associate Fox University 1998– College; B.A., Seattle Pacific Uni ve r s i t y ; Professor of Psychology, Director of M.A.R., M.Div ., Western Evan g e l i c a l Research for the Graduate School of Paul H. Chamberlain, Professor Sem i n a r y; M.A., Ph.D., Claremont Gra d u a t e Clinical Psychology. A.B., Franklin & of Chemistry, Dir ector of Overseas Stu d i e s . School. George Fox Uni v ersity 1996– Marshall College; M.A., Ph.D, Case B.A., Point Loma College; Ph.D., Uni ve r s i t y Western Reserve University. George Fox of Nev ada, Ren o . George Fox Uni ve r s i t y Carol A. Dell’Oliver, Assistant Professor of University 1993– 19 7 7 – Psychology; Director of Clinical Training, Graduate School of Clinical Psychology. Andrew D. Gess, Assistant Professor of R. Carlisle Chambers, Associate Prof e s s o r B.A., University of Colorado-Boulder; Management. B.A., Azusa Pacific of Chemistry. B.S., Milligan College; Ph. D . , M.A., Ph.D., University of Kansas- University; M.Div., Fuller Theological Emo r y Uni ve r s i t y . George Fox Uni ve r s i t y Lawrence. George Fox University 1996– Seminary; M.Ed., Oregon State University; 19 9 4 – Ph.D., Regent University. George Fox Jeffrey M. Duerr, Assistant Charles K. Church, Reference Librarian. University 1991-96, 1998– Professor of Biology. B.A., B.S., Whitworth B.S., Southern Oregon State College; College; M.S., Portland State University; Steven C. Grant, Associate Professor of M.L.S., University of Oregon. George Fox Ph.D., University of Hawaii. George Fox Health and Human Performance. B.A., University 1993– University 1999– Biola University; M.Ed., Linfield College. David M. Church , Assistant Professor of George Fox University 1982– Music. B.M., Uni v ersity of Colorado; M.S., Eugene R. Dykema, Professor Uni v ersity of Southern California; M.A., of Business and Economics. B.A., Uni ve r s i t y Dennis B. Hag e n , Dir ector of East Asia Pacific Lutheran Uni ve r s i t y . George Fox of Illinois; M.B.A., Uni v ersity of Chicago; Exchange Programs. B.A., Wh i t w o rt h Uni v ersity 2000– Ph.D., Uni v ersity of Not r e Dame. Geo r g e College; M.Mus . E d., Indiana Uni ve r s i t y ; Fox Uni v ersity 1991– B.D., Western Evangelical Sem i n a r y; Ph. D . , Charles J. Conniry, Jr., Assistant Professor Indiana Uni ve r s i t y . George Fox Uni ve r s i t y of Pastoral Ministries and Director of the Patsy A. Engle, Instructor in Teacher 19 6 4 – Doctor of Ministry Program. B.A., Education. B.A., Indiana Wesleyan American Christian School of Religion; University; M.A., Ball State University. Thomas E. Han c o c k , Associate Professor of M.Div., Bethel Theological Seminary West; George Fox University 1993– Education. B.A., Wh i t w o r th College; Ph.D., Fuller Theological Seminary. George M. E d., Seattle Pacific Uni v ersity; Ph. D . , Richard A. Engnell, Professor Fox University 1998– Ar i z ona State Uni ve r s i t y . George Fox of Communication Arts. B.A., Biola Uni v ersity 2000– Andrea P. Cook, Vice President for University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Enrollment Services. B.A., Northwest California, Los Angeles. George Fox Nazarene College; M.S., Ph.D., University University 1978– of Oregon. George Fox University 1987–

14 3 DIRECTORIES FACULTY

David M. Hansen, Assistant Martha A. Iancu, Associate Professor of Charles D. Kamilos, Technical Services Professor of Computer Science. English as a Second Language, Director of Librarian. B.A., Northwest Christian B.S., Oral Roberts University; M.S., the English Language Institute. B.A., M.A., College; M.Div., Brite Divinity School- Washington State University; Ph.D., University of Oregon. George Fox Texas Christian University; M.A., Oregon Graduate Institute. George University 1989– University of Iowa. George Fox University Fox University 1999– 1997– Ker r y E. Iri s h , Associate Professor of Robert F. Harder, Professor of His t o r y. B.A., George Fox Uni v ersity; M.A., Paul W. Ken n e d y , Associate Professor of Engineering. B.S.M.E., M.S.M.E., Ph.D., Uni v ersity of Washington. Geo r g e Soc i o l o g y , Chairperson of the Dep a r tment of Michigan Technological University; Ph.D., Fox Uni v ersity 1993– Sociology and Social Wor k. B.A., Wh e a t o n Oregon Graduate Institute of Science and Dale R. Isaak, Assistant Professor College; M.S., State Uni v ersity of New York ; Technology. George Fox University 1988– of Health and Human Performance. B.S., M.A., Fuller Theological Sem i n a r y; Ph. D . , Willamette University; M.Ed., University of Uni v ersity of Southern California. Geo r g e Mark O. Hatfield, Herbert Hoover Minnesota; M.S., Indiana State University. Fox Uni v ersity 1997– Distinguished Professor. B.A., Willamette George Fox University 1995– University; M.A., Stanford University. Gary M. Kilburg, Associate Professor of George Fox University 1997– Clella I. Jaf f e , Associate Professor Education. B.S., Eastern Oregon State of Communication Arts, Dir ector College; Ph.D., Oregon State University. Thomas F. Head, Professor of Economics. of For ensics. B.A., Seattle Pacific Uni ve r s i t y ; George Fox University 1992– B.S., M.S., University of Oregon; M.A., M. E d., Ph.D., Oregon State Uni ve r s i t y . University of California, Berkeley. George Dwight J. Kim b e r l y , Associate Professor of George Fox Uni v ersity 1995– Fox University 1971-74; 1976-79; 1983– Bio l o g y . B.A., George Fox Uni v ersity; M.S., Craig E. Johnson, Professor of Oregon State Uni ve r s i t y . George Fox W. Scot Headley, Associate Professor of Communication Arts, Chairperson Uni v ersity 1994– Education, Chairperson of the Department of the Department of Communica- of Teacher Education. B.S., M.Ed., tion Arts. B.A., Luther College; M.A., E. Alan Kluge, Associate Professor of Colorado State University; Ph.D., The Wheaton College; Ph.D., University of Business. B.S., M.B.A., Ph.D., Oregon Ohio State University. George Fox Denver. George Fox University 1988– State University. George Fox University University 1994– 1996– Derric E. Johnson, Artist in Residence, Henry C. Helsabeck, Professor Director of Dayspring. Christopher J. Koch, Associate Professor of Mathematics, Chairperson of the B.A., Azusa Pacific University. of Psychology, Director Department of Mathematics, Com-puter George Fox University 1996– of Assessment, Department of Psychology. Science and Engineering. B.A., Culver John M. Joh n s o n , Associate Professor of B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.S., Stockton College; M.A., M.A., Ph.D., Mathematics. B.S., Nort h w est Naz a re n e Ph.D., University of Georgia. George Fox University of Missouri. George Fox College; M.S., Kansas State Uni ve r s i t y . University 1993– University 1978– George Fox Uni v ersity 1984– War r en G. Koc h , Assistant Professor of Edw a r d F. Hig g i n s , Professor of Eng l i s h , Merrill L. Johnson, University Librarian, Telecommunication. B.A., George Fox Chairperson of the Dep a r tment of Associate Professor. B.A., Seattle Pacific Uni v ersity; M.S., Boston Uni v ersity; Ph. D . , Wri t i n g / L i t e r a t u r e. B.A., LaVerne College; University; M.L.S., University of Oregon. Regent Uni ve r s i t y . George Fox Uni ve r s i t y M.A., California State College at Ful l e rt o n ; George Fox University 1980– 1982–92; 1993– Ph.D., Union Graduate School. George Fox Uni v ersity 1971– Michele E. Johnson, Associate Professor of Beth A. La Forc e , Professor of Edu c a t i o n . Business. B.A., Wayne State University; B.S., Malone College; M.A., Wes t e r n Karen S. Hostetter, Assistant Professor of M.B.A., University of South Dakota. C.P.A. Michigan Uni v ersity; Ph.D., Michigan Sta t e Health and Human Performance. B.A., George Fox University 1997– Uni ve r s i t y . George Fox Uni v ersity 1987– Seattle Pacific University; M.S., California State University-Fullerton. George Fox Thomas F. Joh n s o n , Dean of George Fox Gregg T. Lamm, Campus Pastor. University 2000– Evangelical Sem i n a r y, Professor of Bib l i c a l B.A., George Fox University; M.Div., Th e o l o g y . B.Ph., Wayne State Uni ve r s i t y ; Western Evangelical Seminary. David J. Howard, Associate Professor of M. Di v ., Fuller Theological Sem i n a ry ; George Fox University 1991– Music. B.A., Simpson Bible College; B.A., Th.M., Princeton Theological Sem i n a ry ; M.A., San Francisco State College; D.M.A., Ph.D., Duke Uni ve r s i t y . George Fox Robert E. Lauinger, Associate Professor of Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. Uni v ersity 1997– Music. B.S., Portland State University; George Fox University 1968-85; 1988– M.M., Indiana University; D.M.A., William G. Jolliff, Professor of University of Arizona. George Fox Writing/Literature. B.S., Central Michigan University 1967-69; 1971– University; M.A., Ashland Theological Seminary; Ph.D., The Ohio State University. George Fox University 1994–

14 4 DIRECTORIES FACULTY

Sha r on F. Linzey, Professor of Soc i o l o g y . Randolph Michael, Associate Professor of Lee Nash, Professor of History. A.B., B.A., Southern California College; M.A., Marriage and Family Therapy. B.A., Cascade College; M.A., University of M.A., Ph.D., Indiana Uni ve r s i t y . George Fox Northwest Nazarene College; M.Div., Washington; Ph.D., University of Oregon. Uni v ersity 1997– Nazarene Theological Seminary; D.Min., George Fox University 1975– Midwestern Baptist Theological Seminary. John R. Natzke, Associate Professor of Carleton H. Lloyd, Professor George Fox University 1996– of Management. B.A., Columbia Christian Electrical Engineering. B.S.E.E., Milwaukee College; M.A., Eastern New Mexico Donald J. Millage, Vice President School of Engineering; M.S.E.E., University; M.S., Oregon State University; for Financial Affairs. B.S., University of Marquette University; Ph.D.E.E., M.S.S.W., Ph.D., University of Texas- Oregon; CPA, Oregon. George Fox University of Michigan. George Fox Arlington. George Fox University 1994– University 1972– University 1995–

Howa r d R. Mac y , Professor of Religion and Melanie J. Moc k , Assistant Professor of Roger J. Newe l l , Assistant Professor Biblical Studies. B.A., George Fox Writing Literature. B.A., George Fox of Religious Studies. B.A., Wes t m o n t Uni v ersity; M.A., Earlham School of Uni v ersity; M.A., Uni v ersity of Mis s o u r i ; College; M.Div ., Fuller Th e o l o g i c a l Religion; Ph.D., Har var d Uni ve r s i t y . Geo r g e Ph.D., Oklahoma State Uni ve r s i t y . Geo r g e Sem i n a r y; Ph.D., Uni v ersity of Abe rd e e n . Fox Uni v ersity 1990– Fox Uni v ersity 1999– George Fox Uni v ersity 1997– S. Susan Newe l l , Assistant Professor of Margaret L. Macy, Associate Professor of Ronald L. Mock, Director of the Center Social Wor k. B.A., Westmont College; Education. B.A., George Fox University; for Peace Learning, Assistant Professor of M. S . W ., Por tland State Uni ve r s i t y . Geo r g e M.Ed., Wichita State University, Ph.D., Peace Studies and Political Science, Fox Uni v ersity 1999– Walden University. George Fox University Director of Intensified Studies. B.A., George Fox University; M.P.A., Drake 1991– K. Louise Newswanger, Public Services University; J.D., University of Michigan. Librarian, Associate Professor. B.A., Eastern Anita B. Mah e r , Assistant Professor of George Fox University 1985– Mennonite College; M.S.L.S., Drexel Marriage and Family Th e r a p y . B.A., Glenn T. Moran, Professor of Education. University. George Fox University 1992– Millersville State Uni v ersity; M.A., Azu s a B.S., Colorado State University; M.A., Pacific Uni v ersity; M.A., Ph.D. Ful l e r Neal P. Ninteman, Assistant Professor of University of Colorado; Ed.D., University Theological Sem i n a r y. George Fox Mathematics. B.S., California Polytechnic of Northern Colorado. George Fox Uni v ersity 1996– State University; M.S., Stanford University. University 1979-86; 1991– George Fox University 2000– Le o n a r do M. Marm o l , Professor of Rob e r t JC Mor g a n , Exec u t i v e in Res i d e n c e . Mary R. Olson, Assistant Professor Psyc h o l o g y , Dir ector of the Graduate School B.S., Uni v ersity of Phoenix; M.A., Wes t e r n of Management. B.A., M.A., Pacific of Clinical Psyc h o l o g y . B.A., M.A., International Uni ve r s i t y . George Fox Lutheran University. Ph.D., University of Pep p e r dine Uni v ersity; B.D., San Fra n c i s c o Uni v ersity 1999– Theological Sem i n a r y; Ph.D., California Idaho. George Fox University 1999– Mary K ate Mor s e , Associate Professor of School of Professional Psyc h o l o g y , San G. Dale Orkney, Professor of Biology. Spiritual Formation and Pastoral Stu d i e s . Fra n c i s c o . George Fox Uni v ersity 1997– B.A., Northwest Nazarene College; M.S., B.S., Longwood College; M.A., M.Div. , Ph.D., University of Idaho. George Fox Mar k S. McLeod, Associate Professor of Western Evangelical Sem i n a r y; Ph. D . , University 1963-64; 1965– Phi l o s o p h y . B.R.E., Bri e rc r est Bible College; Gonzaga Uni ve r s i t y . George Fox Uni ve r s i t y B.A., Westmont College; M.A., Tri n i t y 19 9 6 – Evangelical Divinity School; Ph. D . , Uni v ersity of California. George Fox Uni v ersity 1999–

Rebecca L. M. McLeod, Assistant Professor of History. B.A., Trinity College; M.A., University of California; M.A., M.Phil., Ph.D., Yale University. George Fox University 1999-

Susan C. McNaught, Assistant Professor of Management. B.A., Oklahoma City University; M.S., Portland State University; Ph.D., Oregon State University. George Fox University 1996–

14 5 DIRECTORIES FACULTY

Asbjorn Osland, Associate Sherrie K. Schulke, Assistant Professor of Sherie L. She r r i l l , Ins t r uctor of Eng l i s h . Professor of Business, Dir ector of the Social Wor k, Dir ector of Social Wor k B.A., Seattle Pacific Uni ve r s i t y . George Fox Graduate Business Program. B.A., Uni ve r s i t y Programs. B.S., George Fox Uni ve r s i t y ; Uni v ersity 1976– of Minnesota; M.S.W., Uni v ersity of M.S.S., M.L.S.P., Bryn Mawr College; Philip D. Smith, Associate Professor of Washington; M.B.A., Ph.D., Case Wes t e r n M. Di v ., Eastern Baptist Th e o l o g i c a l Philosophy. B.A., George Fox University; Res e r ve Uni ve r - s i t y . George Fox Uni ve r s i t y Sem i n a r y. George Fox Uni v ersity 1995– M.A., Fuller Theological Seminary; Ph.D., 19 9 5 – Judith A. Schwanz, Associate Professor of University of Oregon. George Fox Donna K. Phillips, Assistant Professor of Counseling, Dir ector of the Gra d u a t e University 1982– Education. B.S., Eastern Oregon State Dep a r tment of Counseling. B.A., Robin L. Smith, Associate University; M.S., Western Oregon State Nort h w estern Uni v ersity; M.A., Wes t e r n Professor of Christian Ministries. B.S., University. George Fox University 1998– Evangelical Sem i n a r y; M.S., Ph.D., Port l a n d Northwest Christian College; M.S., State Uni ve r s i t y . George Fox Uni ve r s i t y University of La Verne; Ph.D., Claremont Alex A. Pia, Assistant Professor of English 19 9 6 – as a Second Language, International Graduate School. George Fox University Student Advisor. B.A., California State Mark A. Selid, Assistant Professor 1998– University, Chico; M.A., Portland State of Business. B.A., Pacific Lutheran Jayne L. Sowers, Assistant University. George Fox University 1990– University; M.T., Portland State University, CPA. George Fox University 1993– Professor of Education. B.S., Indiana State Donald R. Powers, Professor of Biology, University; M.S., University of Tennessee; Chairperson of the Depart-ment of Biology Richard S. Shaw, Assistant Professor of Ed.D., Portland State University. George and Chemistry. B.S., Biola University; Marriage and Family Therapy. Fox University 1999– M.S., San Diego State University; Ph.D., B.S., University of Nebraska-Kearney; Car ole D. Spe n c e r , Ins t r uctor of Church University of California, Davis. George Fox M.A., Asbury Theological Seminary; His t o r y. M.A., Western Evan g e l i c a l University 1989– D.M.F.T., Fuller Theological Seminary. George Fox University 1996– Sem i n a r y. George Fox Uni v ersity 1996– Colleen D. Richmond, Assistant Professor of Writing and Literature. B.A., Oregon R. Larry She l t o n , Wesleyan Professor of Ronald G. Stansell, Professor of Religion. State University; M.A., Portland State Th e o l o g y . B.A., Pfeiffer College; M.Div. , B.A., George Fox University; M.Div., University. George Fox University 1992– Th.M., Asbury Theological Sem i n a ry ; Western Evangelical Seminary; D.Miss., Th.D., Fuller Theological Sem i n a r y. Geo r g e Trinity Evangelical Divinity School. George Arthur O. Roberts, Professor-at-Large. Fox Uni v ersity 1996– Fox University 1985– B.A., George Fox University; M.Div., Byron S. Shenk, Professor of Health and Nazarene Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Daniel S. Sweeney, Assistant Professor of Human Performance, Chairperson of the Boston University. George Fox University Counseling. B.A., San Jose State University; Department of Health and Human 1953– B.A., San Jose Bible College; M.A., Azusa Performance. B.A., Goshen College; M.A., Pacific University; Ph.D., University of Gale H. Roi d , Professor of Psyc h o l o g y . A.B., University of Oregon; Ed.D., University of North Texas. George Fox University 1996– Har var d Uni v ersity; M.A., Uni v ersity of Virginia. George Fox University 1990– Oregon; Ph.D., Har var d Uni ve r s i t y . Geo r g e Craig B. Taylor, Associate Professor of Fox Uni v ersity 1993– Health and Human Performance, Director of Athletics. B.S., George Fox University; Félix Rosales, Instructor for Special M.Ed., Linfield College. George Fox Programs. Diploma in Theology, University 1975-78; 1980– International Bible Institute, Managua, Nicaragua; GED Certificate, Centralia Mark E. Terry, Assistant Professor of Art. Community College; M.A., Western B.S., Willamette University; M.S., Western Evangelical Seminary. George Fox Oregon State University. George Fox University 1996– University 1997–

Scott M. Rue c k , Ins t r uctor of Health and Nancy S. Thurston, Associate Professor of Human Per formance. B.S., M.A.T., Oreg o n Psychology. B.A., Hope College; M.A., State Uni ve r s i t y . George Fox Uni ve r s i t y Ph.D., Central Michigan University. 19 9 6 – George Fox University 1999– Manfred Tschan, Assistant Professor of Mel L. Schroeder, Associate Health and Human Performance. B.S., Professor of Drama, Chairperson State Teacher’s College, Hofwil, of the Department of Fine Arts. B.A., Switzerland; B.S., University of Bern; M.S., Northwest Nazarene College; M.A., San University of Oregon. George Fox Jose State University. George Fox University University 1988– 1978-83; 1987–

14 6 DIRECTORIES FACULTY EMERITI – UNIVERSITY ADMINISTRATION

Timotheos Tsohantaridis, Assistant Mackey W. Hill, Professor of Professor of Religion. B.A., Barrington History. B.A., University of California, Los College; M.A., Ashland Theological FACULTY EMERITI Angeles; M.A., University of the Pacific. Seminary. George Fox University Ralph K. Beebe, Professor of George Fox University 1949-74. 1985-90; 1993– History. B.A., George Fox University; Julia H. Hobbs, Professor of Christian Janis L. Tyhurst, Reference Librarian. M.Ed., Linfield College; M.A., Ph.D., Educational Ministries. B.A., Hope B.A., M.L.S., University of California. University of Oregon. George Fox College; B.D., M.Th., Winona Lake School George Fox University 1998– University 1955-57; 1974-97. of Theology; Ph.D., University of Harvey J. Campbell, Registrar. B.A., Pittsburgh. George Fox University 1975- Carrie Jo Vincent, Assistant Professor of George Fox University; M.A., Colorado 91. Drama. B.A., M.A., Western Oregon State State College of Education. George College. George Fox University 1998– Patricia A. Landis, Professor of Education, Fox University 1958-77. Director of Undergraduate Teacher Michael E. Vi n e s , Ins t r uctor in Bib l i c a l Wayne E. Colwell, Professor Education. B.A., Seattle Pacific University; Studies. B.A., Willamette Uni v ersity; M.A., of Psychology. B.S., John Brown University; M.A., University of Washington. George Fuller Theological Sem i n a r y; Ph.D., Uni o n M.Div., Grace Theological Seminary; Fox University 1984-99. Theological Sem i n a r y. George Fox M.Ed., University of Arkansas; Ph.D., Hector J. Munn, Professor of Chemistry. Uni v ersity 1999– Arizona State University; George Fox B.S., Seattle Pacific University; M.S., University 1990-98. K. Mar k Wei n e rt , Associate Professor of Ph.D., Oregon State University. George His t o r y, Associate Dean of Und e r - g r a d u a t e Ronald S. Crecelius, Chaplain. Fox University 1958-62; 1966-94. Studies. B.A., Anderson College; M.Div. , A.B., Th.B., George Fox University; M.A., Allen C. Ode l l , Professor of Min i s t r y. B.A., Western Evangelical Sem i n a r y; M.A., Pasadena College; M.R.E., D.D., Western Cascade College; M.Div ., Wes t e r n Uni v ersity of Por tland; Ph.D., Van d e r b i l t Evangelical Seminary. Evangelical Sem i n a r y; D.Min., Wes t e r n Uni ve r s i t y . George Fox Uni v ersity 1982– George Fox University 1967-87. Co n s e r vat i v e Baptist Sem i n a r y. Kenneth F.Willson, Associate Professor of Gerald W. Dillon, Professor of Pastoral Music. B.A., George Ministry. A.B., Kletzing College; B.D., Al Stiefel, Professor of Counseling. B.A., Fox University; M.Mus., University of Asbury Theological Seminary; M.A., State Eastern Nazarene College; B.D., Nazarene Portland; D.A., University of Northern University of Iowa; D.D., Azusa Pacific Theological Seminary; S.T.M, Boston Colorado. George Fox University University. University School of Theology; Ph.D., 1987-90; 1992– Boston University. Rob e r t D. Gil m o re , Dir ector of Brent D. Wilson, Assistant Professor of Ins t r uctional Media. B.A., Azusa Marjorie L. Weesner, Professor of Physical Computer Science. B.A., Western Oregon Pacific Uni v ersity; B.D., California Bap t i s t Education. B.S., George Fox University; State University; M.A.T., Oregon State Theological Sem i n a r y; M.S.Ed., Uni ve r s i t y M.Ed., Linfield College; Ed.D., University University. George of Southern California. George Fox of Oregon. George Fox University 1953-54; Fox University 1994– Uni v ersity 1964-67; 1968-95. 1963-93. Diane F.Wood, Assistant Professor Myron D. Goldsmith, Professor of Family and Consumer Sciences of Religion and Greek. B.A., Friends and Education. B.A., Oregon State University; B.D., Asbury Theological University; M.Ed., University of Portland. Seminary; Ph.D., Boston University. UNIVERSITY George Fox University 1995– George Fox University 1961-74; ADMINISTRATION Debra Drecnik Worden, Associate 1975-86. Professor of Business and Economics. B.A., 2000-01 Mary S. Green, Associate Professor Westminster College; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue of Mathematics. B.A., Houghton College; University. George Fox University 1994– M.N., Case Western Reserve University. President’s Cabinet George Fox University 1973-89. H. David Brandt, Ph.D., President

William D. Green, Vice President Robin E. Baker, Ph.D., Vice President for and Dean of the College, Professor of Academic Affairs Religion. Th.B., Malone College; A.B., Taylor University; M.A., Case Western An d r ea P. Cook, Ph.D., Vice President for Reserve University; Ed.D., University of Enr ollment Serv i c e s Tennessee; L.H.D., George Fox University. George Fox University 1972-89. Barry A. Hubbell, B.A., Executive Assistant to the President, Director of University Relations

14 7 DIRECTORIES UNIVERSITY ADMINISTRATION

Bradley A. Lau, M.A., M.S., Vice Russell P. DeVore, B.S., Director of User Business and Related Services President for Student Life Services Merilyn R. Aldy, B.S., Assistant Director Donald J. Millage, CPA, B.S., James D. Foster, Ph.D., Dean of Graduate of Human Resources Vice President for Financial Affairs/ and Adult Learning Programs Karon L. Bell, B.A., Assistant Vice Treasurer Martha A. Iancu, M.A., Director of the President for Administration Dana L. Miller, M.A., Vice President for English Language Institute Andrew B. Dunn, B.A., University Store University Advancement Bonnie J. Jerke, M.A., Director of Career Manager Services/Academic Success Program Sherrie G. Frost, Director of Mail Services President Emeritus Director Steven E. Hannum, Ph.D., Assistant David C. Le Shana, Ph.D., President Merrill L. Johnson, M.L.S., University Director of Safety/Lab Manager Emeritus of George Fox University, Librarian President Emeritus of George Fox John F. Heitz, Superintendent of Building Thomas F. Johnson, Ph.D., Dean of Evangelical Seminary Repair George Fox Evangelical Seminary Virginia L. Hoover, Superintendent of Piper L. Jones, B.A., Audiovisual Services Academic Administration Custodial Services Support Specialist Richard E. Allen, M.S., Associate Director David D. Kelley, M.B.A., Assistant Vice of Continuing Education S. Lawrence Lebow, Director of President for Finance Administrative Computing Mark E. Ankeny, Ph.D., Director of the Peggy L. Kilburg, B.A., Director of Doctor of Education Program Keri L. Macadaeg, B.S., Executive Human Resources Director of Institutional Technology Rebecca J. Ankeny, Ph.D., Dean of Larry A. Kintz, Superintendent of Faculty Development Leonardo M. Marmol, Ph.D., Director of Building Systems the Graduate School of Clinical Psychology Bruce A. Arnold, B.S., Technology Agent Laura E. Klaus, Assistant Manager of the Sean M. McKay, B.Th., Micro-computer Rich A. Bass, Help Desk Technical University Store Support Specialist Support Specialist Lisa S. Leslie, B.A., Director of Event Ronald L. Moc k , J.D., M.P.A., Dir ector of Janelle L. Baugh, B.A., Programmer Services the Center for Peace Learning, Dir ector of Analyst Intensified Stu d i e s Donald J. Millage, C.P.A., B.S., Anthony W. Brock, B.S., Director of Vice President for Financial Affairs/ Glenn T. Moran, Ed.D., Director of the Systems and Networks Treasurer Administrative Licensure Program Daniel L. Brunner, Ph.D., Director of the Daniel A. Schutter, B.S., Associate Joshua G. Nauman, B.A., Video Graduate Department of Ministry Director of Plant Services Production Manager William C. Buhrow, Jr., Psy.D., Interim Wilfred M. Smith, Superintendent of Asbjorn Osland, Ph.D., Director of the Dean of Student Services Grounds Master of Business Administration Program Mike D. Campadore, Microcomputer Clyde G. Thomas, B.A., Director of Plant Alex A. Pia, M.A., International Student Support Specialist Services Advisor Paul H. Chamberlain, Ph.D., Director of Sherrie K. Schulke, M.S.W., M.Div., Overseas Studies Director of the Social Work Program Advancement and University Charles K. Church, M.L.S., Portland Relations Judith A. Schwanz, Ph.D., Director of the Center Librarian Dave L. Adrian, B.A., Associate Graduate Counseling Program Vice President for University Advancement Kandie L. Comfort, Help Desk Supervisor Dan L. Swanson, B.S., Network M. Blair Cash III, M.Div., M.C.E., Sports Charles J. Conniry, Jr., Ph.D., Director of Administrator Information Director the Doctor of Ministry Program K. Mark Weinert, M.Div., Ph.D., Carol A. Dell’Oliver, Ph.D., Director of Associate Dean of Undergraduate Studies Clinical Training, Graduate School of Bradley T. Weldon, A.S.E.E., Academic Clinical Psychology Technology Developer

14 8 DIRECTORIES UNIVERSITY ADMINISTRATION

Anita A. Cirulis, B.A., Assistant Director Enrollment Services David K. Haigh, M.A., Associate Registrar of University Relations, Director of Alissa F. Alvord, B.A., Admissions Publications Marian J. Holzschuh, Counselor for Graduate and Continuing B.A., Admissions Counselor for Samuel A. Farmer, B.A., Assistant to the Education Admissions Continuing Education, Boise Center President for Special Projects and Church Sheila H. Bartlett, B.A., Admissions Relations Meredith L. Jessup, B.A., Counselor for Graduate Admissions Admissions Counselor for Undergraduate John W. Fortmeyer, B.A., Director of Admissions Terence E. Bell, M.S., Director of Public Information Institutional Research Monika R. Keller, Financial Aid Counselor Jeremy W. Haub, B.A., Web Production Donald R. Black, B.A., Director of Manager Karin R. Klinger, B.A., Admissions Student Financial Services Counselor for Undergraduate Admissions Corbin M. Hoornbeek, M.A., Director of Gary D. Brown, M.A., Admissions Development Donna S. Lewis, M.A., Associate Registrar Counselor for Graduate and Continuing for Continuing Education Barry A. Hubbell, B.A., Executive Education Admission Assistant to the President, Director Melva R. Lloyd, B.A., Admissions Janet R. Cain, B.S., Admissions Counselor of University Relations Counselor for Graduate and Continuing for Graduate Admissions Education Admissions James E. Jackson, B.S., Director of the Matthew K. Clemons, B.A., Assistant University Fund Todd M. McCollum, M.A., Director Director of Undergraduate Admissions of Admissions for Graduate and Amy D. Karjala, B.S., Grant Writer Continuing Education Admissions Holley S. Clough, A.A.S., Colin F. Miller, B.A., Publications Academic Advisor for the Department of Carol A. Namburi, B.A., Specialist Continuing Education Admissions Counselor for Graduate and Continuing Education Admissions Dana L. Miller, M.A., Vice President for Andrea P. Cook, Ph.D., Vice President for University Advancement Enrollment Services Christine A. Schlarbaum, B.S., Financial Aid Counselor Todd K. Newell, B.S., Director of Estate J. Marie Craven, B.S., Assistant Registrar and Planned Giving Dale E. Seipp, Jr., M.Ed., Director of Theresa D. Crawford, Financial Aid Undergraduate Admissions Danya G. Ochsner, Director of Special Counselor Events and Projects Timothy R. Stoltzfus, M.A., Executive James W. Fleming, M.A., Registrar Director of Graduate and Continuing Sherilyn Philips, Director of Alumni and Jennifer R. Getsinger, Associate Director Education Marketing and Admissions Parent Relations of Student Accounts Jennifer M. Swanborough, B.A., Associate Kathleen D. Grant, B.A., Director of Undergraduate Admissions Admissions Counselor for Graduate and Joseph D. Thouvenel, B.A., Admissions Continuing Education Admissions Counselor for Undergraduate Admissions

Student Life William C. Buhrow, Jr., Psy.D., Interim Dean of Student Services

Cara J. Copeland, B.A., Area Coordinator

Daryl Dixon, M.Div., Director of Multicultural Affairs

Sharra L. Durham, M.S., Interim Dean of Students

14 9 DIRECTORIES BOARD OF TRUSTEES

Joshua C. Howery, B.A., Security Field Tilikum Retreat Center Dealous L. Cox, West Linn, Oregon, pub- Supervisor lic school administrator (retired) Carl L. Anderson, Property Manager Bonnie J. Jerke, M.A., Director Gordon L. Crisman, Tualatin, Oregon, Joshua L. Cogar, B.A., Challenge Course of Career Services/Academic Success bank executive Manager Program Director Kate G. Dickson, West Linn, Oregon, Jennifer E. Crackenberg, B.A., Food Gregg T. Lamm, M.Div., Campus school administrator Service Manager Pastor/Chaplain Miles J. Edwards, Portland, Oregon, pro- Jeff M. VandenHoek, M.A., Program Bradley A. Lau, M.A., M.S., Vice fessor emeritus Director President for Student Life. Richard P. Espejo, McMinnville, Oregon, Merle E. Hilbun, Guest Services Director William J. Mulholland, B.A., Director of corporate executive/owner Security Richard D. Evans, Happy Valley, Oregon, Valorie J. Orton, B.S.N., Nurse real estate

Mark A. Pothoff, M.Ed., Interim Associate BOARD OF TRUSTEES C.W. “Bill” Field, Jr., Vancouver, Dean of Students/Director of Residence Washington, gas company executive (Current until September 1, 2000.) Life (retired) Peter H. Anderson, Beaverton, Oregon, Marta O. Sears, B.A., Director of Peggy Y. Fowler, Portland, Oregon, utility chemist/university professor Outreach and Discipleship and executive Multicultural Advisor Gloria L. Attrell, Newberg, Oregon, busi- Keith G. Galitz, Lake Oswego, Oregon, ness owner John I. Smith, B.S., Security Field utility executive Supervisor G. Kenneth Austin, Jr., Newberg, Oregon, Gilbert S. George, Kelso, Washington, corporate owner/executive Rob W. Simpson, B.A., minister Area Coordinator Carrie Lamm Bishop, Fishers, Indiana, Fred S. Gregory, Seattle, Washington, non- financial aid consultant Kimberly S. Stave, B.A., Area Coordinator, profit agency executive Housing Assistant Nancie M. Carmichael, Sisters, Oregon, Dale W. Hadley, Portland, Oregon, invest- Christian magazine editor Craig B. Taylor, M.Ed., Director ments executive of Athletics Don G. Carter, West Linn, Oregon, attor- Paul L. Hathaway, Jr., Hillsboro, Oregon, ney Linda R. Thompson, M.A., Interim gas company executive Associate Dean for Special Popula-tions, Gary W. Chenault, Portland, Oregon, Marla R. Heikkala, Vancouver, Director of Graduate Student Services non-profit agency executive Washington, attorney Scott A. Wade, M.Ed., Associate Dean of Izzy J. Covalt, Albany, Oregon, André W. Iseli, Gresham, Oregon, corpo- Student Leadership corporate owner/executive rate owner/executive

Jake Lautenbach, Jr., Hillsboro, Oregon, landscaping contractor

John R. Lemmons, Kelso, Was h i n g t o n , lumber company exec u t i v e

Margaret E. Lemmons, Newberg, Oregon, educator (retired)

John K. Lim, Gresham, Oregon, state senator

Roger A. Martell, Boise, Idaho, investments executive

Judy A. Miller, Tigard, Oregon, corporate officer

Roger M. Minthorne, Sherwood, Oregon, investments

Robert G. Monroe, Portland, Oregon, consulting engineer 15 0 DIRECTORIES BOARD OF TRUSTEES

Stanley D. Morse, Star, Idaho, research Dwight O. Macy, Culver, Oregon, rancher Vernon H. Haas, Vancouver,Washington, chemist (retired) bookstore owner

Charles E. Myl a n d e r , Brea, California, Jack E. Meadows, Fayetteville, Arkansas, Greg N. Kanehen, Bellingham, denominational superintendent investments Washington, pastor

Jackson H. Newell, Boise, Idaho, insur- Donald McNichols, Stanwood, Stanley D. Kern, Newberg, Oregon, physi- ance executive Washington, university professor (retired) cian

Barbara D. Palmer, Newberg, Oregon, James E. Miller, Portland, Oregon, invest- Arthur Krampitz, Chilliwack, British bank executive ments Columbia, dairy owner

C.W. Perry, Brea, California, minister Wayne E. Roberts, Newberg, Oregon, David Le Shana, Lake Oswego, Oregon, physician (retired) president emeritus Victor A. Peterson, Hayden Lake, Idaho, public school administrator Floyd H. Watson, Newberg, Oregon, bank John K. Lim, Gresham, Oregon, executive (retired) state senator William F. Sim s , Hay den Lake, Ida h o , at t o r n e y Norman D. Winters, Redmond, Oregon, Derry S. Long, Billings, Montana, denom- public school administrator (retired) inational superintendent Victor E. Sla u g h t e r , Van c o u ve r , Washington, denominational superintendent Dean R. Schmitz, Newberg, Oregon, Ex Officio retired Kent L. Th o rn b u r g , Por tland, Oregon, university prof e s s o r H. David Brandt, Newberg, Oregon, Victor E. Slaughter, Vancouver, President, George Fox University Washington, denominational Nancy A. Wilhite, Eugene, Oregon, home- superintendent maker Joseph A. Gerick, Newberg, Oregon, Superintendent, Northwest Yearly Meeting Mark E. Strong, Portland, Oregon, pastor William B. Wilson, Longview, of Friends Church Washington, petroleum wholesaler William H. Vermillion, Milwaukie, Oregon, pastor Seminary Board of Regents A. Adolph Wells, Portland, Oregon, Honorary Trustees Timothy P. Bletscher, Portland, denominational bishop Ivan L. Adams, Newberg, Oregon, bank Oregon, dentist executive (retired) Nancie M. Carmichael, Sisters, Oregon, Hal L. Adrian, Portland, Oregon, insur- editor ance executive (retired) Don G. Carter, West Linn, Oregon, Dor othy E. Bar r a t t , Newberg, Oreg o n , attorney Christian education consultant (ret i re d ) A. Marcile Crandall, Salem, Oregon, Mar k O. Hat f i e l d , Por tland, Oreg o n , women’s ministry United States senator (ret i re d )

Donald D. Lamm, Nampa, Idaho, minister (ret i re d )

Walter P. Lee, Nampa, Idaho, minister (re t i re d )

15 1 INDEX INDEX

A B D Academic Advising...... 113 Bachelor of Arts Degree...... 31 Dean’s List...... 115 Academic Credits...... 112 Bachelor of Science Degree...... 31 Degrees Offered...... 31 Academic Exemptions Biblical Studies...... 35, 64 Denominations Represented...... 7 and Waivers...... 30 Biology...... 36, 65 Deposits, Required, Academic Honesty...... 116 Biology Teaching...... 56 Schedule of...... 126 Academic Load...... 113 Board and Room...... 124 Directories...... 141 Academic Probation...... 112 Board of Trustees...... 150 Disability Services...... 16 Academic Programs Business, Undergraduate...... 37, 66 Disabled Students...... 113, 134 and Services ...... 17 Business and Economics...... 37, 66 Drama...... 12, 59, 108 Academic Progress Drama Teaching...... 59 and Eligibility ...... 115 Drug-Free Environment...... 139 Academic Regulations...... 111 C Academic Sessions...... 112 Calendar...... inside back cover Academic Standing...... 115 Campus Facilities...... 7 Academic Success Program...... 23 E Campus Housing...... 7, 13 Early Admission...... 121 Accounting...... 34, 62 Campus Ministries...... 12 Economics...... 37, 74 Accreditation and Memberships...... 3 Campus Pastor...... 12 Education, Undergraduate...... 53, 75 Activities, Student...... 11 Campus Visitation...... 121 Educational Ministry...... 39 Adding a Course...... 114 Career Services...... 15 Elementary Education...... 53 Administration, Listing of...... 147 Center for Peace Learning...... 23, 50 Eligibility, Academic...... 115 Admission Procedures Chapel...... 13 Employment...... 136 for Freshmen...... 118 Chemistry ...... 37, 68 Engineering...... 34, 41, 77 Admission Procedures Chemistry Teaching...... 56 English as a Second for Transfers...... 118 Christian College Language...... 42, 80 Admission Requirements...... 118, 119 Consortium...... 3, 19, 20, 23 English Language Institute...... 24 Admission to an Christian Ministries...... 38, 69 Enrollment Services...... 16 Undergraduate Major...... 31 Christian Service...... 13 Expenses...... 124 Admission to Student Teaching...... 55 Church Recreation...... 38 Admission to Teacher Education...... 54 Class Attendance...... 112 Admissions...... 16, 117 Classification of Students...... 112 Advanced Placement...... 18, 121 CLEP...... 18 F Advising...... 113 Climate...... 6 Facilities...... 7, 18 African Study Program...... 23 College Level Examination Faculty, Listing of...... 142 American Studies Program...... 20 Program...... 18 Family and Consumer Anti-Harrassment Policy...... 139 Commencement...... 116 Sciences...... 43, 82 Appeals...... 116 Communication Arts...... 39, 57, 73 Family and Consumer Applied Science...... 34 Communication Media Sciences Teaching...... 56 Art ...... 35, 62 and Broadcast ...... 40, 72 Family Educational Rights and Athletic Training ...... 44 Computer and Information Privacy Act...... 138 Athletics...... 11 Science...... 40, 70 Fashion Institute of Design Attendance, Class...... 112 Computers Across the Curriculum...... 23 and Merchandising...... 43 Auditing...... 113, 120 Conduct, Standards of...... 13 Fashion Merchandising/ Automobiles...... 15 Conflict Management Program...... 51 Interior Design...... 43, 82 Consortium Visitor Program...... 20 Federal Laws and Regulations...... 138 Core Curriculum...... 28 Fees...... 124 Council for Christian Colleges Field Education/Experience...... 20 and Universities...... 3, 19, 20, 22 Final Examinations...... 116 Counseling Services...... 15 Financial Aid...... 128 Course Challenge Programs...... 18 Financial Aid Office...... 16 Course Numbering System...... 30 Credit by Examination...... 18

15 4 INDEX

Financial Arrangements...... 126 I M Financial Information...... 124 Incomplete Grades...... 115 Majors...... 31 Fitness Management...... 46 Insurance for Students...... 125 Malheur Field Station...... 21, 36 Foods and Nutrition in Business...... 43 Intensified Studies Program...... 24 Management...... 37, 47 Food Services...... 14 Interdisciplinary Management of Business Foreign Majors...... 31, 36, 39, 46, 50, 52, 60 Information Systems...... 47, 93 Languages...... 53, 84, 85, 86, 91, 105 Interior Design...... 43 Management and Organizational French...... 84 International Baccalaureate...... 18 Leadership...... 47, 93 Freshman Admission International Business Management of Human Requirements...... 118 and Economics...... 37 Resources...... 47, 93 Freshman Seminar Program...... 24 International Student Marketing...... 37 Full-Time Students, Definition of...... 112 Services Director...... 16 Married Students...... 122 International Students...... 119 Mathematics...... 49, 94 International Studies...... 21, 46, 91 Mathematics Teaching...... 57, 59 G International Trade Institute...... 20 May Term...... 24 General Education...... 27, 84 Internship...... 20 Memberships...... 3 General Education Requirements Intramurals...... 12 Middle East Studies Program...... 22 (GED)...... 28 Ministry Projects...... 12 General Education Requirements Minors...... 32 for Teacher Education...... 30 J Mission and Objectives...... 2 Missions...... 38 General Science...... 85 Japanese...... 91 Motor Vehicles...... 15 Geography...... 85 Juniors Abroad...... 21 German...... 85 Multicultural Advisor...... 16 Grading System...... 114 Murdock Learning Resource Graduate Student Office...... 15 Center...... 18 Graduation...... 116 K Music...... 12, 49, 95 Graduation Honors...... 116 KFOX Radio Station...... 12 Music Ensembles...... 12, 96 Graduation Requirements...... 116 Music Teaching...... 57 Grants...... 129 Greek...... 85 L N Government, Student...... 12 Language Arts Teaching...... 57 National Association of Independent Languages...... 53, 84, 85, 86, 91, 105 Colleges and Universities...... 3 Latin American Studies Program...... 22 National Association of Leadership Studies...... 47, 91 H Intercollegiate Athletics...... 3 Library ...... 18 Handicapped Services ...... 113, 139 National Association of Schools Lifestyle Expectations...... 13 Harrassment, Policy Against...... 139 of Music...... 3 Literature ...... 60, 91 Health Education...... 44, 86 National Collegiate Athletic Living Arrangements...... 13 Health Education Teaching...... 56 Association...... 11 Loans...... 136 Health and Counseling Services...... 15 National Merit Scholarship...... 129 Location...... 6 Hebrew ...... 86 Newberg...... 6 Los Angeles Film Studies Center...... 20 Herbert Hoover Symposia...... 24 Nondiscrimination Policy...... 138 High School Nongraduates...... 122 Northwest Association of Schools High School Visitation Day...... 123 and Colleges...... 3 History...... 44, 86 Northwest Yearly Meeting History of the University...... 6 of Friends...... 7 Home School Students...... 119 Honors, Graduation...... 116 Honors Program...... 121 Housing...... 13 Human Performance...... 44, 86

15 5 INDEX

O R T Objectives in the Mission Radio Station...... 12 Teacher Education...... 53 of the University...... 2 Readmission...... 120 Teaching...... 53 OICA Cross-Registration...... 21 Refunds...... 126 Theatre ...... 12, 59, 108 Older Adults...... 120 Registrar’s Office...... 16 Tilikum Retreat Center...... 11, 19 Oregon, State of...... 6 Registration...... 113 Transcripts...... 125 Oregon Independent Colleges Religion, Undergraduate...... 51, 103 Transfer Student Admission Association...... 3, 21 Religious Life...... 13 Requirements...... 118 Oregon Teacher Standards and Requirements for Graduation...... 116 Transfer Students in Education...... 54 Practices Commission...... 3 Residence Halls...... 7, 13 Trustees, Board of...... 150 Oregon Theological Consortium Residence Life...... 13 Tuition...... 124 Cross-Registration...... 21 Room and Board...... 124 Organizations, Student...... 11 ROTC Program...... 21 Russian Studies Program...... 23 U University Administration...... 147 P University Part-Time Students, S Calendar...... inside back cover Definition of...... 120 Scholarships...... 129 University Mission Pass/No Pass Policy...... 115 Second Degree...... 116 and Objectives...... 2 Paying for College...... 16, 128 Secondary Education...... 56 Peace and Conflict Studies...... 50 Senior Citizen Tuition...... 120 Peace Learning, Center for...... 23, 50 Service Projects...... 13 V Philosophy...... 51, 99 Sexual Harrassment...... 139 Values Statement...... 3 Physical Education Teaching...... 45, 58 Sign Language...... 64 Video Communication Center...... 19 Physically Challenged Social Events...... 12 Visiting the Campus...... 121 Students...... 113, 139 Social Studies Teaching...... 58 Physics...... 100 Social Work...... 52, 106 Political Science...... 100 Sociology...... 53, 104 Portland...... 6 Spanish...... 53, 105 W Pre-dental Program...... 25 Spanish Study Abroad Withdrawing from a Course...... 114 Pre-law Program...... 25 Program...... 22 Work-Study...... 136 Pre-medical Program...... 25 Spanish Teaching...... 59 Writing/Literature ...... 60, 109 Pre-nursing Program ...... 25 Special Students...... 112 Preprofessional Programs...... 25 Speech Teaching...... 59 Presidential Scholarships...... 129 Spouse Enrollment Program...... 122 Y Pre-veterinary Program...... 25 Standards of Conduct...... 13 Yearbook...... 12 Probation...... 112 Statement of Faith...... 2 Youth Ministry...... 38 Proficiency Test...... 18 Student Accounts Office...... 16 Provisional Students...... 112 Student Activities and Psychology, Undergraduate...... 51, 101 Organizations...... 11 Publications, Student...... 12 Student Government...... 12 Student Health Service...... 15 Student Insurance ...... 125 Student Life Office...... 15 Student Newspaper...... 12 Student Organizations...... 11 Student Services...... 15 Student Work-Study...... 136 Study in Africa Program...... 23 Study in Spain Program ...... 22 Summer School...... 25

15 6